/******************************************************************************
** This file is an amalgamation of many separate C source files from SQLite
** version 3.22.0.  By combining all the individual C code files into this
** single large file, the entire code can be compiled as a single translation
** unit.  This allows many compilers to do optimizations that would not be
** possible if the files were compiled separately.  Performance improvements
** of 5% or more are commonly seen when SQLite is compiled as a single
** translation unit.
**
** This file is all you need to compile SQLite.  To use SQLite in other
................................................................................
#if SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE
  "ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE",
#endif
#if SQLITE_ENABLE_BATCH_ATOMIC_WRITE
  "ENABLE_BATCH_ATOMIC_WRITE",
#endif
#if SQLITE_ENABLE_CEROD
  "ENABLE_CEROD",
#endif
#if SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA
  "ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA",
#endif
#if SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_USED_MASK
  "ENABLE_COLUMN_USED_MASK",
#endif
................................................................................
** been edited in any way since it was last checked in, then the last
** four hexadecimal digits of the hash may be modified.
**
** See also: [sqlite3_libversion()],
** [sqlite3_libversion_number()], [sqlite3_sourceid()],
** [sqlite_version()] and [sqlite_source_id()].
*/
#define SQLITE_VERSION        "3.22.0"
#define SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER 3022000
#define SQLITE_SOURCE_ID      "2018-01-22 18:45:57 0c55d179733b46d8d0ba4d88e01a25e10677046ee3da1d5b1581e86726f2171d"

/*
** CAPI3REF: Run-Time Library Version Numbers
** KEYWORDS: sqlite3_version sqlite3_sourceid
**
** These interfaces provide the same information as the [SQLITE_VERSION],
** [SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER], and [SQLITE_SOURCE_ID] C preprocessor macros
................................................................................
** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_ROLLBACK_ATOMIC_WRITE] opcode causes all write
** operations since the previous successful call to 
** [SQLITE_FCNTL_BEGIN_ATOMIC_WRITE] to be rolled back.
** ^This file control takes the file descriptor out of batch write mode
** so that all subsequent write operations are independent.
** ^SQLite will never invoke SQLITE_FCNTL_ROLLBACK_ATOMIC_WRITE without
** a prior successful call to [SQLITE_FCNTL_BEGIN_ATOMIC_WRITE].






** </ul>
*/
#define SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCKSTATE               1
#define SQLITE_FCNTL_GET_LOCKPROXYFILE       2
#define SQLITE_FCNTL_SET_LOCKPROXYFILE       3
#define SQLITE_FCNTL_LAST_ERRNO              4
#define SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT               5
................................................................................
#define SQLITE_FCNTL_VFS_POINTER            27
#define SQLITE_FCNTL_JOURNAL_POINTER        28
#define SQLITE_FCNTL_WIN32_GET_HANDLE       29
#define SQLITE_FCNTL_PDB                    30
#define SQLITE_FCNTL_BEGIN_ATOMIC_WRITE     31
#define SQLITE_FCNTL_COMMIT_ATOMIC_WRITE    32
#define SQLITE_FCNTL_ROLLBACK_ATOMIC_WRITE  33


/* deprecated names */
#define SQLITE_GET_LOCKPROXYFILE      SQLITE_FCNTL_GET_LOCKPROXYFILE
#define SQLITE_SET_LOCKPROXYFILE      SQLITE_FCNTL_SET_LOCKPROXYFILE
#define SQLITE_LAST_ERRNO             SQLITE_FCNTL_LAST_ERRNO


................................................................................
**
** <dt>SQLITE_DBCONFIG_NO_CKPT_ON_CLOSE</dt>
** <dd> Usually, when a database in wal mode is closed or detached from a 
** database handle, SQLite checks if this will mean that there are now no 
** connections at all to the database. If so, it performs a checkpoint 
** operation before closing the connection. This option may be used to
** override this behaviour. The first parameter passed to this operation
** is an integer - non-zero to disable checkpoints-on-close, or zero (the

** default) to enable them. The second parameter is a pointer to an integer
** into which is written 0 or 1 to indicate whether checkpoints-on-close
** have been disabled - 0 if they are not disabled, 1 if they are.
** </dd>

** <dt>SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_QPSG</dt>
** <dd>^(The SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_QPSG option activates or deactivates
** the [query planner stability guarantee] (QPSG).  When the QPSG is active,
** a single SQL query statement will always use the same algorithm regardless
** of values of [bound parameters].)^ The QPSG disables some query optimizations
** that look at the values of bound parameters, which can make some queries
** slower.  But the QPSG has the advantage of more predictable behavior.  With
** the QPSG active, SQLite will always use the same query plan in the field as
** was used during testing in the lab.





** </dd>

** <dt>SQLITE_DBCONFIG_TRIGGER_EQP</dt>
** <dd> By default, the output of EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN commands does not 
** include output for any operations performed by trigger programs. This
** option is used to set or clear (the default) a flag that governs this
** behavior. The first parameter passed to this operation is an integer -
** non-zero to enable output for trigger programs, or zero to disable it.

** The second parameter is a pointer to an integer into which is written 
** 0 or 1 to indicate whether output-for-triggers has been disabled - 0 if 
** it is not disabled, 1 if it is.  
** </dd>
** </dl>
*/
#define SQLITE_DBCONFIG_MAINDBNAME            1000 /* const char* */
................................................................................
SQLITE_API void sqlite3_free_table(char **result);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Formatted String Printing Functions
**
** These routines are work-alikes of the "printf()" family of functions
** from the standard C library.
** These routines understand most of the common K&R formatting options,

** plus some additional non-standard formats, detailed below.
** Note that some of the more obscure formatting options from recent
** C-library standards are omitted from this implementation.
**
** ^The sqlite3_mprintf() and sqlite3_vmprintf() routines write their
** results into memory obtained from [sqlite3_malloc()].
** The strings returned by these two routines should be
** released by [sqlite3_free()].  ^Both routines return a
** NULL pointer if [sqlite3_malloc()] is unable to allocate enough
** memory to hold the resulting string.
**
** ^(The sqlite3_snprintf() routine is similar to "snprintf()" from
** the standard C library.  The result is written into the
** buffer supplied as the second parameter whose size is given by
** the first parameter. Note that the order of the
** first two parameters is reversed from snprintf().)^  This is an
................................................................................
** guarantees that the buffer is always zero-terminated.  ^The first
** parameter "n" is the total size of the buffer, including space for
** the zero terminator.  So the longest string that can be completely
** written will be n-1 characters.
**
** ^The sqlite3_vsnprintf() routine is a varargs version of sqlite3_snprintf().
**
** These routines all implement some additional formatting
** options that are useful for constructing SQL statements.
** All of the usual printf() formatting options apply.  In addition, there
** is are "%q", "%Q", "%w" and "%z" options.
**
** ^(The %q option works like %s in that it substitutes a nul-terminated
** string from the argument list.  But %q also doubles every '\'' character.
** %q is designed for use inside a string literal.)^  By doubling each '\''
** character it escapes that character and allows it to be inserted into
** the string.
**
** For example, assume the string variable zText contains text as follows:
**
** <blockquote><pre>
**  char *zText = "It's a happy day!";
** </pre></blockquote>
**
** One can use this text in an SQL statement as follows:
**
** <blockquote><pre>
**  char *zSQL = sqlite3_mprintf("INSERT INTO table VALUES('%q')", zText);
**  sqlite3_exec(db, zSQL, 0, 0, 0);
**  sqlite3_free(zSQL);
** </pre></blockquote>
**
** Because the %q format string is used, the '\'' character in zText
** is escaped and the SQL generated is as follows:
**
** <blockquote><pre>
**  INSERT INTO table1 VALUES('It''s a happy day!')
** </pre></blockquote>
**
** This is correct.  Had we used %s instead of %q, the generated SQL
** would have looked like this:
**
** <blockquote><pre>
**  INSERT INTO table1 VALUES('It's a happy day!');
** </pre></blockquote>
**
** This second example is an SQL syntax error.  As a general rule you should
** always use %q instead of %s when inserting text into a string literal.
**
** ^(The %Q option works like %q except it also adds single quotes around
** the outside of the total string.  Additionally, if the parameter in the
** argument list is a NULL pointer, %Q substitutes the text "NULL" (without
** single quotes).)^  So, for example, one could say:
**
** <blockquote><pre>
**  char *zSQL = sqlite3_mprintf("INSERT INTO table VALUES(%Q)", zText);
**  sqlite3_exec(db, zSQL, 0, 0, 0);
**  sqlite3_free(zSQL);
** </pre></blockquote>
**
** The code above will render a correct SQL statement in the zSQL
** variable even if the zText variable is a NULL pointer.
**
** ^(The "%w" formatting option is like "%q" except that it expects to
** be contained within double-quotes instead of single quotes, and it
** escapes the double-quote character instead of the single-quote
** character.)^  The "%w" formatting option is intended for safely inserting
** table and column names into a constructed SQL statement.
**
** ^(The "%z" formatting option works like "%s" but with the
** addition that after the string has been read and copied into
** the result, [sqlite3_free()] is called on the input string.)^
*/
SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_mprintf(const char*,...);
SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_vmprintf(const char*, va_list);
SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_snprintf(int,char*,const char*, ...);
SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_vsnprintf(int,char*,const char*, va_list);

/*
................................................................................
** a schema change, on the first  [sqlite3_step()] call following any change
** to the [sqlite3_bind_text | bindings] of that [parameter]. 
** ^The specific value of WHERE-clause [parameter] might influence the 
** choice of query plan if the parameter is the left-hand side of a [LIKE]
** or [GLOB] operator or if the parameter is compared to an indexed column
** and the [SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3] compile-time option is enabled.
** </li>

**
** <p>^sqlite3_prepare_v3() differs from sqlite3_prepare_v2() only in having
** the extra prepFlags parameter, which is a bit array consisting of zero or
** more of the [SQLITE_PREPARE_PERSISTENT|SQLITE_PREPARE_*] flags.  ^The
** sqlite3_prepare_v2() interface works exactly the same as
** sqlite3_prepare_v3() with a zero prepFlags parameter.
** </ol>
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_prepare(
  sqlite3 *db,            /* Database handle */
  const char *zSql,       /* SQL statement, UTF-8 encoded */
  int nByte,              /* Maximum length of zSql in bytes. */
  sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt,  /* OUT: Statement handle */
  const char **pzTail     /* OUT: Pointer to unused portion of zSql */
................................................................................
** wal file in wal mode databases, or the number of pages written to the
** database file in rollback mode databases. Any pages written as part of
** transaction rollback or database recovery operations are not included.
** If an IO or other error occurs while writing a page to disk, the effect
** on subsequent SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE requests is undefined.)^ ^The
** highwater mark associated with SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE is always 0.
** </dd>









**
** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_DEFERRED_FKS]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_DBSTATUS_DEFERRED_FKS</dt>
** <dd>This parameter returns zero for the current value if and only if
** all foreign key constraints (deferred or immediate) have been
** resolved.)^  ^The highwater mark is always 0.
** </dd>
** </dl>
................................................................................
#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_MISS_SIZE  5
#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_MISS_FULL  6
#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT            7
#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS           8
#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE          9
#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_DEFERRED_FKS        10
#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_USED_SHARED   11

#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_MAX                 11   /* Largest defined DBSTATUS */


/*
** CAPI3REF: Prepared Statement Status
** METHOD: sqlite3_stmt
**
** ^(Each prepared statement maintains various
................................................................................
** transaction open on the database, or if the database is not a wal mode
** database.
**
** SQLITE_OK is returned if successful, or an SQLite error code otherwise.
*/
SQLITE_API SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL int sqlite3_snapshot_recover(sqlite3 *db, const char *zDb);



























































































































/*
** Undo the hack that converts floating point types to integer for
** builds on processors without floating point support.
*/
#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
# undef double
#endif
................................................................................
#if 0
extern "C" {
#endif


/*
** CAPI3REF: Session Object Handle



*/
typedef struct sqlite3_session sqlite3_session;

/*
** CAPI3REF: Changeset Iterator Handle



*/
typedef struct sqlite3_changeset_iter sqlite3_changeset_iter;

/*
** CAPI3REF: Create A New Session Object

**
** Create a new session object attached to database handle db. If successful,
** a pointer to the new object is written to *ppSession and SQLITE_OK is
** returned. If an error occurs, *ppSession is set to NULL and an SQLite
** error code (e.g. SQLITE_NOMEM) is returned.
**
** It is possible to create multiple session objects attached to a single
................................................................................
  sqlite3 *db,                    /* Database handle */
  const char *zDb,                /* Name of db (e.g. "main") */
  sqlite3_session **ppSession     /* OUT: New session object */
);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Delete A Session Object

**
** Delete a session object previously allocated using 
** [sqlite3session_create()]. Once a session object has been deleted, the
** results of attempting to use pSession with any other session module
** function are undefined.
**
** Session objects must be deleted before the database handle to which they
................................................................................
** [sqlite3session_create()] for details.
*/
SQLITE_API void sqlite3session_delete(sqlite3_session *pSession);


/*
** CAPI3REF: Enable Or Disable A Session Object

**
** Enable or disable the recording of changes by a session object. When
** enabled, a session object records changes made to the database. When
** disabled - it does not. A newly created session object is enabled.
** Refer to the documentation for [sqlite3session_changeset()] for further
** details regarding how enabling and disabling a session object affects
** the eventual changesets.
................................................................................
** The return value indicates the final state of the session object: 0 if 
** the session is disabled, or 1 if it is enabled.
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3session_enable(sqlite3_session *pSession, int bEnable);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Set Or Clear the Indirect Change Flag

**
** Each change recorded by a session object is marked as either direct or
** indirect. A change is marked as indirect if either:
**
** <ul>
**   <li> The session object "indirect" flag is set when the change is
**        made, or
................................................................................
** The return value indicates the final state of the indirect flag: 0 if 
** it is clear, or 1 if it is set.
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3session_indirect(sqlite3_session *pSession, int bIndirect);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Attach A Table To A Session Object

**
** If argument zTab is not NULL, then it is the name of a table to attach
** to the session object passed as the first argument. All subsequent changes 
** made to the table while the session object is enabled will be recorded. See 
** documentation for [sqlite3session_changeset()] for further details.
**
** Or, if argument zTab is NULL, then changes are recorded for all tables
................................................................................
SQLITE_API int sqlite3session_attach(
  sqlite3_session *pSession,      /* Session object */
  const char *zTab                /* Table name */
);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Set a table filter on a Session Object.

**
** The second argument (xFilter) is the "filter callback". For changes to rows 
** in tables that are not attached to the Session object, the filter is called
** to determine whether changes to the table's rows should be tracked or not. 
** If xFilter returns 0, changes is not tracked. Note that once a table is 
** attached, xFilter will not be called again.
*/
................................................................................
    const char *zTab              /* Table name */
  ),
  void *pCtx                      /* First argument passed to xFilter */
);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Generate A Changeset From A Session Object

**
** Obtain a changeset containing changes to the tables attached to the 
** session object passed as the first argument. If successful, 
** set *ppChangeset to point to a buffer containing the changeset 
** and *pnChangeset to the size of the changeset in bytes before returning
** SQLITE_OK. If an error occurs, set both *ppChangeset and *pnChangeset to
** zero and return an SQLite error code.
................................................................................
SQLITE_API int sqlite3session_changeset(
  sqlite3_session *pSession,      /* Session object */
  int *pnChangeset,               /* OUT: Size of buffer at *ppChangeset */
  void **ppChangeset              /* OUT: Buffer containing changeset */
);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Load The Difference Between Tables Into A Session 

**
** If it is not already attached to the session object passed as the first
** argument, this function attaches table zTbl in the same manner as the
** [sqlite3session_attach()] function. If zTbl does not exist, or if it
** does not have a primary key, this function is a no-op (but does not return
** an error).
**
................................................................................
  const char *zTbl,
  char **pzErrMsg
);


/*
** CAPI3REF: Generate A Patchset From A Session Object

**
** The differences between a patchset and a changeset are that:
**
** <ul>
**   <li> DELETE records consist of the primary key fields only. The 
**        original values of other fields are omitted.
**   <li> The original values of any modified fields are omitted from 
................................................................................
** guaranteed that a call to sqlite3session_changeset() will return a 
** changeset containing zero changes.
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3session_isempty(sqlite3_session *pSession);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Create An Iterator To Traverse A Changeset 

**
** Create an iterator used to iterate through the contents of a changeset.
** If successful, *pp is set to point to the iterator handle and SQLITE_OK
** is returned. Otherwise, if an error occurs, *pp is set to zero and an
** SQLite error code is returned.
**
** The following functions can be used to advance and query a changeset 
................................................................................
  int nChangeset,                 /* Size of changeset blob in bytes */
  void *pChangeset                /* Pointer to blob containing changeset */
);


/*
** CAPI3REF: Advance A Changeset Iterator

**
** This function may only be used with iterators created by function
** [sqlite3changeset_start()]. If it is called on an iterator passed to
** a conflict-handler callback by [sqlite3changeset_apply()], SQLITE_MISUSE
** is returned and the call has no effect.
**
** Immediately after an iterator is created by sqlite3changeset_start(), it
................................................................................
** codes include SQLITE_CORRUPT (if the changeset buffer is corrupt) or 
** SQLITE_NOMEM.
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_next(sqlite3_changeset_iter *pIter);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Obtain The Current Operation From A Changeset Iterator

**
** The pIter argument passed to this function may either be an iterator
** passed to a conflict-handler by [sqlite3changeset_apply()], or an iterator
** created by [sqlite3changeset_start()]. In the latter case, the most recent
** call to [sqlite3changeset_next()] must have returned [SQLITE_ROW]. If this
** is not the case, this function returns [SQLITE_MISUSE].
**
................................................................................
  int *pnCol,                     /* OUT: Number of columns in table */
  int *pOp,                       /* OUT: SQLITE_INSERT, DELETE or UPDATE */
  int *pbIndirect                 /* OUT: True for an 'indirect' change */
);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Obtain The Primary Key Definition Of A Table

**
** For each modified table, a changeset includes the following:
**
** <ul>
**   <li> The number of columns in the table, and
**   <li> Which of those columns make up the tables PRIMARY KEY.
** </ul>
................................................................................
  sqlite3_changeset_iter *pIter,  /* Iterator object */
  unsigned char **pabPK,          /* OUT: Array of boolean - true for PK cols */
  int *pnCol                      /* OUT: Number of entries in output array */
);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Obtain old.* Values From A Changeset Iterator

**
** The pIter argument passed to this function may either be an iterator
** passed to a conflict-handler by [sqlite3changeset_apply()], or an iterator
** created by [sqlite3changeset_start()]. In the latter case, the most recent
** call to [sqlite3changeset_next()] must have returned SQLITE_ROW. 
** Furthermore, it may only be called if the type of change that the iterator
** currently points to is either [SQLITE_DELETE] or [SQLITE_UPDATE]. Otherwise,
................................................................................
  sqlite3_changeset_iter *pIter,  /* Changeset iterator */
  int iVal,                       /* Column number */
  sqlite3_value **ppValue         /* OUT: Old value (or NULL pointer) */
);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Obtain new.* Values From A Changeset Iterator

**
** The pIter argument passed to this function may either be an iterator
** passed to a conflict-handler by [sqlite3changeset_apply()], or an iterator
** created by [sqlite3changeset_start()]. In the latter case, the most recent
** call to [sqlite3changeset_next()] must have returned SQLITE_ROW. 
** Furthermore, it may only be called if the type of change that the iterator
** currently points to is either [SQLITE_UPDATE] or [SQLITE_INSERT]. Otherwise,
................................................................................
  sqlite3_changeset_iter *pIter,  /* Changeset iterator */
  int iVal,                       /* Column number */
  sqlite3_value **ppValue         /* OUT: New value (or NULL pointer) */
);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Obtain Conflicting Row Values From A Changeset Iterator

**
** This function should only be used with iterator objects passed to a
** conflict-handler callback by [sqlite3changeset_apply()] with either
** [SQLITE_CHANGESET_DATA] or [SQLITE_CHANGESET_CONFLICT]. If this function
** is called on any other iterator, [SQLITE_MISUSE] is returned and *ppValue
** is set to NULL.
**
................................................................................
  sqlite3_changeset_iter *pIter,  /* Changeset iterator */
  int iVal,                       /* Column number */
  sqlite3_value **ppValue         /* OUT: Value from conflicting row */
);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Determine The Number Of Foreign Key Constraint Violations

**
** This function may only be called with an iterator passed to an
** SQLITE_CHANGESET_FOREIGN_KEY conflict handler callback. In this case
** it sets the output variable to the total number of known foreign key
** violations in the destination database and returns SQLITE_OK.
**
** In all other cases this function returns SQLITE_MISUSE.
................................................................................
  sqlite3_changeset_iter *pIter,  /* Changeset iterator */
  int *pnOut                      /* OUT: Number of FK violations */
);


/*
** CAPI3REF: Finalize A Changeset Iterator

**
** This function is used to finalize an iterator allocated with
** [sqlite3changeset_start()].
**
** This function should only be called on iterators created using the
** [sqlite3changeset_start()] function. If an application calls this
** function with an iterator passed to a conflict-handler by
................................................................................
**
** If an error was encountered within a call to an sqlite3changeset_xxx()
** function (for example an [SQLITE_CORRUPT] in [sqlite3changeset_next()] or an 
** [SQLITE_NOMEM] in [sqlite3changeset_new()]) then an error code corresponding
** to that error is returned by this function. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK is
** returned. This is to allow the following pattern (pseudo-code):
**

**   sqlite3changeset_start();
**   while( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3changeset_next() ){
**     // Do something with change.
**   }
**   rc = sqlite3changeset_finalize();
**   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
**     // An error has occurred 
**   }

*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_finalize(sqlite3_changeset_iter *pIter);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Invert A Changeset
**
** This function is used to "invert" a changeset object. Applying an inverted
................................................................................
** single changeset. The result is a changeset equivalent to applying
** changeset A followed by changeset B. 
**
** This function combines the two input changesets using an 
** sqlite3_changegroup object. Calling it produces similar results as the
** following code fragment:
**

**   sqlite3_changegroup *pGrp;
**   rc = sqlite3_changegroup_new(&pGrp);
**   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = sqlite3changegroup_add(pGrp, nA, pA);
**   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = sqlite3changegroup_add(pGrp, nB, pB);
**   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
**     rc = sqlite3changegroup_output(pGrp, pnOut, ppOut);
**   }else{
**     *ppOut = 0;
**     *pnOut = 0;
**   }

**
** Refer to the sqlite3_changegroup documentation below for details.
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_concat(
  int nA,                         /* Number of bytes in buffer pA */
  void *pA,                       /* Pointer to buffer containing changeset A */
  int nB,                         /* Number of bytes in buffer pB */
................................................................................
  int *pnOut,                     /* OUT: Number of bytes in output changeset */
  void **ppOut                    /* OUT: Buffer containing output changeset */
);


/*
** CAPI3REF: Changegroup Handle



*/
typedef struct sqlite3_changegroup sqlite3_changegroup;

/*
** CAPI3REF: Create A New Changegroup Object

**
** An sqlite3_changegroup object is used to combine two or more changesets
** (or patchsets) into a single changeset (or patchset). A single changegroup
** object may combine changesets or patchsets, but not both. The output is
** always in the same format as the input.
**
** If successful, this function returns SQLITE_OK and populates (*pp) with
................................................................................
** sqlite3changegroup_output() functions, also available are the streaming
** versions sqlite3changegroup_add_strm() and sqlite3changegroup_output_strm().
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3changegroup_new(sqlite3_changegroup **pp);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Add A Changeset To A Changegroup

**
** Add all changes within the changeset (or patchset) in buffer pData (size
** nData bytes) to the changegroup. 
**
** If the buffer contains a patchset, then all prior calls to this function
** on the same changegroup object must also have specified patchsets. Or, if
** the buffer contains a changeset, so must have the earlier calls to this
................................................................................
**
** If no error occurs, SQLITE_OK is returned.
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3changegroup_add(sqlite3_changegroup*, int nData, void *pData);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Obtain A Composite Changeset From A Changegroup

**
** Obtain a buffer containing a changeset (or patchset) representing the
** current contents of the changegroup. If the inputs to the changegroup
** were themselves changesets, the output is a changeset. Or, if the
** inputs were patchsets, the output is also a patchset.
**
** As with the output of the sqlite3session_changeset() and
................................................................................
  sqlite3_changegroup*,
  int *pnData,                    /* OUT: Size of output buffer in bytes */
  void **ppData                   /* OUT: Pointer to output buffer */
);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Delete A Changegroup Object

*/
SQLITE_API void sqlite3changegroup_delete(sqlite3_changegroup*);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Apply A Changeset To A Database
**
** Apply a changeset to a database. This function attempts to update the
** "main" database attached to handle db with the changes found in the
** changeset passed via the second and third arguments.
**
** The fourth argument (xFilter) passed to this function is the "filter
** callback". If it is not NULL, then for each table affected by at least one
** change in the changeset, the filter callback is invoked with
** the table name as the second argument, and a copy of the context pointer
** passed as the sixth argument to this function as the first. If the "filter
** callback" returns zero, then no attempt is made to apply any changes to 
** the table. Otherwise, if the return value is non-zero or the xFilter
** argument to this function is NULL, all changes related to the table are
** attempted.
**
** For each table that is not excluded by the filter callback, this function 
** tests that the target database contains a compatible table. A table is 
** considered compatible if all of the following are true:
**
** <ul>
**   <li> The table has the same name as the name recorded in the 
................................................................................
** actions are taken by sqlite3changeset_apply() depending on the value
** returned by each invocation of the conflict-handler function. Refer to
** the documentation for the three 
** [SQLITE_CHANGESET_OMIT|available return values] for details.
**
** <dl>
** <dt>DELETE Changes<dd>
**   For each DELETE change, this function checks if the target database 
**   contains a row with the same primary key value (or values) as the 
**   original row values stored in the changeset. If it does, and the values 
**   stored in all non-primary key columns also match the values stored in 
**   the changeset the row is deleted from the target database.
**
**   If a row with matching primary key values is found, but one or more of
**   the non-primary key fields contains a value different from the original
................................................................................
**   violation (e.g. NOT NULL or UNIQUE), the conflict handler function is 
**   invoked with the second argument set to [SQLITE_CHANGESET_CONSTRAINT].
**   This includes the case where the INSERT operation is re-attempted because 
**   an earlier call to the conflict handler function returned 
**   [SQLITE_CHANGESET_REPLACE].
**
** <dt>UPDATE Changes<dd>
**   For each UPDATE change, this function checks if the target database 
**   contains a row with the same primary key value (or values) as the 
**   original row values stored in the changeset. If it does, and the values 
**   stored in all modified non-primary key columns also match the values
**   stored in the changeset the row is updated within the target database.
**
**   If a row with matching primary key values is found, but one or more of
**   the modified non-primary key fields contains a value different from an
................................................................................
** </dl>
**
** It is safe to execute SQL statements, including those that write to the
** table that the callback related to, from within the xConflict callback.
** This can be used to further customize the applications conflict
** resolution strategy.
**
** All changes made by this function are enclosed in a savepoint transaction.
** If any other error (aside from a constraint failure when attempting to
** write to the target database) occurs, then the savepoint transaction is
** rolled back, restoring the target database to its original state, and an 
** SQLite error code returned.










*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_apply(
  sqlite3 *db,                    /* Apply change to "main" db of this handle */
  int nChangeset,                 /* Size of changeset in bytes */
  void *pChangeset,               /* Changeset blob */
  int(*xFilter)(
    void *pCtx,                   /* Copy of sixth arg to _apply() */
................................................................................
  ),
  int(*xConflict)(
    void *pCtx,                   /* Copy of sixth arg to _apply() */
    int eConflict,                /* DATA, MISSING, CONFLICT, CONSTRAINT */
    sqlite3_changeset_iter *p     /* Handle describing change and conflict */
  ),
  void *pCtx                      /* First argument passed to xConflict */
















);

/* 
** CAPI3REF: Constants Passed To The Conflict Handler
**
** Values that may be passed as the second argument to a conflict-handler.
**
................................................................................
**   and the call to sqlite3changeset_apply() returns SQLITE_ABORT.
** </dl>
*/
#define SQLITE_CHANGESET_OMIT       0
#define SQLITE_CHANGESET_REPLACE    1
#define SQLITE_CHANGESET_ABORT      2




























































































































































/*
** CAPI3REF: Streaming Versions of API functions.
**
** The six streaming API xxx_strm() functions serve similar purposes to the 
** corresponding non-streaming API functions:
**
** <table border=1 style="margin-left:8ex;margin-right:8ex">
................................................................................
  ),
  int(*xConflict)(
    void *pCtx,                   /* Copy of sixth arg to _apply() */
    int eConflict,                /* DATA, MISSING, CONFLICT, CONSTRAINT */
    sqlite3_changeset_iter *p     /* Handle describing change and conflict */
  ),
  void *pCtx                      /* First argument passed to xConflict */
















);
SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_concat_strm(
  int (*xInputA)(void *pIn, void *pData, int *pnData),
  void *pInA,
  int (*xInputB)(void *pIn, void *pData, int *pnData),
  void *pInB,
  int (*xOutput)(void *pOut, const void *pData, int nData),
................................................................................
SQLITE_API int sqlite3changegroup_add_strm(sqlite3_changegroup*, 
    int (*xInput)(void *pIn, void *pData, int *pnData),
    void *pIn
);
SQLITE_API int sqlite3changegroup_output_strm(sqlite3_changegroup*,
    int (*xOutput)(void *pOut, const void *pData, int nData), 
    void *pOut







);


/*
** Make sure we can call this stuff from C++.
*/
#if 0
................................................................................
#define TK_CASE                           136
#define TK_WHEN                           137
#define TK_THEN                           138
#define TK_ELSE                           139
#define TK_INDEX                          140
#define TK_ALTER                          141
#define TK_ADD                            142

#define TK_ISNOT                          143
#define TK_FUNCTION                       144
#define TK_COLUMN                         145
#define TK_AGG_FUNCTION                   146
#define TK_AGG_COLUMN                     147
#define TK_UMINUS                         148
#define TK_UPLUS                          149

#define TK_REGISTER                       150
#define TK_VECTOR                         151
#define TK_SELECT_COLUMN                  152
#define TK_IF_NULL_ROW                    153
#define TK_ASTERISK                       154
#define TK_SPAN                           155
#define TK_END_OF_FILE                    156
#define TK_UNCLOSED_STRING                157
#define TK_SPACE                          158
#define TK_ILLEGAL                        159

/* The token codes above must all fit in 8 bits */
#define TKFLG_MASK           0xff  

/* Flags that can be added to a token code when it is not
** being stored in a u8: */
#define TKFLG_DONTFOLD       0x100  /* Omit constant folding optimizations */
................................................................................
** The sqlite.busyHandler member of the sqlite struct contains the busy
** callback for the database handle. Each pager opened via the sqlite
** handle is passed a pointer to sqlite.busyHandler. The busy-handler
** callback is currently invoked only from within pager.c.
*/
typedef struct BusyHandler BusyHandler;
struct BusyHandler {
  int (*xFunc)(void *,int);  /* The busy callback */
  void *pArg;                /* First arg to busy callback */
  int nBusy;                 /* Incremented with each busy call */

};

/*
** Name of the master database table.  The master database table
** is a special table that holds the names and attributes of all
** user tables and indices.
*/
................................................................................
#define OP_Subtract       89 /* same as TK_MINUS, synopsis: r[P3]=r[P2]-r[P1] */
#define OP_Multiply       90 /* same as TK_STAR, synopsis: r[P3]=r[P1]*r[P2] */
#define OP_Divide         91 /* same as TK_SLASH, synopsis: r[P3]=r[P2]/r[P1] */
#define OP_Remainder      92 /* same as TK_REM, synopsis: r[P3]=r[P2]%r[P1] */
#define OP_Concat         93 /* same as TK_CONCAT, synopsis: r[P3]=r[P2]+r[P1] */
#define OP_Compare        94 /* synopsis: r[P1@P3] <-> r[P2@P3]            */
#define OP_BitNot         95 /* same as TK_BITNOT, synopsis: r[P1]= ~r[P1] */
#define OP_Offset         96 /* synopsis: r[P3] = sqlite_offset(P1)        */
#define OP_String8        97 /* same as TK_STRING, synopsis: r[P2]='P4'    */

#define OP_Column         98 /* synopsis: r[P3]=PX                         */
#define OP_Affinity       99 /* synopsis: affinity(r[P1@P2])               */
#define OP_MakeRecord    100 /* synopsis: r[P3]=mkrec(r[P1@P2])            */
#define OP_Count         101 /* synopsis: r[P2]=count()                    */
#define OP_ReadCookie    102
#define OP_SetCookie     103
#define OP_ReopenIdx     104 /* synopsis: root=P2 iDb=P3                   */
#define OP_OpenRead      105 /* synopsis: root=P2 iDb=P3                   */
#define OP_OpenWrite     106 /* synopsis: root=P2 iDb=P3                   */
#define OP_OpenDup       107
#define OP_OpenAutoindex 108 /* synopsis: nColumn=P2                       */
#define OP_OpenEphemeral 109 /* synopsis: nColumn=P2                       */
#define OP_SorterOpen    110
#define OP_SequenceTest  111 /* synopsis: if( cursor[P1].ctr++ ) pc = P2   */
#define OP_OpenPseudo    112 /* synopsis: P3 columns in r[P2]              */
#define OP_Close         113
#define OP_ColumnsUsed   114
#define OP_Sequence      115 /* synopsis: r[P2]=cursor[P1].ctr++           */
#define OP_NewRowid      116 /* synopsis: r[P2]=rowid                      */
#define OP_Insert        117 /* synopsis: intkey=r[P3] data=r[P2]          */
#define OP_InsertInt     118 /* synopsis: intkey=P3 data=r[P2]             */
#define OP_Delete        119
#define OP_ResetCount    120
#define OP_SorterCompare 121 /* synopsis: if key(P1)!=trim(r[P3],P4) goto P2 */
#define OP_SorterData    122 /* synopsis: r[P2]=data                       */
#define OP_RowData       123 /* synopsis: r[P2]=data                       */
#define OP_Rowid         124 /* synopsis: r[P2]=rowid                      */
#define OP_NullRow       125
#define OP_SeekEnd       126
#define OP_SorterInsert  127 /* synopsis: key=r[P2]                        */
#define OP_IdxInsert     128 /* synopsis: key=r[P2]                        */
#define OP_IdxDelete     129 /* synopsis: key=r[P2@P3]                     */
#define OP_DeferredSeek  130 /* synopsis: Move P3 to P1.rowid if needed    */
#define OP_IdxRowid      131 /* synopsis: r[P2]=rowid                      */
#define OP_Real          132 /* same as TK_FLOAT, synopsis: r[P2]=P4       */

#define OP_Destroy       133
#define OP_Clear         134
#define OP_ResetSorter   135
#define OP_CreateBtree   136 /* synopsis: r[P2]=root iDb=P1 flags=P3       */
#define OP_SqlExec       137
#define OP_ParseSchema   138
#define OP_LoadAnalysis  139
#define OP_DropTable     140
#define OP_DropIndex     141
#define OP_DropTrigger   142
#define OP_IntegrityCk   143
#define OP_RowSetAdd     144 /* synopsis: rowset(P1)=r[P2]                 */
#define OP_Param         145
#define OP_FkCounter     146 /* synopsis: fkctr[P1]+=P2                    */
#define OP_MemMax        147 /* synopsis: r[P1]=max(r[P1],r[P2])           */
#define OP_OffsetLimit   148 /* synopsis: if r[P1]>0 then r[P2]=r[P1]+max(0,r[P3]) else r[P2]=(-1) */
#define OP_AggStep0      149 /* synopsis: accum=r[P3] step(r[P2@P5])       */
#define OP_AggStep       150 /* synopsis: accum=r[P3] step(r[P2@P5])       */
#define OP_AggFinal      151 /* synopsis: accum=r[P1] N=P2                 */
#define OP_Expire        152
#define OP_TableLock     153 /* synopsis: iDb=P1 root=P2 write=P3          */
#define OP_VBegin        154
#define OP_VCreate       155
#define OP_VDestroy      156
#define OP_VOpen         157
#define OP_VColumn       158 /* synopsis: r[P3]=vcolumn(P2)                */
#define OP_VRename       159
#define OP_Pagecount     160
#define OP_MaxPgcnt      161
#define OP_PureFunc0     162
#define OP_Function0     163 /* synopsis: r[P3]=func(r[P2@P5])             */
#define OP_PureFunc      164
#define OP_Function      165 /* synopsis: r[P3]=func(r[P2@P5])             */
#define OP_Trace         166
#define OP_CursorHint    167
#define OP_Noop          168
#define OP_Explain       169

/* Properties such as "out2" or "jump" that are specified in
** comments following the "case" for each opcode in the vdbe.c
** are encoded into bitvectors as follows:
*/
#define OPFLG_JUMP        0x01  /* jump:  P2 holds jmp target */
#define OPFLG_IN1         0x02  /* in1:   P1 is an input */
................................................................................
/*  40 */ 0x01, 0x01, 0x23, 0x26, 0x26, 0x0b, 0x01, 0x01,\
/*  48 */ 0x03, 0x03, 0x03, 0x03, 0x0b, 0x0b, 0x0b, 0x0b,\
/*  56 */ 0x0b, 0x0b, 0x01, 0x03, 0x01, 0x01, 0x01, 0x02,\
/*  64 */ 0x02, 0x08, 0x00, 0x10, 0x10, 0x10, 0x10, 0x00,\
/*  72 */ 0x10, 0x10, 0x00, 0x00, 0x10, 0x10, 0x00, 0x00,\
/*  80 */ 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x00, 0x26, 0x26, 0x26, 0x26,\
/*  88 */ 0x26, 0x26, 0x26, 0x26, 0x26, 0x26, 0x00, 0x12,\
/*  96 */ 0x20, 0x10, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x10, 0x10, 0x00,\
/* 104 */ 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,\
/* 112 */ 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x10, 0x10, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,\
/* 120 */ 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x10, 0x00, 0x00, 0x04,\
/* 128 */ 0x04, 0x00, 0x00, 0x10, 0x10, 0x10, 0x00, 0x00,\
/* 136 */ 0x10, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,\
/* 144 */ 0x06, 0x10, 0x00, 0x04, 0x1a, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,\
/* 152 */ 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,\
/* 160 */ 0x10, 0x10, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,\
/* 168 */ 0x00, 0x00,}

/* The sqlite3P2Values() routine is able to run faster if it knows
** the value of the largest JUMP opcode.  The smaller the maximum
** JUMP opcode the better, so the mkopcodeh.tcl script that
** generated this include file strives to group all JUMP opcodes
** together near the beginning of the list.
*/
................................................................................
  int,
  void(*)(DbPage*)
);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerClose(Pager *pPager, sqlite3*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerReadFileheader(Pager*, int, unsigned char*);

/* Functions used to configure a Pager object. */
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerSetBusyhandler(Pager*, int(*)(void *), void *);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(Pager*, u32*, int);
#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerAlignReserve(Pager*,Pager*);
#endif
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerMaxPageCount(Pager*, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerSetCachesize(Pager*, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSetSpillsize(Pager*, int);
................................................................................
SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_file *sqlite3PagerJrnlFile(Pager*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3PagerJournalname(Pager*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3PagerTempSpace(Pager*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerIsMemdb(Pager*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerCacheStat(Pager *, int, int, int *);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerClearCache(Pager*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3SectorSize(sqlite3_file *);






/* Functions used to truncate the database file. */
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerTruncateImage(Pager*,Pgno);

SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerRekey(DbPage*, Pgno, u16);

#if defined(SQLITE_HAS_CODEC) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_WAL)
................................................................................
  int nTotalChange;             /* Value returned by sqlite3_total_changes() */
  int aLimit[SQLITE_N_LIMIT];   /* Limits */
  int nMaxSorterMmap;           /* Maximum size of regions mapped by sorter */
  struct sqlite3InitInfo {      /* Information used during initialization */
    int newTnum;                /* Rootpage of table being initialized */
    u8 iDb;                     /* Which db file is being initialized */
    u8 busy;                    /* TRUE if currently initializing */
    u8 orphanTrigger;           /* Last statement is orphaned TEMP trigger */
    u8 imposterTable;           /* Building an imposter table */

  } init;
  int nVdbeActive;              /* Number of VDBEs currently running */
  int nVdbeRead;                /* Number of active VDBEs that read or write */
  int nVdbeWrite;               /* Number of active VDBEs that read and write */
  int nVdbeExec;                /* Number of nested calls to VdbeExec() */
  int nVDestroy;                /* Number of active OP_VDestroy operations */
  int nExtension;               /* Number of loaded extensions */
................................................................................
#define SQLITE_OrderByIdxJoin 0x0040   /* ORDER BY of joins via index */
#define SQLITE_Transitive     0x0080   /* Transitive constraints */
#define SQLITE_OmitNoopJoin   0x0100   /* Omit unused tables in joins */
#define SQLITE_CountOfView    0x0200   /* The count-of-view optimization */
#define SQLITE_CursorHints    0x0400   /* Add OP_CursorHint opcodes */
#define SQLITE_Stat34         0x0800   /* Use STAT3 or STAT4 data */
   /* TH3 expects the Stat34  ^^^^^^ value to be 0x0800.  Don't change it */


#define SQLITE_AllOpts        0xffff   /* All optimizations */

/*
** Macros for testing whether or not optimizations are enabled or disabled.
*/
#define OptimizationDisabled(db, mask)  (((db)->dbOptFlags&(mask))!=0)
#define OptimizationEnabled(db, mask)   (((db)->dbOptFlags&(mask))==0)
................................................................................
};

/* Allowed values for Column.colFlags:
*/
#define COLFLAG_PRIMKEY  0x0001    /* Column is part of the primary key */
#define COLFLAG_HIDDEN   0x0002    /* A hidden column in a virtual table */
#define COLFLAG_HASTYPE  0x0004    /* Type name follows column name */


/*
** A "Collating Sequence" is defined by an instance of the following
** structure. Conceptually, a collating sequence consists of a name and
** a comparison routine that defines the order of that sequence.
**
** If CollSeq.xCmp is NULL, it means that the
................................................................................
  yDbMask writeMask;   /* Start a write transaction on these databases */
  yDbMask cookieMask;  /* Bitmask of schema verified databases */
  int regRowid;        /* Register holding rowid of CREATE TABLE entry */
  int regRoot;         /* Register holding root page number for new objects */
  int nMaxArg;         /* Max args passed to user function by sub-program */
#if SELECTTRACE_ENABLED
  int nSelect;         /* Number of SELECT statements seen */
  int nSelectIndent;   /* How far to indent SELECTTRACE() output */
#endif
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
  int nTableLock;        /* Number of locks in aTableLock */
  TableLock *aTableLock; /* Required table locks for shared-cache mode */
#endif
  AutoincInfo *pAinc;  /* Information about AUTOINCREMENT counters */
  Parse *pToplevel;    /* Parse structure for main program (or NULL) */
................................................................................
    int n;                                    /* A counter */
    int iCur;                                 /* A cursor number */
    SrcList *pSrcList;                        /* FROM clause */
    struct SrcCount *pSrcCount;               /* Counting column references */
    struct CCurHint *pCCurHint;               /* Used by codeCursorHint() */
    int *aiCol;                               /* array of column indexes */
    struct IdxCover *pIdxCover;               /* Check for index coverage */
    struct IdxExprTrans *pIdxTrans;           /* Convert indexed expr to column */
    ExprList *pGroupBy;                       /* GROUP BY clause */
    struct HavingToWhereCtx *pHavingCtx;      /* HAVING to WHERE clause ctx */
  } u;
};

/* Forward declarations */
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalkExpr(Walker*, Expr*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalkExprList(Walker*, ExprList*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalkSelect(Walker*, Select*);
................................................................................
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Vacuum(Parse*,Token*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3RunVacuum(char**, sqlite3*, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3NameFromToken(sqlite3*, Token*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCompare(Parse*,Expr*, Expr*, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCompareSkip(Expr*, Expr*, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprListCompare(ExprList*, ExprList*, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprImpliesExpr(Parse*,Expr*, Expr*, int);

SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggregates(NameContext*, Expr*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggList(NameContext*,ExprList*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCoveredByIndex(Expr*, int iCur, Index *pIdx);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FunctionUsesThisSrc(Expr*, SrcList*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE Vdbe *sqlite3GetVdbe(Parse*);
#ifndef SQLITE_UNTESTABLE
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PrngSaveState(void);
................................................................................
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(Parse*, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CodeVerifyNamedSchema(Parse*, const char *zDb);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BeginTransaction(Parse*, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3EndTransaction(Parse*,int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Savepoint(Parse*, int, Token*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CloseSavepoints(sqlite3 *);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3LeaveMutexAndCloseZombie(sqlite3*);


SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprIsConstant(Expr*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprIsConstantNotJoin(Expr*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprIsConstantOrFunction(Expr*, u8);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprIsConstantOrGroupBy(Parse*, Expr*, ExprList*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprIsTableConstant(Expr*,int);
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_CURSOR_HINTS
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprContainsSubquery(Expr*);
................................................................................
SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3HexToBlob(sqlite3*, const char *z, int n);
SQLITE_PRIVATE u8 sqlite3HexToInt(int h);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3TwoPartName(Parse *, Token *, Token *, Token **);

#if defined(SQLITE_NEED_ERR_NAME)
SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3ErrName(int);
#endif





SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3ErrStr(int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ReadSchema(Parse *pParse);
SQLITE_PRIVATE CollSeq *sqlite3FindCollSeq(sqlite3*,u8 enc, const char*,int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE CollSeq *sqlite3LocateCollSeq(Parse *pParse, const char*zName);
SQLITE_PRIVATE CollSeq *sqlite3ExprCollSeq(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr);
SQLITE_PRIVATE CollSeq *sqlite3ExprNNCollSeq(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr);
................................................................................
SQLITE_PRIVATE const Token sqlite3IntTokens[];
SQLITE_PRIVATE SQLITE_WSD struct Sqlite3Config sqlite3Config;
SQLITE_PRIVATE FuncDefHash sqlite3BuiltinFunctions;
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WSD
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PendingByte;
#endif
#endif



SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RootPageMoved(sqlite3*, int, int, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Reindex(Parse*, Token*, Token*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AlterFunctions(void);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AlterRenameTable(Parse*, SrcList*, Token*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3GetToken(const unsigned char *, int *);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3NestedParse(Parse*, const char*, ...);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(sqlite3*);
................................................................................
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ResolveOrderGroupBy(Parse*, Select*, ExprList*, const char*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ColumnDefault(Vdbe *, Table *, int, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AlterFinishAddColumn(Parse *, Token *);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AlterBeginAddColumn(Parse *, SrcList *);
SQLITE_PRIVATE CollSeq *sqlite3GetCollSeq(Parse*, u8, CollSeq *, const char*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE char sqlite3AffinityType(const char*, u8*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Analyze(Parse*, Token*, Token*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3InvokeBusyHandler(BusyHandler*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FindDb(sqlite3*, Token*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FindDbName(sqlite3 *, const char *);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3AnalysisLoad(sqlite3*,int iDB);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DeleteIndexSamples(sqlite3*,Index*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DefaultRowEst(Index*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RegisterLikeFunctions(sqlite3*, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IsLikeFunction(sqlite3*,Expr*,int*,char*);
................................................................................
** Constant tokens for values 0 and 1.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE const Token sqlite3IntTokens[] = {
   { "0", 1 },
   { "1", 1 }
};









/*
** The value of the "pending" byte must be 0x40000000 (1 byte past the
** 1-gibabyte boundary) in a compatible database.  SQLite never uses
** the database page that contains the pending byte.  It never attempts
** to read or write that page.  The pending byte page is set aside
** for use by the VFS layers as space for managing file locks.
................................................................................

/* One or more of the following flags are set to indicate the validOK
** representations of the value stored in the Mem struct.
**
** If the MEM_Null flag is set, then the value is an SQL NULL value.
** For a pointer type created using sqlite3_bind_pointer() or
** sqlite3_result_pointer() the MEM_Term and MEM_Subtype flags are also set.
** If both MEM_Null and MEM_Zero are set, that means that the value is
** an unchanging column value from VColumn.
**
** If the MEM_Str flag is set then Mem.z points at a string representation.
** Usually this is encoded in the same unicode encoding as the main
** database (see below for exceptions). If the MEM_Term flag is also
** set, then the string is nul terminated. The MEM_Int and MEM_Real 
** flags may coexist with the MEM_Str flag.
*/
................................................................................
  Mem *pOut;              /* The return value is stored here */
  FuncDef *pFunc;         /* Pointer to function information */
  Mem *pMem;              /* Memory cell used to store aggregate context */
  Vdbe *pVdbe;            /* The VM that owns this context */
  int iOp;                /* Instruction number of OP_Function */
  int isError;            /* Error code returned by the function. */
  u8 skipFlag;            /* Skip accumulator loading if true */
  u8 fErrorOrAux;         /* isError!=0 or pVdbe->pAuxData modified */
  u8 argc;                /* Number of arguments */
  sqlite3_value *argv[1]; /* Argument set */
};

/* A bitfield type for use inside of structures.  Always follow with :N where
** N is the number of bits.
*/
................................................................................
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemSetZeroBlob(Mem*,int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemSetRowSet(Mem*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemMakeWriteable(Mem*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemStringify(Mem*, u8, u8);
SQLITE_PRIVATE i64 sqlite3VdbeIntValue(Mem*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(Mem*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE double sqlite3VdbeRealValue(Mem*);

SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeIntegerAffinity(Mem*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemRealify(Mem*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemNumerify(Mem*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemCast(Mem*,u8,u8);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemFromBtree(BtCursor*,u32,u32,Mem*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(Mem *p);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemFinalize(Mem*, FuncDef*);
................................................................................
    }

    /*
    ** Set *pCurrent to the total cache hits or misses encountered by all
    ** pagers the database handle is connected to. *pHighwater is always set 
    ** to zero.
    */



    case SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT:
    case SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS:
    case SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE:{
      int i;
      int nRet = 0;
      assert( SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT+1 );
      assert( SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT+2 );
................................................................................
** when simply tossing information over the wall to the VFS and we do not
** really care if the VFS receives and understands the information since it
** is only a hint and can be safely ignored.  The sqlite3OsFileControlHint()
** routine has no return value since the return value would be meaningless.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsFileControl(sqlite3_file *id, int op, void *pArg){
#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
  if( op!=SQLITE_FCNTL_COMMIT_PHASETWO ){


    /* Faults are not injected into COMMIT_PHASETWO because, assuming SQLite
    ** is using a regular VFS, it is called after the corresponding
    ** transaction has been committed. Injecting a fault at this point
    ** confuses the test scripts - the COMMIT comand returns SQLITE_NOMEM
    ** but the transaction is committed anyway.
    **
    ** The core must call OsFileControl() though, not OsFileControlHint(),
    ** as if a custom VFS (e.g. zipvfs) returns an error here, it probably
    ** means the commit really has failed and an error should be returned
    ** to the user.  */
    DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST(id);
  }
#endif

  return id->pMethods->xFileControl(id, op, pArg);
}
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3OsFileControlHint(sqlite3_file *id, int op, void *pArg){
  (void)id->pMethods->xFileControl(id, op, pArg);
}

SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsSectorSize(sqlite3_file *id){
  int (*xSectorSize)(sqlite3_file*) = id->pMethods->xSectorSize;
  return (xSectorSize ? xSectorSize(id) : SQLITE_DEFAULT_SECTOR_SIZE);
}
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(sqlite3_file *id){
................................................................................
#if SQLITE_MUTEX_NREF
  volatile int nRef;         /* Number of entrances */
  volatile pthread_t owner;  /* Thread that is within this mutex */
  int trace;                 /* True to trace changes */
#endif
};
#if SQLITE_MUTEX_NREF
#define SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER {PTHREAD_MUTEX_INITIALIZER,0,0,(pthread_t)0,0}

#elif defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR)
#define SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER { PTHREAD_MUTEX_INITIALIZER, 0 }
#else
#define SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER { PTHREAD_MUTEX_INITIALIZER }
#endif

/*
** The sqlite3_mutex_held() and sqlite3_mutex_notheld() routine are
** intended for use only inside assert() statements.  On some platforms,
** there might be race conditions that can cause these routines to
** deliver incorrect results.  In particular, if pthread_equal() is
................................................................................
** or SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE) is used then sqlite3_mutex_alloc()
** returns a different mutex on every call.  But for the static 
** mutex types, the same mutex is returned on every call that has
** the same type number.
*/
static sqlite3_mutex *pthreadMutexAlloc(int iType){
  static sqlite3_mutex staticMutexes[] = {
    SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER,
    SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER,
    SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER,
    SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER,
    SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER,
    SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER,
    SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER,
    SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER,
    SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER,
    SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER,
    SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER,
    SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER
  };
  sqlite3_mutex *p;
  switch( iType ){
    case SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE: {
      p = sqlite3MallocZero( sizeof(*p) );
      if( p ){
#ifdef SQLITE_HOMEGROWN_RECURSIVE_MUTEX
................................................................................
        /* Use a recursive mutex if it is available */
        pthread_mutexattr_t recursiveAttr;
        pthread_mutexattr_init(&recursiveAttr);
        pthread_mutexattr_settype(&recursiveAttr, PTHREAD_MUTEX_RECURSIVE);
        pthread_mutex_init(&p->mutex, &recursiveAttr);
        pthread_mutexattr_destroy(&recursiveAttr);
#endif



      }
      break;
    }
    case SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST: {
      p = sqlite3MallocZero( sizeof(*p) );
      if( p ){
        pthread_mutex_init(&p->mutex, 0);



      }
      break;
    }
    default: {
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR
      if( iType-2<0 || iType-2>=ArraySize(staticMutexes) ){
        (void)SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
................................................................................
      }
#endif
      p = &staticMutexes[iType-2];
      break;
    }
  }
#if SQLITE_MUTEX_NREF || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR)
  if( p ) p->id = iType;
#endif
  return p;
}


/*
** This routine deallocates a previously
................................................................................
*/
struct sqlite3_mutex {
  CRITICAL_SECTION mutex;    /* Mutex controlling the lock */
  int id;                    /* Mutex type */
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
  volatile int nRef;         /* Number of enterances */
  volatile DWORD owner;      /* Thread holding this mutex */
  volatile int trace;        /* True to trace changes */
#endif
};

/*
** These are the initializer values used when declaring a "static" mutex
** on Win32.  It should be noted that all mutexes require initialization
** on the Win32 platform.
*/
#define SQLITE_W32_MUTEX_INITIALIZER { 0 }

#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
#define SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER { SQLITE_W32_MUTEX_INITIALIZER, 0, \
                                    0L, (DWORD)0, 0 }
#else
#define SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER { SQLITE_W32_MUTEX_INITIALIZER, 0 }
#endif

#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
/*
** The sqlite3_mutex_held() and sqlite3_mutex_notheld() routine are
** intended for use only inside assert() statements.
*/
................................................................................
#endif
}

/*
** Initialize and deinitialize the mutex subsystem.
*/
static sqlite3_mutex winMutex_staticMutexes[] = {
  SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER,
  SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER,
  SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER,
  SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER,
  SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER,
  SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER,
  SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER,
  SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER,
  SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER,
  SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER,
  SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER,
  SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER
};

static int winMutex_isInit = 0;
static int winMutex_isNt = -1; /* <0 means "need to query" */

/* As the winMutexInit() and winMutexEnd() functions are called as part
** of the sqlite3_initialize() and sqlite3_shutdown() processing, the
................................................................................
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR
      if( iType-2<0 || iType-2>=ArraySize(winMutex_staticMutexes) ){
        (void)SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
        return 0;
      }
#endif
      p = &winMutex_staticMutexes[iType-2];
      p->id = iType;
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
#ifdef SQLITE_WIN32_MUTEX_TRACE_STATIC
      p->trace = 1;

#endif
#endif
      break;
    }
  }

  return p;
}


/*
** This routine deallocates a previously
** allocated mutex.  SQLite is careful to deallocate every
................................................................................
  double rounder;            /* Used for rounding floating point values */
  etByte flag_dp;            /* True if decimal point should be shown */
  etByte flag_rtz;           /* True if trailing zeros should be removed */
#endif
  PrintfArguments *pArgList = 0; /* Arguments for SQLITE_PRINTF_SQLFUNC */
  char buf[etBUFSIZE];       /* Conversion buffer */






  bufpt = 0;
  if( (pAccum->printfFlags & SQLITE_PRINTF_SQLFUNC)!=0 ){
    pArgList = va_arg(ap, PrintfArguments*);
    bArgList = 1;
  }else{
    bArgList = 0;
  }
................................................................................
        buf[0] = '%';
        bufpt = buf;
        length = 1;
        break;
      case etCHARX:
        if( bArgList ){
          bufpt = getTextArg(pArgList);

          c = bufpt ? bufpt[0] : 0;






        }else{



          c = va_arg(ap,int);



















        }
        if( precision>1 ){
          width -= precision-1;
          if( width>1 && !flag_leftjustify ){
            sqlite3AppendChar(pAccum, width-1, ' ');
            width = 0;
          }
          sqlite3AppendChar(pAccum, precision-1, c);

        }
        length = 1;
        buf[0] = c;

        bufpt = buf;
        break;

      case etSTRING:
      case etDYNSTRING:
        if( bArgList ){
          bufpt = getTextArg(pArgList);
          xtype = etSTRING;
        }else{
          bufpt = va_arg(ap,char*);
        }
        if( bufpt==0 ){
          bufpt = "";
        }else if( xtype==etDYNSTRING ){












          zExtra = bufpt;
        }
        if( precision>=0 ){









          for(length=0; length<precision && bufpt[length]; length++){}

        }else{
          length = 0x7fffffff & (int)strlen(bufpt);
        }






        break;
      case etSQLESCAPE:           /* Escape ' characters */
      case etSQLESCAPE2:          /* Escape ' and enclose in '...' */
      case etSQLESCAPE3: {        /* Escape " characters */
        int i, j, k, n, isnull;
        int needQuote;
        char ch;
        char q = ((xtype==etSQLESCAPE3)?'"':'\'');   /* Quote character */
        char *escarg;

        if( bArgList ){
          escarg = getTextArg(pArgList);
        }else{
          escarg = va_arg(ap,char*);
        }
        isnull = escarg==0;
        if( isnull ) escarg = (xtype==etSQLESCAPE2 ? "NULL" : "(NULL)");





        k = precision;
        for(i=n=0; k!=0 && (ch=escarg[i])!=0; i++, k--){
          if( ch==q )  n++;



        }
        needQuote = !isnull && xtype==etSQLESCAPE2;
        n += i + 3;
        if( n>etBUFSIZE ){
          bufpt = zExtra = sqlite3Malloc( n );
          if( bufpt==0 ){
            setStrAccumError(pAccum, STRACCUM_NOMEM);
................................................................................
        for(i=0; i<k; i++){
          bufpt[j++] = ch = escarg[i];
          if( ch==q ) bufpt[j++] = ch;
        }
        if( needQuote ) bufpt[j++] = q;
        bufpt[j] = 0;
        length = j;
        /* The precision in %q and %Q means how many input characters to
        ** consume, not the length of the output...
        ** if( precision>=0 && precision<length ) length = precision; */
        break;
      }
      case etTOKEN: {
        Token *pToken;
        if( (pAccum->printfFlags & SQLITE_PRINTF_INTERNAL)==0 ) return;
        pToken = va_arg(ap, Token*);
        assert( bArgList==0 );
        if( pToken && pToken->n ){
................................................................................
        assert( xtype==etINVALID );
        return;
      }
    }/* End switch over the format type */
    /*
    ** The text of the conversion is pointed to by "bufpt" and is
    ** "length" characters long.  The field width is "width".  Do
    ** the output.



    */
    width -= length;
    if( width>0 ){
      if( !flag_leftjustify ) sqlite3AppendChar(pAccum, width, ' ');
      sqlite3StrAccumAppend(pAccum, bufpt, length);
      if( flag_leftjustify ) sqlite3AppendChar(pAccum, width, ' ');
    }else{
................................................................................
  pView = sqlite3TreeViewPush(pView, moreToFollow);
  if( p->pWith ){
    sqlite3TreeViewWith(pView, p->pWith, 1);
    cnt = 1;
    sqlite3TreeViewPush(pView, 1);
  }
  do{









    sqlite3TreeViewLine(pView, "SELECT%s%s (0x%p) selFlags=0x%x nSelectRow=%d",
      ((p->selFlags & SF_Distinct) ? " DISTINCT" : ""),
      ((p->selFlags & SF_Aggregate) ? " agg_flag" : ""), p, p->selFlags,
      (int)p->nSelectRow
    );

    if( cnt++ ) sqlite3TreeViewPop(pView);
    if( p->pPrior ){
      n = 1000;
    }else{
      n = 0;
      if( p->pSrc && p->pSrc->nSrc ) n++;
      if( p->pWhere ) n++;
................................................................................
    case TK_STRING: {
      sqlite3TreeViewLine(pView,"%Q", pExpr->u.zToken);
      break;
    }
    case TK_NULL: {
      sqlite3TreeViewLine(pView,"NULL");
      break;





    }
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BLOB_LITERAL
    case TK_BLOB: {
      sqlite3TreeViewLine(pView,"%s", pExpr->u.zToken);
      break;
    }
#endif
................................................................................

    case TK_UMINUS:  zUniOp = "UMINUS"; break;
    case TK_UPLUS:   zUniOp = "UPLUS";  break;
    case TK_BITNOT:  zUniOp = "BITNOT"; break;
    case TK_NOT:     zUniOp = "NOT";    break;
    case TK_ISNULL:  zUniOp = "ISNULL"; break;
    case TK_NOTNULL: zUniOp = "NOTNULL"; break;














    case TK_SPAN: {
      sqlite3TreeViewLine(pView, "SPAN %Q", pExpr->u.zToken);
      sqlite3TreeViewExpr(pView, pExpr->pLeft, 0);
      break;
    }

................................................................................
/*
** Convert zNum to a 64-bit signed integer.  zNum must be decimal. This
** routine does *not* accept hexadecimal notation.
**
** Returns:
**
**     0    Successful transformation.  Fits in a 64-bit signed integer.
**     1    Excess text after the integer value
**     2    Integer too large for a 64-bit signed integer or is malformed
**     3    Special case of 9223372036854775808
**
** length is the number of bytes in the string (bytes, not characters).
** The string is not necessarily zero-terminated.  The encoding is
** given by enc.
*/
................................................................................
    }
  }
  zStart = zNum;
  while( zNum<zEnd && zNum[0]=='0' ){ zNum+=incr; } /* Skip leading zeros. */
  for(i=0; &zNum[i]<zEnd && (c=zNum[i])>='0' && c<='9'; i+=incr){
    u = u*10 + c - '0';
  }



  if( u>LARGEST_INT64 ){




    *pNum = neg ? SMALLEST_INT64 : LARGEST_INT64;
  }else if( neg ){
    *pNum = -(i64)u;
  }else{
    *pNum = (i64)u;
  }
  testcase( i==18 );
  testcase( i==19 );
  testcase( i==20 );
  if( &zNum[i]<zEnd              /* Extra bytes at the end */
   || (i==0 && zStart==zNum)     /* No digits */
   || nonNum                     /* UTF16 with high-order bytes non-zero */
  ){
    rc = 1;
  }else{
    rc = 0;




  }
  if( i>19*incr ){                /* Too many digits */
    /* zNum is empty or contains non-numeric text or is longer
    ** than 19 digits (thus guaranteeing that it is too large) */
    return 2;



  }else if( i<19*incr ){
    /* Less than 19 digits, so we know that it fits in 64 bits */
    assert( u<=LARGEST_INT64 );
    return rc;
  }else{
    /* zNum is a 19-digit numbers.  Compare it against 9223372036854775808. */
    c = compare2pow63(zNum, incr);
    if( c<0 ){
      /* zNum is less than 9223372036854775808 so it fits */
      assert( u<=LARGEST_INT64 );
      return rc;


    }else if( c>0 ){
      /* zNum is greater than 9223372036854775808 so it overflows */
      return 2;
    }else{
      /* zNum is exactly 9223372036854775808.  Fits if negative.  The
      ** special case 2 overflow if positive */
      assert( u-1==LARGEST_INT64 );
      return neg ? rc : 3;

    }
  }
}

/*
** Transform a UTF-8 integer literal, in either decimal or hexadecimal,
** into a 64-bit signed integer.  This routine accepts hexadecimal literals,
................................................................................
    /*  89 */ "Subtract"         OpHelp("r[P3]=r[P2]-r[P1]"),
    /*  90 */ "Multiply"         OpHelp("r[P3]=r[P1]*r[P2]"),
    /*  91 */ "Divide"           OpHelp("r[P3]=r[P2]/r[P1]"),
    /*  92 */ "Remainder"        OpHelp("r[P3]=r[P2]%r[P1]"),
    /*  93 */ "Concat"           OpHelp("r[P3]=r[P2]+r[P1]"),
    /*  94 */ "Compare"          OpHelp("r[P1@P3] <-> r[P2@P3]"),
    /*  95 */ "BitNot"           OpHelp("r[P1]= ~r[P1]"),
    /*  96 */ "Offset"           OpHelp("r[P3] = sqlite_offset(P1)"),
    /*  97 */ "String8"          OpHelp("r[P2]='P4'"),

    /*  98 */ "Column"           OpHelp("r[P3]=PX"),
    /*  99 */ "Affinity"         OpHelp("affinity(r[P1@P2])"),
    /* 100 */ "MakeRecord"       OpHelp("r[P3]=mkrec(r[P1@P2])"),
    /* 101 */ "Count"            OpHelp("r[P2]=count()"),
    /* 102 */ "ReadCookie"       OpHelp(""),
    /* 103 */ "SetCookie"        OpHelp(""),
    /* 104 */ "ReopenIdx"        OpHelp("root=P2 iDb=P3"),
    /* 105 */ "OpenRead"         OpHelp("root=P2 iDb=P3"),
    /* 106 */ "OpenWrite"        OpHelp("root=P2 iDb=P3"),
    /* 107 */ "OpenDup"          OpHelp(""),
    /* 108 */ "OpenAutoindex"    OpHelp("nColumn=P2"),
    /* 109 */ "OpenEphemeral"    OpHelp("nColumn=P2"),
    /* 110 */ "SorterOpen"       OpHelp(""),
    /* 111 */ "SequenceTest"     OpHelp("if( cursor[P1].ctr++ ) pc = P2"),
    /* 112 */ "OpenPseudo"       OpHelp("P3 columns in r[P2]"),
    /* 113 */ "Close"            OpHelp(""),
    /* 114 */ "ColumnsUsed"      OpHelp(""),
    /* 115 */ "Sequence"         OpHelp("r[P2]=cursor[P1].ctr++"),
    /* 116 */ "NewRowid"         OpHelp("r[P2]=rowid"),
    /* 117 */ "Insert"           OpHelp("intkey=r[P3] data=r[P2]"),
    /* 118 */ "InsertInt"        OpHelp("intkey=P3 data=r[P2]"),
    /* 119 */ "Delete"           OpHelp(""),
    /* 120 */ "ResetCount"       OpHelp(""),
    /* 121 */ "SorterCompare"    OpHelp("if key(P1)!=trim(r[P3],P4) goto P2"),
    /* 122 */ "SorterData"       OpHelp("r[P2]=data"),
    /* 123 */ "RowData"          OpHelp("r[P2]=data"),
    /* 124 */ "Rowid"            OpHelp("r[P2]=rowid"),
    /* 125 */ "NullRow"          OpHelp(""),
    /* 126 */ "SeekEnd"          OpHelp(""),
    /* 127 */ "SorterInsert"     OpHelp("key=r[P2]"),
    /* 128 */ "IdxInsert"        OpHelp("key=r[P2]"),
    /* 129 */ "IdxDelete"        OpHelp("key=r[P2@P3]"),
    /* 130 */ "DeferredSeek"     OpHelp("Move P3 to P1.rowid if needed"),
    /* 131 */ "IdxRowid"         OpHelp("r[P2]=rowid"),
    /* 132 */ "Real"             OpHelp("r[P2]=P4"),

    /* 133 */ "Destroy"          OpHelp(""),
    /* 134 */ "Clear"            OpHelp(""),
    /* 135 */ "ResetSorter"      OpHelp(""),
    /* 136 */ "CreateBtree"      OpHelp("r[P2]=root iDb=P1 flags=P3"),
    /* 137 */ "SqlExec"          OpHelp(""),
    /* 138 */ "ParseSchema"      OpHelp(""),
    /* 139 */ "LoadAnalysis"     OpHelp(""),
    /* 140 */ "DropTable"        OpHelp(""),
    /* 141 */ "DropIndex"        OpHelp(""),
    /* 142 */ "DropTrigger"      OpHelp(""),
    /* 143 */ "IntegrityCk"      OpHelp(""),
    /* 144 */ "RowSetAdd"        OpHelp("rowset(P1)=r[P2]"),
    /* 145 */ "Param"            OpHelp(""),
    /* 146 */ "FkCounter"        OpHelp("fkctr[P1]+=P2"),
    /* 147 */ "MemMax"           OpHelp("r[P1]=max(r[P1],r[P2])"),
    /* 148 */ "OffsetLimit"      OpHelp("if r[P1]>0 then r[P2]=r[P1]+max(0,r[P3]) else r[P2]=(-1)"),
    /* 149 */ "AggStep0"         OpHelp("accum=r[P3] step(r[P2@P5])"),
    /* 150 */ "AggStep"          OpHelp("accum=r[P3] step(r[P2@P5])"),
    /* 151 */ "AggFinal"         OpHelp("accum=r[P1] N=P2"),
    /* 152 */ "Expire"           OpHelp(""),
    /* 153 */ "TableLock"        OpHelp("iDb=P1 root=P2 write=P3"),
    /* 154 */ "VBegin"           OpHelp(""),
    /* 155 */ "VCreate"          OpHelp(""),
    /* 156 */ "VDestroy"         OpHelp(""),
    /* 157 */ "VOpen"            OpHelp(""),
    /* 158 */ "VColumn"          OpHelp("r[P3]=vcolumn(P2)"),
    /* 159 */ "VRename"          OpHelp(""),
    /* 160 */ "Pagecount"        OpHelp(""),
    /* 161 */ "MaxPgcnt"         OpHelp(""),
    /* 162 */ "PureFunc0"        OpHelp(""),
    /* 163 */ "Function0"        OpHelp("r[P3]=func(r[P2@P5])"),
    /* 164 */ "PureFunc"         OpHelp(""),
    /* 165 */ "Function"         OpHelp("r[P3]=func(r[P2@P5])"),
    /* 166 */ "Trace"            OpHelp(""),
    /* 167 */ "CursorHint"       OpHelp(""),
    /* 168 */ "Noop"             OpHelp(""),
    /* 169 */ "Explain"          OpHelp(""),
  };
  return azName[i];
}
#endif

/************** End of opcodes.c *********************************************/
/************** Begin file os_unix.c *****************************************/
................................................................................
  int deviceCharacteristics;          /* Precomputed device characteristics */
#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
  int openFlags;                      /* The flags specified at open() */
#endif
#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE || defined(__APPLE__)
  unsigned fsFlags;                   /* cached details from statfs() */
#endif



#if OS_VXWORKS
  struct vxworksFileId *pId;          /* Unique file ID */
#endif
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
  /* The next group of variables are used to track whether or not the
  ** transaction counter in bytes 24-27 of database files are updated
  ** whenever any part of the database changes.  An assertion fault will
................................................................................
#if defined(HAVE_FCHOWN)
  { "fchown",       (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)fchown,          0 },
#else
  { "fchown",       (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)0,               0 },
#endif
#define osFchown    ((int(*)(int,uid_t,gid_t))aSyscall[20].pCurrent)


  { "geteuid",      (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)geteuid,         0 },



#define osGeteuid   ((uid_t(*)(void))aSyscall[21].pCurrent)

#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_WAL) || SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
  { "mmap",         (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)mmap,            0 },
#else
  { "mmap",         (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)0,               0 },
#endif
................................................................................
** is held when required. This function is only used as part of assert() 
** statements. e.g.
**
**   unixEnterMutex()
**     assert( unixMutexHeld() );
**   unixEnterLeave()
*/

static void unixEnterMutex(void){
  sqlite3_mutex_enter(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_VFS1));
}
static void unixLeaveMutex(void){
  sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_VFS1));
}
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
static int unixMutexHeld(void) {
  return sqlite3_mutex_held(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_VFS1));
}
#endif


#ifdef SQLITE_HAVE_OS_TRACE
/*
** Helper function for printing out trace information from debugging
................................................................................
  
  unixLeaveMutex();
  OSTRACE(("TEST WR-LOCK %d %d %d (unix)\n", pFile->h, rc, reserved));

  *pResOut = reserved;
  return rc;
}






































/*
** Attempt to set a system-lock on the file pFile.  The lock is 
** described by pLock.
**
** If the pFile was opened read/write from unix-excl, then the only lock
** ever obtained is an exclusive lock, and it is obtained exactly once
................................................................................
    if( pInode->bProcessLock==0 ){
      struct flock lock;
      assert( pInode->nLock==0 );
      lock.l_whence = SEEK_SET;
      lock.l_start = SHARED_FIRST;
      lock.l_len = SHARED_SIZE;
      lock.l_type = F_WRLCK;
      rc = osFcntl(pFile->h, F_SETLK, &lock);
      if( rc<0 ) return rc;
      pInode->bProcessLock = 1;
      pInode->nLock++;
    }else{
      rc = 0;
    }
  }else{
    rc = osFcntl(pFile->h, F_SETLK, pLock);
  }
  return rc;
}

/*
** Lock the file with the lock specified by parameter eFileLock - one
** of the following:
................................................................................
      }
      return SQLITE_OK;
    }
    case SQLITE_FCNTL_HAS_MOVED: {
      *(int*)pArg = fileHasMoved(pFile);
      return SQLITE_OK;
    }






#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
    case SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE: {
      i64 newLimit = *(i64*)pArg;
      int rc = SQLITE_OK;
      if( newLimit>sqlite3GlobalConfig.mxMmap ){
        newLimit = sqlite3GlobalConfig.mxMmap;
      }
................................................................................
  assert( n==1 || lockType!=F_RDLCK );

  /* Locks are within range */
  assert( n>=1 && n<=SQLITE_SHM_NLOCK );

  if( pShmNode->h>=0 ){
    /* Initialize the locking parameters */
    memset(&f, 0, sizeof(f));
    f.l_type = lockType;
    f.l_whence = SEEK_SET;
    f.l_start = ofst;
    f.l_len = n;

    rc = osFcntl(pShmNode->h, F_SETLK, &f);
    rc = (rc!=(-1)) ? SQLITE_OK : SQLITE_BUSY;
  }

  /* Update the global lock state and do debug tracing */
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
  { u16 mask;
  OSTRACE(("SHM-LOCK "));
................................................................................
  ** the same instant might all reset the PRNG.  But multiple resets
  ** are harmless.
  */
  if( randomnessPid!=osGetpid(0) ){
    randomnessPid = osGetpid(0);
    sqlite3_randomness(0,0);
  }

  memset(p, 0, sizeof(unixFile));

  if( eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB ){
    UnixUnusedFd *pUnused;
    pUnused = findReusableFd(zName, flags);
    if( pUnused ){
      fd = pUnused->fd;
................................................................................
  ** correctly.  See ticket [bb3a86e890c8e96ab] */
  assert( ArraySize(aSyscall)==29 );

  /* Register all VFSes defined in the aVfs[] array */
  for(i=0; i<(sizeof(aVfs)/sizeof(sqlite3_vfs)); i++){
    sqlite3_vfs_register(&aVfs[i], i==0);
  }

  return SQLITE_OK; 
}

/*
** Shutdown the operating system interface.
**
** Some operating systems might need to do some cleanup in this routine,
** to release dynamically allocated objects.  But not on unix.
** This routine is a no-op for unix.
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_os_end(void){ 

  return SQLITE_OK; 
}
 
#endif /* SQLITE_OS_UNIX */

/************** End of os_unix.c *********************************************/
/************** Begin file os_win.c ******************************************/
................................................................................
** is held when required. This function is only used as part of assert()
** statements. e.g.
**
**   winShmEnterMutex()
**     assert( winShmMutexHeld() );
**   winShmLeaveMutex()
*/

static void winShmEnterMutex(void){
  sqlite3_mutex_enter(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_VFS1));
}
static void winShmLeaveMutex(void){
  sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_VFS1));
}
#ifndef NDEBUG
static int winShmMutexHeld(void) {
  return sqlite3_mutex_held(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_VFS1));
}
#endif

/*
** Object used to represent a single file opened and mmapped to provide
** shared memory.  When multiple threads all reference the same
** log-summary, each thread has its own winFile object, but they all
................................................................................
#endif

  sqlite3_vfs_register(&winNolockVfs, 0);

#if defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE)
  sqlite3_vfs_register(&winLongPathNolockVfs, 0);
#endif





  return SQLITE_OK;
}

SQLITE_API int sqlite3_os_end(void){
#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT
  if( sleepObj!=NULL ){
    osCloseHandle(sleepObj);
    sleepObj = NULL;
  }
#endif





  return SQLITE_OK;
}

#endif /* SQLITE_OS_WIN */

/************** End of os_win.c **********************************************/
















































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































/************** Begin file bitvec.c ******************************************/
/*
** 2008 February 16
**
** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
................................................................................
    }
    if( pPg ){
      int rc;
#ifdef SQLITE_LOG_CACHE_SPILL
      sqlite3_log(SQLITE_FULL, 
                  "spill page %d making room for %d - cache used: %d/%d",
                  pPg->pgno, pgno,
                  sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache.xPagecount(pCache->pCache),
                numberOfCachePages(pCache));
#endif
      pcacheTrace(("%p.SPILL %d\n",pCache,pPg->pgno));
      rc = pCache->xStress(pCache->pStress, pPg);
      pcacheDump(pCache);
      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_BUSY ){
        return rc;
................................................................................
  int pageSize;               /* Number of bytes in a page */
  Pgno mxPgno;                /* Maximum allowed size of the database */
  i64 journalSizeLimit;       /* Size limit for persistent journal files */
  char *zFilename;            /* Name of the database file */
  char *zJournal;             /* Name of the journal file */
  int (*xBusyHandler)(void*); /* Function to call when busy */
  void *pBusyHandlerArg;      /* Context argument for xBusyHandler */
  int aStat[3];               /* Total cache hits, misses and writes */
#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
  int nRead;                  /* Database pages read */
#endif
  void (*xReiniter)(DbPage*); /* Call this routine when reloading pages */
  int (*xGet)(Pager*,Pgno,DbPage**,int); /* Routine to fetch a patch */
#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
  void *(*xCodec)(void*,void*,Pgno,int); /* Routine for en/decoding data */
................................................................................
** Indexes for use with Pager.aStat[]. The Pager.aStat[] array contains
** the values accessed by passing SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT, CACHE_MISS 
** or CACHE_WRITE to sqlite3_db_status().
*/
#define PAGER_STAT_HIT   0
#define PAGER_STAT_MISS  1
#define PAGER_STAT_WRITE 2


/*
** The following global variables hold counters used for
** testing purposes only.  These variables do not exist in
** a non-testing build.  These variables are not thread-safe.
*/
#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
................................................................................
  assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) );
  dc = sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd);
#else
  UNUSED_PARAMETER(pPager);
#endif

#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_BATCH_ATOMIC_WRITE
  if( dc&SQLITE_IOCAP_BATCH_ATOMIC ){
    return -1;
  }
#endif

#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE
  {
    int nSector = pPager->sectorSize;
................................................................................
    ** successfully committed, but the EXCLUSIVE lock is still held on the
    ** file. So it is safe to truncate the database file to its minimum
    ** required size.  */
    assert( pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
    rc = pager_truncate(pPager, pPager->dbSize);
  }

  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bCommit && isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
    rc = sqlite3OsFileControl(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_COMMIT_PHASETWO, 0);
    if( rc==SQLITE_NOTFOUND ) rc = SQLITE_OK;
  }

  if( !pPager->exclusiveMode 
   && (!pagerUseWal(pPager) || sqlite3WalExclusiveMode(pPager->pWal, 0))
  ){
................................................................................
  }
  /* Following a rollback, the database file should be back in its original
  ** state prior to the start of the transaction, so invoke the
  ** SQLITE_FCNTL_DB_UNCHANGED file-control method to disable the
  ** assertion that the transaction counter was modified.
  */
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
  if( pPager->fd->pMethods ){
    sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pPager->fd,SQLITE_FCNTL_DB_UNCHANGED,0);
  }
#endif

  /* If this playback is happening automatically as a result of an IO or 
  ** malloc error that occurred after the change-counter was updated but 
  ** before the transaction was committed, then the change-counter 
  ** modification may just have been reverted. If this happens in exclusive 
  ** mode, then subsequent transactions performed by the connection will not
................................................................................
**   SHARED_LOCK   -> EXCLUSIVE_LOCK   | No
**   RESERVED_LOCK -> EXCLUSIVE_LOCK   | Yes
**
** If the busy-handler callback returns non-zero, the lock is 
** retried. If it returns zero, then the SQLITE_BUSY error is
** returned to the caller of the pager API function.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerSetBusyhandler(
  Pager *pPager,                       /* Pager object */
  int (*xBusyHandler)(void *),         /* Pointer to busy-handler function */
  void *pBusyHandlerArg                /* Argument to pass to xBusyHandler */
){

  pPager->xBusyHandler = xBusyHandler;
  pPager->pBusyHandlerArg = pBusyHandlerArg;

  if( isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
    void **ap = (void **)&pPager->xBusyHandler;
    assert( ((int(*)(void *))(ap[0]))==xBusyHandler );
    assert( ap[1]==pBusyHandlerArg );
    sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_BUSYHANDLER, (void *)ap);
  }
}

/*
** Change the page size used by the Pager object. The new page size 
** is passed in *pPageSize.
**
** If the pager is in the error state when this function is called, it
................................................................................
  PgHdr *pNext;
  for(p=pPager->pMmapFreelist; p; p=pNext){
    pNext = p->pDirty;
    sqlite3_free(p);
  }
}


























/*
** Shutdown the page cache.  Free all memory and close all files.
**
** If a transaction was in progress when this routine is called, that
** transaction is rolled back.  All outstanding pages are invalidated
** and their memory is freed.  Any attempt to use a page associated
................................................................................
**
** This function always succeeds. If a transaction is active an attempt
** is made to roll it back. If an error occurs during the rollback 
** a hot journal may be left in the filesystem but no error is returned
** to the caller.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerClose(Pager *pPager, sqlite3 *db){
  u8 *pTmp = (u8 *)pPager->pTmpSpace;

  assert( db || pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 );
  assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
  disable_simulated_io_errors();
  sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
  pagerFreeMapHdrs(pPager);
  /* pPager->errCode = 0; */
  pPager->exclusiveMode = 0;
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL


  assert( db || pPager->pWal==0 );
  sqlite3WalClose(pPager->pWal, db, pPager->walSyncFlags, pPager->pageSize,
      (db && (db->flags & SQLITE_NoCkptOnClose) ? 0 : pTmp)

  );



  pPager->pWal = 0;

#endif
  pager_reset(pPager);
  if( MEMDB ){
    pager_unlock(pPager);
  }else{
    /* If it is open, sync the journal file before calling UnlockAndRollback.
    ** If this is not done, then an unsynced portion of the open journal 
................................................................................
  if( pPager->doNotSpill
   && ((pPager->doNotSpill & (SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK|SPILLFLAG_OFF))!=0
      || (pPg->flags & PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)!=0)
  ){
    return SQLITE_OK;
  }


  pPg->pDirty = 0;
  if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
    /* Write a single frame for this page to the log. */
    rc = subjournalPageIfRequired(pPg); 
    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
      rc = pagerWalFrames(pPager, pPg, 0, 0);
    }
................................................................................
  void (*xReinit)(DbPage*) /* Function to reinitialize pages */
){
  u8 *pPtr;
  Pager *pPager = 0;       /* Pager object to allocate and return */
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;      /* Return code */
  int tempFile = 0;        /* True for temp files (incl. in-memory files) */
  int memDb = 0;           /* True if this is an in-memory file */





  int readOnly = 0;        /* True if this is a read-only file */
  int journalFileSize;     /* Bytes to allocate for each journal fd */
  char *zPathname = 0;     /* Full path to database file */
  int nPathname = 0;       /* Number of bytes in zPathname */
  int useJournal = (flags & PAGER_OMIT_JOURNAL)==0; /* False to omit journal */
  int pcacheSize = sqlite3PcacheSize();       /* Bytes to allocate for PCache */
  u32 szPageDflt = SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE;  /* Default page size */
................................................................................

  /* Open the pager file.
  */
  if( zFilename && zFilename[0] ){
    int fout = 0;                    /* VFS flags returned by xOpen() */
    rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, pPager->zFilename, pPager->fd, vfsFlags, &fout);
    assert( !memDb );



    readOnly = (fout&SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY);

    /* If the file was successfully opened for read/write access,
    ** choose a default page size in case we have to create the
    ** database file. The default page size is the maximum of:
    **
    **    + SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE,
    **    + The value returned by sqlite3OsSectorSize()
................................................................................
  /* pPager->pLast = 0; */
  pPager->nExtra = (u16)nExtra;
  pPager->journalSizeLimit = SQLITE_DEFAULT_JOURNAL_SIZE_LIMIT;
  assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || tempFile );
  setSectorSize(pPager);
  if( !useJournal ){
    pPager->journalMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF;
  }else if( memDb ){
    pPager->journalMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY;
  }
  /* pPager->xBusyHandler = 0; */
  /* pPager->pBusyHandlerArg = 0; */
  pPager->xReiniter = xReinit;
  setGetterMethod(pPager);
  /* memset(pPager->aHash, 0, sizeof(pPager->aHash)); */
................................................................................
  /* pPager->szMmap = SQLITE_DEFAULT_MMAP_SIZE // will be set by btree.c */

  *ppPager = pPager;
  return SQLITE_OK;
}


/* Verify that the database file has not be deleted or renamed out from
** under the pager.  Return SQLITE_OK if the database is still were it ought
** to be on disk.  Return non-zero (SQLITE_READONLY_DBMOVED or some other error
** code from sqlite3OsAccess()) if the database has gone missing.
*/
static int databaseIsUnmoved(Pager *pPager){
  int bHasMoved = 0;
  int rc;

  if( pPager->tempFile ) return SQLITE_OK;
  if( pPager->dbSize==0 ) return SQLITE_OK;
  assert( pPager->zFilename && pPager->zFilename[0] );
  rc = sqlite3OsFileControl(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_HAS_MOVED, &bHasMoved);
  if( rc==SQLITE_NOTFOUND ){
    /* If the HAS_MOVED file-control is unimplemented, assume that the file
    ** has not been moved.  That is the historical behavior of SQLite: prior to
    ** version 3.8.3, it never checked */
    rc = SQLITE_OK;
  }else if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bHasMoved ){
    rc = SQLITE_READONLY_DBMOVED;
  }
  return rc;
}


/*
** This function is called after transitioning from PAGER_UNLOCK to
** PAGER_SHARED state. It tests if there is a hot journal present in
** the file-system for the given pager. A hot journal is one that 
** needs to be played back. According to this function, a hot-journal
** file exists if the following criteria are met:
................................................................................
}
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerUnrefPageOne(DbPage *pPg){
  Pager *pPager;
  assert( pPg!=0 );
  assert( pPg->pgno==1 );
  assert( (pPg->flags & PGHDR_MMAP)==0 ); /* Page1 is never memory mapped */
  pPager = pPg->pPager;

  sqlite3PcacheRelease(pPg);
  pagerUnlockIfUnused(pPager);
}

/*
** This function is called at the start of every write transaction.
** There must already be a RESERVED or EXCLUSIVE lock on the database 
................................................................................
** or pages with the Pager.noSync flag set.
**
** If successful, or if called on a pager for which it is a no-op, this
** function returns SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, an IO error code is returned.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSync(Pager *pPager, const char *zMaster){
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;

  if( isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
    void *pArg = (void*)zMaster;
    rc = sqlite3OsFileControl(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_SYNC, pArg);
    if( rc==SQLITE_NOTFOUND ) rc = SQLITE_OK;
  }
  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !pPager->noSync ){
    assert( !MEMDB );
    rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->fd, pPager->syncFlags);
  }
  return rc;
}

................................................................................
        rc = sqlite3OsFileControl(fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_BEGIN_ATOMIC_WRITE, 0);
        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit;
      }
      rc = pager_write_pagelist(pPager,sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache));
      if( bBatch ){
        if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
          rc = sqlite3OsFileControl(fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_COMMIT_ATOMIC_WRITE, 0);
        }else{
          sqlite3OsFileControl(fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_ROLLBACK_ATOMIC_WRITE, 0);

        }
      }

      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
        assert( rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED );
        goto commit_phase_one_exit;
      }
................................................................................
  a[9] = pPager->nRead;
  a[10] = pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_WRITE];
  return a;
}
#endif

/*
** Parameter eStat must be either SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT or




** SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS. Before returning, *pnVal is incremented by the
** current cache hit or miss count, according to the value of eStat. If the 
** reset parameter is non-zero, the cache hit or miss count is zeroed before 
** returning.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerCacheStat(Pager *pPager, int eStat, int reset, int *pnVal){

  assert( eStat==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT
       || eStat==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS
       || eStat==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE

  );

  assert( SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT+1==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS );
  assert( SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT+2==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE );
  assert( PAGER_STAT_HIT==0 && PAGER_STAT_MISS==1 && PAGER_STAT_WRITE==2 );



  *pnVal += pPager->aStat[eStat - SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT];
  if( reset ){
    pPager->aStat[eStat - SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT] = 0;
  }
}

/*
** Return true if this is an in-memory or temp-file backed pager.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerIsMemdb(Pager *pPager){
................................................................................
** Return the file handle for the database file associated
** with the pager.  This might return NULL if the file has
** not yet been opened.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_file *sqlite3PagerFile(Pager *pPager){
  return pPager->fd;
}











/*
** Return the file handle for the journal file (if it exists).
** This will be either the rollback journal or the WAL file.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_file *sqlite3PagerJrnlFile(Pager *pPager){
#if SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
................................................................................
  if( pPager->pWal ){
    rc = sqlite3WalCheckpoint(pPager->pWal, db, eMode,
        (eMode==SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE ? 0 : pPager->xBusyHandler),
        pPager->pBusyHandlerArg,
        pPager->walSyncFlags, pPager->pageSize, (u8 *)pPager->pTmpSpace,
        pnLog, pnCkpt
    );

  }
  return rc;
}

SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerWalCallback(Pager *pPager){
  return sqlite3WalCallback(pPager->pWal);
}
................................................................................
** so.  It is safe to enlarge the wal-index if pWal->writeLock is true
** or pWal->exclusiveMode==WAL_HEAPMEMORY_MODE.
**
** If this call is successful, *ppPage is set to point to the wal-index
** page and SQLITE_OK is returned. If an error (an OOM or VFS error) occurs,
** then an SQLite error code is returned and *ppPage is set to 0.
*/
static int walIndexPage(Wal *pWal, int iPage, volatile u32 **ppPage){




  int rc = SQLITE_OK;

  /* Enlarge the pWal->apWiData[] array if required */
  if( pWal->nWiData<=iPage ){
    int nByte = sizeof(u32*)*(iPage+1);
    volatile u32 **apNew;
    apNew = (volatile u32 **)sqlite3_realloc64((void *)pWal->apWiData, nByte);
................................................................................
    memset((void*)&apNew[pWal->nWiData], 0,
           sizeof(u32*)*(iPage+1-pWal->nWiData));
    pWal->apWiData = apNew;
    pWal->nWiData = iPage+1;
  }

  /* Request a pointer to the required page from the VFS */
  if( pWal->apWiData[iPage]==0 ){
    if( pWal->exclusiveMode==WAL_HEAPMEMORY_MODE ){
      pWal->apWiData[iPage] = (u32 volatile *)sqlite3MallocZero(WALINDEX_PGSZ);
      if( !pWal->apWiData[iPage] ) rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
    }else{
      rc = sqlite3OsShmMap(pWal->pDbFd, iPage, WALINDEX_PGSZ, 
          pWal->writeLock, (void volatile **)&pWal->apWiData[iPage]
      );
      assert( pWal->apWiData[iPage]!=0 || rc!=SQLITE_OK || pWal->writeLock==0 );
      testcase( pWal->apWiData[iPage]==0 && rc==SQLITE_OK );
      if( (rc&0xff)==SQLITE_READONLY ){
        pWal->readOnly |= WAL_SHM_RDONLY;
        if( rc==SQLITE_READONLY ){
          rc = SQLITE_OK;
        }
      }
    }
  }

  *ppPage = pWal->apWiData[iPage];
  assert( iPage==0 || *ppPage || rc!=SQLITE_OK );
  return rc;










}

/*
** Return a pointer to the WalCkptInfo structure in the wal-index.
*/
static volatile WalCkptInfo *walCkptInfo(Wal *pWal){
  assert( pWal->nWiData>0 && pWal->apWiData[0] );
................................................................................
*/
static void walIteratorFree(WalIterator *p){
  sqlite3_free(p);
}

/*
** Construct a WalInterator object that can be used to loop over all 
** pages in the WAL in ascending order. The caller must hold the checkpoint
** lock.

**
** On success, make *pp point to the newly allocated WalInterator object
** return SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, return an error code. If this routine
** returns an error, the value of *pp is undefined.
**
** The calling routine should invoke walIteratorFree() to destroy the
** WalIterator object when it has finished with it.
*/
static int walIteratorInit(Wal *pWal, WalIterator **pp){
  WalIterator *p;                 /* Return value */
  int nSegment;                   /* Number of segments to merge */
  u32 iLast;                      /* Last frame in log */
  int nByte;                      /* Number of bytes to allocate */
  int i;                          /* Iterator variable */
  ht_slot *aTmp;                  /* Temp space used by merge-sort */
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;             /* Return Code */
................................................................................
  aTmp = (ht_slot *)sqlite3_malloc64(
      sizeof(ht_slot) * (iLast>HASHTABLE_NPAGE?HASHTABLE_NPAGE:iLast)
  );
  if( !aTmp ){
    rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
  }

  for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<nSegment; i++){
    volatile ht_slot *aHash;
    u32 iZero;
    volatile u32 *aPgno;

    rc = walHashGet(pWal, i, &aHash, &aPgno, &iZero);
    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
      int j;                      /* Counter variable */
................................................................................
      p->aSegment[i].aPgno = (u32 *)aPgno;
    }
  }
  sqlite3_free(aTmp);

  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
    walIteratorFree(p);

  }
  *pp = p;
  return rc;
}

/*
** Attempt to obtain the exclusive WAL lock defined by parameters lockIdx and
................................................................................

  szPage = walPagesize(pWal);
  testcase( szPage<=32768 );
  testcase( szPage>=65536 );
  pInfo = walCkptInfo(pWal);
  if( pInfo->nBackfill<pWal->hdr.mxFrame ){

    /* Allocate the iterator */
    rc = walIteratorInit(pWal, &pIter);
    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
      return rc;
    }
    assert( pIter );

    /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-62920-47450 The busy-handler callback is never invoked
    ** in the SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE mode. */
    assert( eMode!=SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE || xBusy==0 );

    /* Compute in mxSafeFrame the index of the last frame of the WAL that is
    ** safe to write into the database.  Frames beyond mxSafeFrame might
    ** overwrite database pages that are in use by active readers and thus
................................................................................
          xBusy = 0;
        }else{
          goto walcheckpoint_out;
        }
      }
    }


    if( pInfo->nBackfill<mxSafeFrame





     && (rc = walBusyLock(pWal, xBusy, pBusyArg, WAL_READ_LOCK(0),1))==SQLITE_OK
    ){
      i64 nSize;                    /* Current size of database file */
      u32 nBackfill = pInfo->nBackfill;

      pInfo->nBackfillAttempted = mxSafeFrame;

................................................................................
  **     This condition filters out normal hash-table collisions.
  **
  **   (iFrame<=iLast): 
  **     This condition filters out entries that were added to the hash
  **     table after the current read-transaction had started.
  */
  iMinHash = walFramePage(pWal->minFrame);
  for(iHash=walFramePage(iLast); iHash>=iMinHash && iRead==0; iHash--){
    volatile ht_slot *aHash;      /* Pointer to hash table */
    volatile u32 *aPgno;          /* Pointer to array of page numbers */
    u32 iZero;                    /* Frame number corresponding to aPgno[0] */
    int iKey;                     /* Hash slot index */
    int nCollide;                 /* Number of hash collisions remaining */
    int rc;                       /* Error code */

................................................................................
        assert( iFrame>iRead || CORRUPT_DB );
        iRead = iFrame;
      }
      if( (nCollide--)==0 ){
        return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
      }
    }

  }

#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPENSIVE_ASSERT
  /* If expensive assert() statements are available, do a linear search
  ** of the wal-index file content. Make sure the results agree with the
  ** result obtained using the hash indexes above.  */
  {
................................................................................
**    eState==FAULT:                   Cursor fault with skipNext as error code.
*/
struct BtCursor {
  u8 eState;                /* One of the CURSOR_XXX constants (see below) */
  u8 curFlags;              /* zero or more BTCF_* flags defined below */
  u8 curPagerFlags;         /* Flags to send to sqlite3PagerGet() */
  u8 hints;                 /* As configured by CursorSetHints() */
  int nOvflAlloc;           /* Allocated size of aOverflow[] array */

  Btree *pBtree;            /* The Btree to which this cursor belongs */
  BtShared *pBt;            /* The BtShared this cursor points to */
  BtCursor *pNext;          /* Forms a linked list of all cursors */
  Pgno *aOverflow;          /* Cache of overflow page locations */
  CellInfo info;            /* A parse of the cell we are pointing at */
  i64 nKey;                 /* Size of pKey, or last integer key */
  void *pKey;               /* Saved key that was cursor last known position */
  Pgno pgnoRoot;            /* The root page of this tree */
  int skipNext;    /* Prev() is noop if negative. Next() is noop if positive.
                   ** Error code if eState==CURSOR_FAULT */
  /* All fields above are zeroed when the cursor is allocated.  See
  ** sqlite3BtreeCursorZero().  Fields that follow must be manually
  ** initialized. */






  i8 iPage;                 /* Index of current page in apPage */
  u8 curIntKey;             /* Value of apPage[0]->intKey */
  u16 ix;                   /* Current index for apPage[iPage] */
  u16 aiIdx[BTCURSOR_MAX_DEPTH-1];     /* Current index in apPage[i] */
  struct KeyInfo *pKeyInfo;            /* Arg passed to comparison function */
  MemPage *pPage;                        /* Current page */
  MemPage *apPage[BTCURSOR_MAX_DEPTH-1]; /* Stack of parents of current page */
................................................................................
** CURSOR_FAULT:
**   An unrecoverable error (an I/O error or a malloc failure) has occurred
**   on a different connection that shares the BtShared cache with this
**   cursor.  The error has left the cache in an inconsistent state.
**   Do nothing else with this cursor.  Any attempt to use the cursor
**   should return the error code stored in BtCursor.skipNext
*/
#define CURSOR_INVALID           0
#define CURSOR_VALID             1

#define CURSOR_SKIPNEXT          2
#define CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK       3
#define CURSOR_FAULT             4

/* 
** The database page the PENDING_BYTE occupies. This page is never used.
*/
................................................................................
/*
** Invoke the busy handler for a btree.
*/
static int btreeInvokeBusyHandler(void *pArg){
  BtShared *pBt = (BtShared*)pArg;
  assert( pBt->db );
  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->db->mutex) );
  return sqlite3InvokeBusyHandler(&pBt->db->busyHandler);

}

/*
** Open a database file.
** 
** zFilename is the name of the database file.  If zFilename is NULL
** then an ephemeral database is created.  The ephemeral database might
................................................................................
      rc = sqlite3PagerReadFileheader(pBt->pPager,sizeof(zDbHeader),zDbHeader);
    }
    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
      goto btree_open_out;
    }
    pBt->openFlags = (u8)flags;
    pBt->db = db;
    sqlite3PagerSetBusyhandler(pBt->pPager, btreeInvokeBusyHandler, pBt);
    p->pBt = pBt;
  
    pBt->pCursor = 0;
    pBt->pPage1 = 0;
    if( sqlite3PagerIsreadonly(pBt->pPager) ) pBt->btsFlags |= BTS_READ_ONLY;
#if defined(SQLITE_SECURE_DELETE)
    pBt->btsFlags |= BTS_SECURE_DELETE;
................................................................................
    }
  
    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
      unlockBtreeIfUnused(pBt);
    }
  }while( (rc&0xFF)==SQLITE_BUSY && pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_NONE &&
          btreeInvokeBusyHandler(pBt) );


  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
    if( p->inTrans==TRANS_NONE ){
      pBt->nTransaction++;
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
      if( p->sharable ){
        assert( p->lock.pBtree==p && p->lock.iTable==1 );
................................................................................
**
** The simple approach here would be to memset() the entire object
** to zero.  But it turns out that the apPage[] and aiIdx[] arrays
** do not need to be zeroed and they are large, so we can save a lot
** of run-time by skipping the initialization of those elements.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeCursorZero(BtCursor *p){
  memset(p, 0, offsetof(BtCursor, iPage));
}

/*
** Close a cursor.  The read lock on the database file is released
** when the last cursor is closed.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCloseCursor(BtCursor *pCur){
................................................................................
** BtCursor.info structure.  If it is not already valid, call
** btreeParseCell() to fill it in.
**
** BtCursor.info is a cache of the information in the current cell.
** Using this cache reduces the number of calls to btreeParseCell().
*/
#ifndef NDEBUG








  static void assertCellInfo(BtCursor *pCur){
    CellInfo info;
    memset(&info, 0, sizeof(info));
    btreeParseCell(pCur->pPage, pCur->ix, &info);
    assert( CORRUPT_DB || memcmp(&info, &pCur->info, sizeof(info))==0 );
  }
#else
  #define assertCellInfo(x)
#endif
static SQLITE_NOINLINE void getCellInfo(BtCursor *pCur){
  if( pCur->info.nSize==0 ){
    pCur->curFlags |= BTCF_ValidNKey;
................................................................................
    ** The aOverflow[] array is sized at one entry for each overflow page
    ** in the overflow chain. The page number of the first overflow page is
    ** stored in aOverflow[0], etc. A value of 0 in the aOverflow[] array
    ** means "not yet known" (the cache is lazily populated).
    */
    if( (pCur->curFlags & BTCF_ValidOvfl)==0 ){
      int nOvfl = (pCur->info.nPayload-pCur->info.nLocal+ovflSize-1)/ovflSize;
      if( nOvfl>pCur->nOvflAlloc ){


        Pgno *aNew = (Pgno*)sqlite3Realloc(
            pCur->aOverflow, nOvfl*2*sizeof(Pgno)
        );
        if( aNew==0 ){
          return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
        }else{
          pCur->nOvflAlloc = nOvfl*2;
          pCur->aOverflow = aNew;
        }
      }
      memset(pCur->aOverflow, 0, nOvfl*sizeof(Pgno));
      pCur->curFlags |= BTCF_ValidOvfl;
    }else{
      /* If the overflow page-list cache has been allocated and the
................................................................................
static void freePage(MemPage *pPage, int *pRC){
  if( (*pRC)==SQLITE_OK ){
    *pRC = freePage2(pPage->pBt, pPage, pPage->pgno);
  }
}

/*
** Free any overflow pages associated with the given Cell.  Write the
** local Cell size (the number of bytes on the original page, omitting
** overflow) into *pnSize.
*/
static int clearCell(
  MemPage *pPage,          /* The page that contains the Cell */
  unsigned char *pCell,    /* First byte of the Cell */
  CellInfo *pInfo          /* Size information about the cell */
){
  BtShared *pBt;
................................................................................
    */
    if( pOld->aData[0]!=apOld[0]->aData[0] ){
      rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
      goto balance_cleanup;
    }

    /* Load b.apCell[] with pointers to all cells in pOld.  If pOld
    ** constains overflow cells, include them in the b.apCell[] array
    ** in the correct spot.
    **
    ** Note that when there are multiple overflow cells, it is always the
    ** case that they are sequential and adjacent.  This invariant arises
    ** because multiple overflows can only occurs when inserting divider
    ** cells into a parent on a prior balance, and divider cells are always
    ** adjacent and are inserted in order.  There is an assert() tagged
................................................................................
      ((p->flags&MEM_Static)!=0 ? 1 : 0) == 1
    );
  }
  return 1;
}
#endif















































/*
** If pMem is an object with a valid string representation, this routine
** ensures the internal encoding for the string representation is
** 'desiredEnc', one of SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_UTF16LE or SQLITE_UTF16BE.
**
** If pMem is not a string object, or the encoding of the string
................................................................................
  }else if( pMem->flags & (MEM_Str|MEM_Blob) ){
    return memRealValue(pMem);
  }else{
    /* (double)0 In case of SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT... */
    return (double)0;
  }
}











/*
** The MEM structure is already a MEM_Real.  Try to also make it a
** MEM_Int if we can.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeIntegerAffinity(Mem *pMem){
  i64 ix;
................................................................................
  assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) );
  assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(pMem) );

  pMem->u.r = sqlite3VdbeRealValue(pMem);
  MemSetTypeFlag(pMem, MEM_Real);
  return SQLITE_OK;
}













/*
** Convert pMem so that it has types MEM_Real or MEM_Int or both.
** Invalidate any prior representations.
**
** Every effort is made to force the conversion, even if the input
** is a string that does not look completely like a number.  Convert
................................................................................
    assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) );
    rc = sqlite3Atoi64(pMem->z, &pMem->u.i, pMem->n, pMem->enc);
    if( rc==0 ){
      MemSetTypeFlag(pMem, MEM_Int);
    }else{
      i64 i = pMem->u.i;
      sqlite3AtoF(pMem->z, &pMem->u.r, pMem->n, pMem->enc);
      if( rc==1 && pMem->u.r==(double)i ){
        pMem->u.i = i;
        MemSetTypeFlag(pMem, MEM_Int);
      }else{
        MemSetTypeFlag(pMem, MEM_Real);
      }
    }
  }
................................................................................
  }else{
    sqlite3VdbeMemStringify(pVal, enc, 0);
    assert( 0==(1&SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(pVal->z)) );
  }
  assert(pVal->enc==(enc & ~SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED) || pVal->db==0
              || pVal->db->mallocFailed );
  if( pVal->enc==(enc & ~SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED) ){

    return pVal->z;
  }else{
    return 0;
  }
}

/* This function is only available internally, it is not part of the
................................................................................
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE const void *sqlite3ValueText(sqlite3_value* pVal, u8 enc){
  if( !pVal ) return 0;
  assert( pVal->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pVal->db->mutex) );
  assert( (enc&3)==(enc&~SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED) );
  assert( (pVal->flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 );
  if( (pVal->flags&(MEM_Str|MEM_Term))==(MEM_Str|MEM_Term) && pVal->enc==enc ){

    return pVal->z;
  }
  if( pVal->flags&MEM_Null ){
    return 0;
  }
  return valueToText(pVal, enc);
}
................................................................................
SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_double(sqlite3_context *pCtx, double rVal){
  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->pOut->db->mutex) );
  sqlite3VdbeMemSetDouble(pCtx->pOut, rVal);
}
SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_error(sqlite3_context *pCtx, const char *z, int n){
  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->pOut->db->mutex) );
  pCtx->isError = SQLITE_ERROR;
  pCtx->fErrorOrAux = 1;
  sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(pCtx->pOut, z, n, SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
}
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_error16(sqlite3_context *pCtx, const void *z, int n){
  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->pOut->db->mutex) );
  pCtx->isError = SQLITE_ERROR;
  pCtx->fErrorOrAux = 1;
  sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(pCtx->pOut, z, n, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
}
#endif
SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_int(sqlite3_context *pCtx, int iVal){
  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->pOut->db->mutex) );
  sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(pCtx->pOut, (i64)iVal);
}
................................................................................
  if( n>(u64)pOut->db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] ){
    return SQLITE_TOOBIG;
  }
  sqlite3VdbeMemSetZeroBlob(pCtx->pOut, (int)n);
  return SQLITE_OK;
}
SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_error_code(sqlite3_context *pCtx, int errCode){
  pCtx->isError = errCode;
  pCtx->fErrorOrAux = 1;
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
  if( pCtx->pVdbe ) pCtx->pVdbe->rcApp = errCode;
#endif
  if( pCtx->pOut->flags & MEM_Null ){
    sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(pCtx->pOut, sqlite3ErrStr(errCode), -1, 
                         SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_STATIC);
  }
}

/* Force an SQLITE_TOOBIG error. */
SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_error_toobig(sqlite3_context *pCtx){
  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->pOut->db->mutex) );
  pCtx->isError = SQLITE_TOOBIG;
  pCtx->fErrorOrAux = 1;
  sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(pCtx->pOut, "string or blob too big", -1, 
                       SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_STATIC);
}

/* An SQLITE_NOMEM error. */
SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_error_nomem(sqlite3_context *pCtx){
  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->pOut->db->mutex) );
  sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(pCtx->pOut);
  pCtx->isError = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
  pCtx->fErrorOrAux = 1;
  sqlite3OomFault(pCtx->pOut->db);
}

/*
** This function is called after a transaction has been committed. It 
** invokes callbacks registered with sqlite3_wal_hook() as required.
*/
................................................................................
  if( pAuxData==0 ){
    pAuxData = sqlite3DbMallocZero(pVdbe->db, sizeof(AuxData));
    if( !pAuxData ) goto failed;
    pAuxData->iAuxOp = pCtx->iOp;
    pAuxData->iAuxArg = iArg;
    pAuxData->pNextAux = pVdbe->pAuxData;
    pVdbe->pAuxData = pAuxData;
    if( pCtx->fErrorOrAux==0 ){
      pCtx->isError = 0;
      pCtx->fErrorOrAux = 1;
    }
  }else if( pAuxData->xDeleteAux ){
    pAuxData->xDeleteAux(pAuxData->pAux);
  }

  pAuxData->pAux = pAux;
  pAuxData->xDeleteAux = xDelete;
  return;
................................................................................
/*
** Return the value of a status counter for a prepared statement
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_stmt_status(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int op, int resetFlag){
  Vdbe *pVdbe = (Vdbe*)pStmt;
  u32 v;
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR
  if( !pStmt ){


    (void)SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
    return 0;
  }
#endif
  if( op==SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_MEMUSED ){
    sqlite3 *db = pVdbe->db;
    sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
................................................................................
    pRec->u.i = iValue;
    pRec->flags |= MEM_Int;
  }else{
    pRec->u.r = rValue;
    pRec->flags |= MEM_Real;
    if( bTryForInt ) sqlite3VdbeIntegerAffinity(pRec);
  }





}

/*
** Processing is determine by the affinity parameter:
**
** SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER:
** SQLITE_AFF_REAL:
................................................................................
  for(pOp=&aOp[p->pc]; 1; pOp++){
    /* Errors are detected by individual opcodes, with an immediate
    ** jumps to abort_due_to_error. */
    assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );

    assert( pOp>=aOp && pOp<&aOp[p->nOp]);
#ifdef VDBE_PROFILE
    start = sqlite3Hwtime();
#endif
    nVmStep++;
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STMT_SCANSTATUS
    if( p->anExec ) p->anExec[(int)(pOp-aOp)]++;
#endif

    /* Only allow tracing if SQLITE_DEBUG is defined.
................................................................................
** give a NULL output.
*/
case OP_And:              /* same as TK_AND, in1, in2, out3 */
case OP_Or: {             /* same as TK_OR, in1, in2, out3 */
  int v1;    /* Left operand:  0==FALSE, 1==TRUE, 2==UNKNOWN or NULL */
  int v2;    /* Right operand: 0==FALSE, 1==TRUE, 2==UNKNOWN or NULL */

  pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
  if( pIn1->flags & MEM_Null ){
    v1 = 2;
  }else{
    v1 = sqlite3VdbeIntValue(pIn1)!=0;
  }
  pIn2 = &aMem[pOp->p2];
  if( pIn2->flags & MEM_Null ){
    v2 = 2;
  }else{
    v2 = sqlite3VdbeIntValue(pIn2)!=0;
  }
  if( pOp->opcode==OP_And ){
    static const unsigned char and_logic[] = { 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 2, 0, 2, 2 };
    v1 = and_logic[v1*3+v2];
  }else{
    static const unsigned char or_logic[] = { 0, 1, 2, 1, 1, 1, 2, 1, 2 };
    v1 = or_logic[v1*3+v2];
  }
................................................................................
    MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Null);
  }else{
    pOut->u.i = v1;
    MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Int);
  }
  break;
}






























/* Opcode: Not P1 P2 * * *
** Synopsis: r[P2]= !r[P1]
**
** Interpret the value in register P1 as a boolean value.  Store the
** boolean complement in register P2.  If the value in register P1 is 
** NULL, then a NULL is stored in P2.
*/
case OP_Not: {                /* same as TK_NOT, in1, out2 */
  pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
  pOut = &aMem[pOp->p2];
  sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(pOut);
  if( (pIn1->flags & MEM_Null)==0 ){

    pOut->flags = MEM_Int;
    pOut->u.i = !sqlite3VdbeIntValue(pIn1);
  }
  break;
}

/* Opcode: BitNot P1 P2 * * *
** Synopsis: r[P1]= ~r[P1]
**
................................................................................

/* Opcode: If P1 P2 P3 * *
**
** Jump to P2 if the value in register P1 is true.  The value
** is considered true if it is numeric and non-zero.  If the value
** in P1 is NULL then take the jump if and only if P3 is non-zero.
*/








/* Opcode: IfNot P1 P2 P3 * *
**
** Jump to P2 if the value in register P1 is False.  The value
** is considered false if it has a numeric value of zero.  If the value
** in P1 is NULL then take the jump if and only if P3 is non-zero.
*/
case OP_If:                 /* jump, in1 */
case OP_IfNot: {            /* jump, in1 */
  int c;
  pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
  if( pIn1->flags & MEM_Null ){
    c = pOp->p3;
  }else{
#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
    c = sqlite3VdbeIntValue(pIn1)!=0;
#else
    c = sqlite3VdbeRealValue(pIn1)!=0.0;
#endif
    if( pOp->opcode==OP_IfNot ) c = !c;
  }
  VdbeBranchTaken(c!=0, 2);
  if( c ){
    goto jump_to_p2;
  }
  break;
}

/* Opcode: IsNull P1 P2 * * *
** Synopsis: if r[P1]==NULL goto P2
**
** Jump to P2 if the value in register P1 is NULL.
................................................................................
** Store in register r[P3] the byte offset into the database file that is the
** start of the payload for the record at which that cursor P1 is currently
** pointing.
**
** P2 is the column number for the argument to the sqlite_offset() function.
** This opcode does not use P2 itself, but the P2 value is used by the
** code generator.  The P1, P2, and P3 operands to this opcode are the
** as as for OP_Column.
**
** This opcode is only available if SQLite is compiled with the
** -DSQLITE_ENABLE_OFFSET_SQL_FUNC option.
*/
case OP_Offset: {          /* out3 */
  VdbeCursor *pC;    /* The VDBE cursor */
  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor );
................................................................................
  VdbeFrame *pFrame;     /* Root frame of VDBE */

  v = 0;
  res = 0;
  pOut = out2Prerelease(p, pOp);
  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor );
  pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];




  assert( pC!=0 );
  assert( pC->eCurType==CURTYPE_BTREE );
  assert( pC->uc.pCursor!=0 );
  {
    /* The next rowid or record number (different terms for the same
    ** thing) is obtained in a two-step algorithm.
    **
................................................................................
  sqlite3_context *pCtx;

  assert( pOp->p4type==P4_FUNCDEF );
  n = pOp->p5;
  assert( pOp->p3>0 && pOp->p3<=(p->nMem+1 - p->nCursor) );
  assert( n==0 || (pOp->p2>0 && pOp->p2+n<=(p->nMem+1 - p->nCursor)+1) );
  assert( pOp->p3<pOp->p2 || pOp->p3>=pOp->p2+n );
  pCtx = sqlite3DbMallocRawNN(db, sizeof(*pCtx) + (n-1)*sizeof(sqlite3_value*));

  if( pCtx==0 ) goto no_mem;
  pCtx->pMem = 0;


  pCtx->pFunc = pOp->p4.pFunc;
  pCtx->iOp = (int)(pOp - aOp);
  pCtx->pVdbe = p;


  pCtx->argc = n;
  pOp->p4type = P4_FUNCCTX;
  pOp->p4.pCtx = pCtx;
  pOp->opcode = OP_AggStep;
  /* Fall through into OP_AggStep */
}
case OP_AggStep: {
  int i;
  sqlite3_context *pCtx;
  Mem *pMem;
  Mem t;

  assert( pOp->p4type==P4_FUNCCTX );
  pCtx = pOp->p4.pCtx;
  pMem = &aMem[pOp->p3];

  /* If this function is inside of a trigger, the register array in aMem[]
  ** might change from one evaluation to the next.  The next block of code
................................................................................
  for(i=0; i<pCtx->argc; i++){
    assert( memIsValid(pCtx->argv[i]) );
    REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p2+i, pCtx->argv[i]);
  }
#endif

  pMem->n++;
  sqlite3VdbeMemInit(&t, db, MEM_Null);
  pCtx->pOut = &t;
  pCtx->fErrorOrAux = 0;
  pCtx->skipFlag = 0;
  (pCtx->pFunc->xSFunc)(pCtx,pCtx->argc,pCtx->argv); /* IMP: R-24505-23230 */
  if( pCtx->fErrorOrAux ){
    if( pCtx->isError ){
      sqlite3VdbeError(p, "%s", sqlite3_value_text(&t));
      rc = pCtx->isError;
    }
    sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&t);
    if( rc ) goto abort_due_to_error;
  }else{
    assert( t.flags==MEM_Null );
  }
  if( pCtx->skipFlag ){
    assert( pOp[-1].opcode==OP_CollSeq );
    i = pOp[-1].p1;
    if( i ) sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(&aMem[i], 1);

  }







  break;
}

/* Opcode: AggFinal P1 P2 * P4 *
** Synopsis: accum=r[P1] N=P2
**
** Execute the finalizer function for an aggregate.  P1 is
................................................................................
    pDest->flags = MEM_Null|MEM_Zero;
    pDest->u.nZero = 0;
  }else{
    MemSetTypeFlag(pDest, MEM_Null);
  }
  rc = pModule->xColumn(pCur->uc.pVCur, &sContext, pOp->p2);
  sqlite3VtabImportErrmsg(p, pVtab);
  if( sContext.isError ){

    rc = sContext.isError;
  }
  sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(pDest, encoding);
  REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p3, pDest);
  UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(pDest);

  if( sqlite3VdbeMemTooBig(pDest) ){
................................................................................
  assert( pOp->p3<pOp->p2 || pOp->p3>=pOp->p2+n );
  pCtx = sqlite3DbMallocRawNN(db, sizeof(*pCtx) + (n-1)*sizeof(sqlite3_value*));
  if( pCtx==0 ) goto no_mem;
  pCtx->pOut = 0;
  pCtx->pFunc = pOp->p4.pFunc;
  pCtx->iOp = (int)(pOp - aOp);
  pCtx->pVdbe = p;

  pCtx->argc = n;
  pOp->p4type = P4_FUNCCTX;
  pOp->p4.pCtx = pCtx;
  assert( OP_PureFunc == OP_PureFunc0+2 );
  assert( OP_Function == OP_Function0+2 );
  pOp->opcode += 2;
  /* Fall through into OP_Function */
................................................................................
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
  for(i=0; i<pCtx->argc; i++){
    assert( memIsValid(pCtx->argv[i]) );
    REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p2+i, pCtx->argv[i]);
  }
#endif
  MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Null);
  pCtx->fErrorOrAux = 0;
  (*pCtx->pFunc->xSFunc)(pCtx, pCtx->argc, pCtx->argv);/* IMP: R-24505-23230 */

  /* If the function returned an error, throw an exception */
  if( pCtx->fErrorOrAux ){
    if( pCtx->isError ){
      sqlite3VdbeError(p, "%s", sqlite3_value_text(pOut));
      rc = pCtx->isError;
    }
    sqlite3VdbeDeleteAuxData(db, &p->pAuxData, pCtx->iOp, pOp->p1);

    if( rc ) goto abort_due_to_error;
  }

  /* Copy the result of the function into register P3 */
  if( pOut->flags & (MEM_Str|MEM_Blob) ){
    sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(pOut, encoding);
    if( sqlite3VdbeMemTooBig(pOut) ) goto too_big;
................................................................................
** first time they are evaluated for this run.
**
** If P3 is not zero, then it is an address to jump to if an SQLITE_CORRUPT
** error is encountered.
*/
case OP_Trace:
case OP_Init: {          /* jump */
  char *zTrace;
  int i;




  /* If the P4 argument is not NULL, then it must be an SQL comment string.
  ** The "--" string is broken up to prevent false-positives with srcck1.c.
  **
  ** This assert() provides evidence for:
  ** EVIDENCE-OF: R-50676-09860 The callback can compute the same text that
  ** would have been returned by the legacy sqlite3_trace() interface by
................................................................................
** readability.  From this point on down, the normal indentation rules are
** restored.
*****************************************************************************/
    }

#ifdef VDBE_PROFILE
    {
      u64 endTime = sqlite3Hwtime();
      if( endTime>start ) pOrigOp->cycles += endTime - start;
      pOrigOp->cnt++;
    }
#endif

    /* The following code adds nothing to the actual functionality
    ** of the program.  It is only here for testing and debugging.
................................................................................
  ** Z is a string literal if it doesn't match any column names.  In that
  ** case, we need to return right away and not make any changes to
  ** pExpr.
  **
  ** Because no reference was made to outer contexts, the pNC->nRef
  ** fields are not changed in any context.
  */


  if( cnt==0 && zTab==0 && ExprHasProperty(pExpr,EP_DblQuoted) ){
    pExpr->op = TK_STRING;
    pExpr->pTab = 0;
    return WRC_Prune;




  }

  /*
  ** cnt==0 means there was not match.  cnt>1 means there were two or
  ** more matches.  Either way, we have an error.
  */
  if( cnt!=1 ){
................................................................................
      }
      break;
    }
    case TK_VARIABLE: {
      notValid(pParse, pNC, "parameters", NC_IsCheck|NC_PartIdx|NC_IdxExpr);
      break;
    }

















    case TK_BETWEEN:
    case TK_EQ:
    case TK_NE:
    case TK_LT:
    case TK_LE:
    case TK_GT:
    case TK_GE:
    case TK_IS:
    case TK_ISNOT: {
      int nLeft, nRight;
      if( pParse->db->mallocFailed ) break;
      assert( pExpr->pLeft!=0 );
      nLeft = sqlite3ExprVectorSize(pExpr->pLeft);
      if( pExpr->op==TK_BETWEEN ){
        nRight = sqlite3ExprVectorSize(pExpr->x.pList->a[0].pExpr);
        if( nRight==nLeft ){
................................................................................
** This callback is used by multiple expression walkers.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3SelectWalkFail(Walker *pWalker, Select *NotUsed){
  UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
  pWalker->eCode = 0;
  return WRC_Abort;
}





























/*
** These routines are Walker callbacks used to check expressions to
** see if they are "constant" for some definition of constant.  The
** Walker.eCode value determines the type of "constant" we are looking
** for.
**
................................................................................
      if( pWalker->eCode>=4 || ExprHasProperty(pExpr,EP_ConstFunc) ){
        return WRC_Continue;
      }else{
        pWalker->eCode = 0;
        return WRC_Abort;
      }
    case TK_ID:






    case TK_COLUMN:
    case TK_AGG_FUNCTION:
    case TK_AGG_COLUMN:
      testcase( pExpr->op==TK_ID );
      testcase( pExpr->op==TK_COLUMN );
      testcase( pExpr->op==TK_AGG_FUNCTION );
      testcase( pExpr->op==TK_AGG_COLUMN );
................................................................................
      return sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumn(pParse, pExpr->pTab,
                               pExpr->iColumn, iTab, target,
                               pExpr->op2);
    }
    case TK_INTEGER: {
      codeInteger(pParse, pExpr, 0, target);
      return target;




    }
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
    case TK_FLOAT: {
      assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_IntValue) );
      codeReal(v, pExpr->u.zToken, 0, target);
      return target;
    }
................................................................................
    case TK_NOT: {
      assert( TK_BITNOT==OP_BitNot );   testcase( op==TK_BITNOT );
      assert( TK_NOT==OP_Not );         testcase( op==TK_NOT );
      r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, &regFree1);
      testcase( regFree1==0 );
      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, op, r1, inReg);
      break;












    }
    case TK_ISNULL:
    case TK_NOTNULL: {
      int addr;
      assert( TK_ISNULL==OP_IsNull );   testcase( op==TK_ISNULL );
      assert( TK_NOTNULL==OP_NotNull ); testcase( op==TK_NOTNULL );
      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 1, target);
................................................................................
      sqlite3ExprCachePop(pParse);
      break;
    }
    case TK_NOT: {
      testcase( jumpIfNull==0 );
      sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, dest, jumpIfNull);
      break;

















    }
    case TK_IS:
    case TK_ISNOT:
      testcase( op==TK_IS );
      testcase( op==TK_ISNOT );
      op = (op==TK_IS) ? TK_EQ : TK_NE;
      jumpIfNull = SQLITE_NULLEQ;
................................................................................
      sqlite3ExprCachePop(pParse);
      break;
    }
    case TK_NOT: {
      testcase( jumpIfNull==0 );
      sqlite3ExprIfTrue(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, dest, jumpIfNull);
      break;




















    }
    case TK_IS:
    case TK_ISNOT:
      testcase( pExpr->op==TK_IS );
      testcase( pExpr->op==TK_ISNOT );
      op = (pExpr->op==TK_IS) ? TK_NE : TK_EQ;
      jumpIfNull = SQLITE_NULLEQ;
................................................................................
  if( pE2->op==TK_NOTNULL && pE1->op!=TK_ISNULL && pE1->op!=TK_IS ){
    Expr *pX = sqlite3ExprSkipCollate(pE1->pLeft);
    testcase( pX!=pE1->pLeft );
    if( sqlite3ExprCompare(pParse, pX, pE2->pLeft, iTab)==0 ) return 1;
  }
  return 0;
}











































































/*
** An instance of the following structure is used by the tree walker
** to determine if an expression can be evaluated by reference to the
** index only, without having to do a search for the corresponding
** table entry.  The IdxCover.pIdx field is the index.  IdxCover.iCur
** is the cursor for the table.
................................................................................
  if( v==0 || NEVER(pTab==0) ){
    return;
  }
  if( pTab->tnum==0 ){
    /* Do not gather statistics on views or virtual tables */
    return;
  }
  if( sqlite3_strlike("sqlite_%", pTab->zName, 0)==0 ){
    /* Do not gather statistics on system tables */
    return;
  }
  assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(db) );
  iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema);
  assert( iDb>=0 );
  assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) );
................................................................................
**
**     ATTACH DATABASE x AS y KEY z
**
**     SELECT sqlite_attach(x, y, z)
**
** If the optional "KEY z" syntax is omitted, an SQL NULL is passed as the
** third argument.




*/
static void attachFunc(
  sqlite3_context *context,
  int NotUsed,
  sqlite3_value **argv
){
  int i;
................................................................................
  unsigned int flags;
  Db *aNew;                 /* New array of Db pointers */
  Db *pNew;                 /* Db object for the newly attached database */
  char *zErrDyn = 0;
  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs;

  UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);

  zFile = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
  zName = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]);
  if( zFile==0 ) zFile = "";
  if( zName==0 ) zName = "";





















  /* Check for the following errors:
  **
  **     * Too many attached databases,
  **     * Transaction currently open
  **     * Specified database name already being used.
  */
  if( db->nDb>=db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_ATTACHED]+2 ){
    zErrDyn = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "too many attached databases - max %d", 
      db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_ATTACHED]
    );
    goto attach_error;
  }
  for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
    char *z = db->aDb[i].zDbSName;
    assert( z && zName );
    if( sqlite3StrICmp(z, zName)==0 ){
      zErrDyn = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "database %s is already in use", zName);
      goto attach_error;
    }
  }

  /* Allocate the new entry in the db->aDb[] array and initialize the schema
  ** hash tables.
  */
  if( db->aDb==db->aDbStatic ){
    aNew = sqlite3DbMallocRawNN(db, sizeof(db->aDb[0])*3 );
    if( aNew==0 ) return;
    memcpy(aNew, db->aDb, sizeof(db->aDb[0])*2);
  }else{
    aNew = sqlite3DbRealloc(db, db->aDb, sizeof(db->aDb[0])*(db->nDb+1) );
    if( aNew==0 ) return;
  }
  db->aDb = aNew;
  pNew = &db->aDb[db->nDb];
  memset(pNew, 0, sizeof(*pNew));

  /* Open the database file. If the btree is successfully opened, use
  ** it to obtain the database schema. At this point the schema may
  ** or may not be initialized.
  */
  flags = db->openFlags;
  rc = sqlite3ParseUri(db->pVfs->zName, zFile, &flags, &pVfs, &zPath, &zErr);
  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
    if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ) sqlite3OomFault(db);
    sqlite3_result_error(context, zErr, -1);
    sqlite3_free(zErr);
    return;
  }
  assert( pVfs );
  flags |= SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB;
  rc = sqlite3BtreeOpen(pVfs, zPath, db, &pNew->pBt, 0, flags);
  sqlite3_free( zPath );
  db->nDb++;

  db->skipBtreeMutex = 0;
  if( rc==SQLITE_CONSTRAINT ){
    rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
    zErrDyn = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "database is already attached");
  }else if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
    Pager *pPager;
    pNew->pSchema = sqlite3SchemaGet(db, pNew->pBt);
................................................................................
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS
    sqlite3BtreeSetPagerFlags(pNew->pBt,
                      PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_FULL | (db->flags & PAGER_FLAGS_MASK));
#endif
    sqlite3BtreeLeave(pNew->pBt);
  }
  pNew->safety_level = SQLITE_DEFAULT_SYNCHRONOUS+1;
  pNew->zDbSName = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, zName);
  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pNew->zDbSName==0 ){
    rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
  }


#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
................................................................................
        break;
    }
  }
#endif

  /* If the file was opened successfully, read the schema for the new database.
  ** If this fails, or if opening the file failed, then close the file and 
  ** remove the entry from the db->aDb[] array. i.e. put everything back the way
  ** we found it.
  */
  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
    sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(db);

    rc = sqlite3Init(db, &zErrDyn);
    sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(db);

  }
#ifdef SQLITE_USER_AUTHENTICATION
  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
    u8 newAuth = 0;
    rc = sqlite3UserAuthCheckLogin(db, zName, &newAuth);
    if( newAuth<db->auth.authLevel ){
      rc = SQLITE_AUTH_USER;
    }
  }
#endif
  if( rc ){

    int iDb = db->nDb - 1;
    assert( iDb>=2 );
    if( db->aDb[iDb].pBt ){
      sqlite3BtreeClose(db->aDb[iDb].pBt);
      db->aDb[iDb].pBt = 0;
      db->aDb[iDb].pSchema = 0;
    }
    sqlite3ResetAllSchemasOfConnection(db);
    db->nDb = iDb;
    if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM || rc==SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM ){
      sqlite3OomFault(db);
      sqlite3DbFree(db, zErrDyn);
      zErrDyn = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "out of memory");
    }else if( zErrDyn==0 ){
      zErrDyn = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "unable to open database: %s", zFile);

    }
    goto attach_error;
  }
  
  return;

attach_error:
................................................................................
      return 1;
    }
    if( sqlite3FixExprList(pFix, pSelect->pOrderBy) ){
      return 1;
    }
    if( sqlite3FixExpr(pFix, pSelect->pLimit) ){
      return 1;








    }
    pSelect = pSelect->pPrior;
  }
  return 0;
}
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FixExpr(
  DbFixer *pFix,     /* Context of the fixation */
................................................................................
** This routine is called by the parser while in the middle of
** parsing a CREATE TABLE statement.  A "NOT NULL" constraint has
** been seen on a column.  This routine sets the notNull flag on
** the column currently under construction.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AddNotNull(Parse *pParse, int onError){
  Table *p;

  p = pParse->pNewTable;
  if( p==0 || NEVER(p->nCol<1) ) return;

  p->aCol[p->nCol-1].notNull = (u8)onError;
  p->tabFlags |= TF_HasNotNull;












}

/*
** Scan the column type name zType (length nType) and return the
** associated affinity type.
**
** This routine does a case-independent search of zType for the 
................................................................................
  if( p!=0 ){
    pCol = &(p->aCol[p->nCol-1]);
    if( !sqlite3ExprIsConstantOrFunction(pExpr, db->init.busy) ){
      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "default value of column [%s] is not constant",
          pCol->zName);
    }else{
      /* A copy of pExpr is used instead of the original, as pExpr contains
      ** tokens that point to volatile memory.	
      */
      Expr x;
      sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pCol->pDflt);
      memset(&x, 0, sizeof(x));
      x.op = TK_SPAN;
      x.u.zToken = sqlite3DbSpanDup(db, zStart, zEnd);
      x.pLeft = pExpr;
................................................................................
  if( pEnd==0 && pSelect==0 ){
    return;
  }
  assert( !db->mallocFailed );
  p = pParse->pNewTable;
  if( p==0 ) return;

  assert( !db->init.busy || !pSelect );

  /* If the db->init.busy is 1 it means we are reading the SQL off the
  ** "sqlite_master" or "sqlite_temp_master" table on the disk.
  ** So do not write to the disk again.  Extract the root page number
  ** for the table from the db->init.newTnum field.  (The page number
  ** should have been put there by the sqliteOpenCb routine.)
  **
  ** If the root page number is 1, that means this is the sqlite_master
  ** table itself.  So mark it read-only.
  */
  if( db->init.busy ){




    p->tnum = db->init.newTnum;
    if( p->tnum==1 ) p->tabFlags |= TF_Readonly;
  }

  /* Special processing for WITHOUT ROWID Tables */
  if( tabOpts & TF_WithoutRowid ){
    if( (p->tabFlags & TF_Autoincrement) ){
................................................................................
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(Parse *pParse, Table *pTable){
  Table *pSelTab;   /* A fake table from which we get the result set */
  Select *pSel;     /* Copy of the SELECT that implements the view */
  int nErr = 0;     /* Number of errors encountered */
  int n;            /* Temporarily holds the number of cursors assigned */
  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;  /* Database connection for malloc errors */
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE	
  int rc;
#endif
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
  sqlite3_xauth xAuth;       /* Saved xAuth pointer */
#endif

  assert( pTable );
................................................................................

  /* If pList==0, it means this routine was called to make a primary
  ** key out of the last column added to the table under construction.
  ** So create a fake list to simulate this.
  */
  if( pList==0 ){
    Token prevCol;


    sqlite3TokenInit(&prevCol, pTab->aCol[pTab->nCol-1].zName);
    pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, 0,
              sqlite3ExprAlloc(db, TK_ID, &prevCol, 0));
    if( pList==0 ) goto exit_create_index;
    assert( pList->nExpr==1 );
    sqlite3ExprListSetSortOrder(pList, sortOrder);
  }else{
    sqlite3ExprListCheckLength(pParse, pList, "index");
................................................................................
}

/*
** Indicate that the accumulator load should be skipped on this
** iteration of the aggregate loop.
*/
static void sqlite3SkipAccumulatorLoad(sqlite3_context *context){


  context->skipFlag = 1;
}

/*
** Implementation of the non-aggregate min() and max() functions
*/
static void minmaxFunc(
................................................................................
** Implementation of the length() function
*/
static void lengthFunc(
  sqlite3_context *context,
  int argc,
  sqlite3_value **argv
){
  int len;

  assert( argc==1 );
  UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc);
  switch( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0]) ){
    case SQLITE_BLOB:
    case SQLITE_INTEGER:
    case SQLITE_FLOAT: {
      sqlite3_result_int(context, sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]));
      break;
    }
    case SQLITE_TEXT: {
      const unsigned char *z = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);


      if( z==0 ) return;
      len = 0;
      while( *z ){
        len++;
        SQLITE_SKIP_UTF8(z);


      }

      sqlite3_result_int(context, len);
      break;
    }
    default: {
      sqlite3_result_null(context);
      break;
    }
  }
................................................................................
  unsigned char *zOut;              /* The output */
  int nStr;                /* Size of zStr */
  int nPattern;            /* Size of zPattern */
  int nRep;                /* Size of zRep */
  i64 nOut;                /* Maximum size of zOut */
  int loopLimit;           /* Last zStr[] that might match zPattern[] */
  int i, j;                /* Loop counters */



  assert( argc==3 );
  UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc);
  zStr = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
  if( zStr==0 ) return;
  nStr = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]);
  assert( zStr==sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]) );  /* No encoding change */
................................................................................
  nOut = nStr + 1;
  assert( nOut<SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH );
  zOut = contextMalloc(context, (i64)nOut);
  if( zOut==0 ){
    return;
  }
  loopLimit = nStr - nPattern;  

  for(i=j=0; i<=loopLimit; i++){
    if( zStr[i]!=zPattern[0] || memcmp(&zStr[i], zPattern, nPattern) ){
      zOut[j++] = zStr[i];
    }else{
      u8 *zOld;
      sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context);
      nOut += nRep - nPattern;
      testcase( nOut-1==db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] );
      testcase( nOut-2==db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] );
      if( nOut-1>db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] ){
        sqlite3_result_error_toobig(context);
        sqlite3_free(zOut);
        return;
      }





      zOld = zOut;
      zOut = sqlite3_realloc64(zOut, (int)nOut);
      if( zOut==0 ){
        sqlite3_result_error_nomem(context);
        sqlite3_free(zOld);
        return;


      }
      memcpy(&zOut[j], zRep, nRep);
      j += nRep;
      i += nPattern-1;
    }
  }
  assert( j+nStr-i+1==nOut );
  memcpy(&zOut[j], &zStr[i], nStr-i);
  j += nStr - i;
  assert( j<=nOut );
  zOut[j] = 0;
  sqlite3_result_text(context, (char*)zOut, j, sqlite3_free);
}

................................................................................
**
** There is at most one AutoincInfo structure per table even if the
** same table is autoincremented multiple times due to inserts within
** triggers.  A new AutoincInfo structure is created if this is the
** first use of table pTab.  On 2nd and subsequent uses, the original
** AutoincInfo structure is used.
**
** Three memory locations are allocated:
**
**   (1)  Register to hold the name of the pTab table.
**   (2)  Register to hold the maximum ROWID of pTab.
**   (3)  Register to hold the rowid in sqlite_sequence of pTab

**
** The 2nd register is the one that is returned.  That is all the
** insert routine needs to know about.
*/
static int autoIncBegin(
  Parse *pParse,      /* Parsing context */
  int iDb,            /* Index of the database holding pTab */
................................................................................
      if( pInfo==0 ) return 0;
      pInfo->pNext = pToplevel->pAinc;
      pToplevel->pAinc = pInfo;
      pInfo->pTab = pTab;
      pInfo->iDb = iDb;
      pToplevel->nMem++;                  /* Register to hold name of table */
      pInfo->regCtr = ++pToplevel->nMem;  /* Max rowid register */
      pToplevel->nMem++;                  /* Rowid in sqlite_sequence */
    }
    memId = pInfo->regCtr;
  }
  return memId;
}

/*
................................................................................
  assert( sqlite3IsToplevel(pParse) );

  assert( v );   /* We failed long ago if this is not so */
  for(p = pParse->pAinc; p; p = p->pNext){
    static const int iLn = VDBE_OFFSET_LINENO(2);
    static const VdbeOpList autoInc[] = {
      /* 0  */ {OP_Null,    0,  0, 0},
      /* 1  */ {OP_Rewind,  0,  9, 0},
      /* 2  */ {OP_Column,  0,  0, 0},
      /* 3  */ {OP_Ne,      0,  7, 0},
      /* 4  */ {OP_Rowid,   0,  0, 0},
      /* 5  */ {OP_Column,  0,  1, 0},


      /* 6  */ {OP_Goto,    0,  9, 0},
      /* 7  */ {OP_Next,    0,  2, 0},
      /* 8  */ {OP_Integer, 0,  0, 0},
      /* 9  */ {OP_Close,   0,  0, 0} 
    };
    VdbeOp *aOp;
    pDb = &db->aDb[p->iDb];
    memId = p->regCtr;
    assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, 0, pDb->pSchema) );
    sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, 0, p->iDb, pDb->pSchema->pSeqTab, OP_OpenRead);
    sqlite3VdbeLoadString(v, memId-1, p->pTab->zName);
    aOp = sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(v, ArraySize(autoInc), autoInc, iLn);
    if( aOp==0 ) break;
    aOp[0].p2 = memId;
    aOp[0].p3 = memId+1;
    aOp[2].p3 = memId;
    aOp[3].p1 = memId-1;
    aOp[3].p3 = memId;
    aOp[3].p5 = SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL;
    aOp[4].p2 = memId+1;
    aOp[5].p3 = memId;



    aOp[8].p2 = memId;
  }
}

/*
** Update the maximum rowid for an autoincrement calculation.
**
** This routine should be called when the regRowid register holds a
................................................................................
    VdbeOp *aOp;
    Db *pDb = &db->aDb[p->iDb];
    int iRec;
    int memId = p->regCtr;

    iRec = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
    assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, 0, pDb->pSchema) );


    sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, 0, p->iDb, pDb->pSchema->pSeqTab, OP_OpenWrite);
    aOp = sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(v, ArraySize(autoIncEnd), autoIncEnd, iLn);
    if( aOp==0 ) break;
    aOp[0].p1 = memId+1;
    aOp[1].p2 = memId+1;
    aOp[2].p1 = memId-1;
    aOp[2].p3 = iRec;
................................................................................
#define sqlite3_prepare_v3             sqlite3_api->prepare_v3
#define sqlite3_prepare16_v3           sqlite3_api->prepare16_v3
#define sqlite3_bind_pointer           sqlite3_api->bind_pointer
#define sqlite3_result_pointer         sqlite3_api->result_pointer
#define sqlite3_value_pointer          sqlite3_api->value_pointer
/* Version 3.22.0 and later */
#define sqlite3_vtab_nochange          sqlite3_api->vtab_nochange
#define sqlite3_value_nochange         sqltie3_api->value_nochange
#define sqlite3_vtab_collation         sqltie3_api->vtab_collation
#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_CORE) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION) */

#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION)
  /* This case when the file really is being compiled as a loadable 
  ** extension */
# define SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT1     const sqlite3_api_routines *sqlite3_api=0;
# define SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT2(v)  sqlite3_api=v;
................................................................................
  const char *zExtra   /* Error information */
){
  sqlite3 *db = pData->db;
  if( !db->mallocFailed && (db->flags & SQLITE_WriteSchema)==0 ){
    char *z;
    if( zObj==0 ) zObj = "?";
    z = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "malformed database schema (%s)", zObj);
    if( zExtra ) z = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%z - %s", z, zExtra);
    sqlite3DbFree(db, *pData->pzErrMsg);
    *pData->pzErrMsg = z;
  }
  pData->rc = db->mallocFailed ? SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT : SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
}

/*
................................................................................
/*
** Trace output macros
*/
#if SELECTTRACE_ENABLED
/***/ int sqlite3SelectTrace = 0;
# define SELECTTRACE(K,P,S,X)  \
  if(sqlite3SelectTrace&(K))   \
    sqlite3DebugPrintf("%*s%s.%p: ",(P)->nSelectIndent*2-2,"",\
        (S)->zSelName,(S)),\
    sqlite3DebugPrintf X
#else
# define SELECTTRACE(K,P,S,X)
#endif


/*
................................................................................
        setJoinExpr(p->x.pList->a[i].pExpr, iTable);
      }
    }
    setJoinExpr(p->pLeft, iTable);
    p = p->pRight;
  } 
}
























/*
** This routine processes the join information for a SELECT statement.
** ON and USING clauses are converted into extra terms of the WHERE clause.
** NATURAL joins also create extra WHERE clause terms.
**
** The terms of a FROM clause are contained in the Select.pSrc structure.
................................................................................
    bSeq = 0;
  }else{
    addr = 1 + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Sort, iTab, addrBreak); VdbeCoverage(v);
    codeOffset(v, p->iOffset, addrContinue);
    iSortTab = iTab;
    bSeq = 1;
  }
  for(i=0, iCol=nKey+bSeq; i<nSortData; i++){



    int iRead;
    if( aOutEx[i].u.x.iOrderByCol ){
      iRead = aOutEx[i].u.x.iOrderByCol-1;
    }else{
      iRead = iCol++;
    }
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, iSortTab, iRead, regRow+i);
    VdbeComment((v, "%s", aOutEx[i].zName ? aOutEx[i].zName : aOutEx[i].zSpan));
  }
  switch( eDest ){
    case SRT_Table:
    case SRT_EphemTab: {
................................................................................
      ** (the only way this can happen is if the compound sub-query is
      ** currently part of pSub->pSrc). See ticket [d11a6e908f].  */
      ExprList *pOrderBy = pSub->pOrderBy;
      for(i=0; i<pOrderBy->nExpr; i++){
        pOrderBy->a[i].u.x.iOrderByCol = 0;
      }
      assert( pParent->pOrderBy==0 );
      assert( pSub->pPrior==0 );
      pParent->pOrderBy = pOrderBy;
      pSub->pOrderBy = 0;
    }
    pWhere = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pSub->pWhere, 0);
    if( isLeftJoin>0 ){
      setJoinExpr(pWhere, iNewParent);
    }
................................................................................
**           to suppress it. **)
**
**   (2) The inner query is the recursive part of a common table expression.
**
**   (3) The inner query has a LIMIT clause (since the changes to the WHERE
**       close would change the meaning of the LIMIT).
**
**   (4) The inner query is the right operand of a LEFT JOIN.  (The caller
**       enforces this restriction since this routine does not have enough
**       information to know.)
**
**   (5) The WHERE clause expression originates in the ON or USING clause
**       of a LEFT JOIN.










**
** Return 0 if no changes are made and non-zero if one or more WHERE clause
** terms are duplicated into the subquery.
*/
static int pushDownWhereTerms(
  Parse *pParse,        /* Parse context (for malloc() and error reporting) */
  Select *pSubq,        /* The subquery whose WHERE clause is to be augmented */
  Expr *pWhere,         /* The WHERE clause of the outer query */
  int iCursor           /* Cursor number of the subquery */

){
  Expr *pNew;
  int nChng = 0;
  if( pWhere==0 ) return 0;
  if( pSubq->selFlags & SF_Recursive ) return 0;  /* restriction (2) */

#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
................................................................................
  }
#endif

  if( pSubq->pLimit!=0 ){
    return 0; /* restriction (3) */
  }
  while( pWhere->op==TK_AND ){
    nChng += pushDownWhereTerms(pParse, pSubq, pWhere->pRight, iCursor);

    pWhere = pWhere->pLeft;
  }

  if( ExprHasProperty(pWhere,EP_FromJoin) ) return 0; /* restriction (5) */







  if( sqlite3ExprIsTableConstant(pWhere, iCursor) ){
    nChng++;
    while( pSubq ){
      SubstContext x;
      pNew = sqlite3ExprDup(pParse->db, pWhere, 0);

      x.pParse = pParse;
      x.iTable = iCursor;
      x.iNewTable = iCursor;
      x.isLeftJoin = 0;
      x.pEList = pSubq->pEList;
      pNew = substExpr(&x, pNew);
      if( pSubq->selFlags & SF_Aggregate ){
................................................................................
    );
  }
}
#else
# define explainSimpleCount(a,b,c)
#endif

/*
** Context object for havingToWhereExprCb().
*/
struct HavingToWhereCtx {
  Expr **ppWhere;
  ExprList *pGroupBy;
};

/*
** sqlite3WalkExpr() callback used by havingToWhere().
**
** If the node passed to the callback is a TK_AND node, return 
** WRC_Continue to tell sqlite3WalkExpr() to iterate through child nodes.
**
** Otherwise, return WRC_Prune. In this case, also check if the 
** sub-expression matches the criteria for being moved to the WHERE
** clause. If so, add it to the WHERE clause and replace the sub-expression
** within the HAVING expression with a constant "1".
*/
static int havingToWhereExprCb(Walker *pWalker, Expr *pExpr){
  if( pExpr->op!=TK_AND ){
    struct HavingToWhereCtx *p = pWalker->u.pHavingCtx;
    if( sqlite3ExprIsConstantOrGroupBy(pWalker->pParse, pExpr, p->pGroupBy) ){
      sqlite3 *db = pWalker->pParse->db;
      Expr *pNew = sqlite3ExprAlloc(db, TK_INTEGER, &sqlite3IntTokens[1], 0);
      if( pNew ){
        Expr *pWhere = *(p->ppWhere);
        SWAP(Expr, *pNew, *pExpr);
        pNew = sqlite3ExprAnd(db, pWhere, pNew);
        *(p->ppWhere) = pNew;

      }
    }
    return WRC_Prune;
  }
  return WRC_Continue;
}

................................................................................
**
**   SELECT * FROM <tables> WHERE a=? AND b=? GROUP BY b HAVING c=?
**
** A term of the HAVING expression is eligible for transfer if it consists
** entirely of constants and expressions that are also GROUP BY terms that
** use the "BINARY" collation sequence.
*/
static void havingToWhere(
  Parse *pParse,
  ExprList *pGroupBy,
  Expr *pHaving, 
  Expr **ppWhere
){
  struct HavingToWhereCtx sCtx;
  Walker sWalker;

  sCtx.ppWhere = ppWhere;
  sCtx.pGroupBy = pGroupBy;

  memset(&sWalker, 0, sizeof(sWalker));
  sWalker.pParse = pParse;
  sWalker.xExprCallback = havingToWhereExprCb;
  sWalker.u.pHavingCtx = &sCtx;
  sqlite3WalkExpr(&sWalker, pHaving);






}

/*
** Check to see if the pThis entry of pTabList is a self-join of a prior view.
** If it is, then return the SrcList_item for the prior view.  If it is not,
** then return 0.
*/
................................................................................
  db = pParse->db;
  if( p==0 || db->mallocFailed || pParse->nErr ){
    return 1;
  }
  if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_SELECT, 0, 0, 0) ) return 1;
  memset(&sAggInfo, 0, sizeof(sAggInfo));
#if SELECTTRACE_ENABLED
  pParse->nSelectIndent++;
  SELECTTRACE(1,pParse,p, ("begin processing:\n"));
  if( sqlite3SelectTrace & 0x100 ){
    sqlite3TreeViewSelect(0, p, 0);
  }
#endif

  assert( p->pOrderBy==0 || pDest->eDest!=SRT_DistFifo );
................................................................................
  ** does not already exist */
  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
  if( v==0 ) goto select_end;
  if( pDest->eDest==SRT_Output ){
    generateColumnNames(pParse, p);
  }


  /* Try to flatten subqueries in the FROM clause up into the main query
  */
#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW)
  for(i=0; !p->pPrior && i<pTabList->nSrc; i++){
    struct SrcList_item *pItem = &pTabList->a[i];
    Select *pSub = pItem->pSelect;
    Table *pTab = pItem->pTab;















    if( pSub==0 ) continue;

    /* Catch mismatch in the declared columns of a view and the number of
    ** columns in the SELECT on the RHS */
    if( pTab->nCol!=pSub->pEList->nExpr ){
      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "expected %d columns for '%s' but got %d",
                      pTab->nCol, pTab->zName, pSub->pEList->nExpr);
................................................................................
  ** procedure.
  */
  if( p->pPrior ){
    rc = multiSelect(pParse, p, pDest);
    explainSetInteger(pParse->iSelectId, iRestoreSelectId);
#if SELECTTRACE_ENABLED
    SELECTTRACE(1,pParse,p,("end compound-select processing\n"));
    pParse->nSelectIndent--;
#endif
    return rc;
  }
#endif

  /* For each term in the FROM clause, do two things:
  ** (1) Authorized unreferenced tables
................................................................................
    ** an exact limit.
    */
    pParse->nHeight += sqlite3SelectExprHeight(p);

    /* Make copies of constant WHERE-clause terms in the outer query down
    ** inside the subquery.  This can help the subquery to run more efficiently.
    */
    if( (pItem->fg.jointype & JT_OUTER)==0
     && pushDownWhereTerms(pParse, pSub, p->pWhere, pItem->iCursor)

    ){
#if SELECTTRACE_ENABLED
      if( sqlite3SelectTrace & 0x100 ){
        SELECTTRACE(0x100,pParse,p,("After WHERE-clause push-down:\n"));
        sqlite3TreeViewSelect(0, p, 0);
      }
#endif


    }

    zSavedAuthContext = pParse->zAuthContext;
    pParse->zAuthContext = pItem->zName;

    /* Generate code to implement the subquery
    **
................................................................................
  if( !isAgg && pGroupBy==0 ){
    /* No aggregate functions and no GROUP BY clause */
    u16 wctrlFlags = (sDistinct.isTnct ? WHERE_WANT_DISTINCT : 0);
    assert( WHERE_USE_LIMIT==SF_FixedLimit );
    wctrlFlags |= p->selFlags & SF_FixedLimit;

    /* Begin the database scan. */

    pWInfo = sqlite3WhereBegin(pParse, pTabList, pWhere, sSort.pOrderBy,
                               p->pEList, wctrlFlags, p->nSelectRow);
    if( pWInfo==0 ) goto select_end;
    if( sqlite3WhereOutputRowCount(pWInfo) < p->nSelectRow ){
      p->nSelectRow = sqlite3WhereOutputRowCount(pWInfo);
    }
    if( sDistinct.isTnct && sqlite3WhereIsDistinct(pWInfo) ){
................................................................................
    sAggInfo.nSortingColumn = pGroupBy ? pGroupBy->nExpr : 0;
    sAggInfo.pGroupBy = pGroupBy;
    sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggList(&sNC, pEList);
    sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggList(&sNC, sSort.pOrderBy);
    if( pHaving ){
      if( pGroupBy ){
        assert( pWhere==p->pWhere );


        havingToWhere(pParse, pGroupBy, pHaving, &p->pWhere);
        pWhere = p->pWhere;
      }
      sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggregates(&sNC, pHaving);
    }
    sAggInfo.nAccumulator = sAggInfo.nColumn;
    if( p->pGroupBy==0 && p->pHaving==0 && sAggInfo.nFunc==1 ){
      minMaxFlag = minMaxQuery(db, sAggInfo.aFunc[0].pExpr, &pMinMaxOrderBy);
................................................................................

      /* Begin a loop that will extract all source rows in GROUP BY order.
      ** This might involve two separate loops with an OP_Sort in between, or
      ** it might be a single loop that uses an index to extract information
      ** in the right order to begin with.
      */
      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, regReset, addrReset);

      pWInfo = sqlite3WhereBegin(pParse, pTabList, pWhere, pGroupBy, 0,
          WHERE_GROUPBY | (orderByGrp ? WHERE_SORTBYGROUP : 0), 0
      );
      if( pWInfo==0 ) goto select_end;
      if( sqlite3WhereIsOrdered(pWInfo)==pGroupBy->nExpr ){
        /* The optimizer is able to deliver rows in group by order so
        ** we do not have to sort.  The OP_OpenEphemeral table will be
................................................................................
        ** minMaxFlag will have been previously set to either
        ** WHERE_ORDERBY_MIN or WHERE_ORDERBY_MAX and pMinMaxOrderBy will
        ** be an appropriate ORDER BY expression for the optimization.
        */
        assert( minMaxFlag==WHERE_ORDERBY_NORMAL || pMinMaxOrderBy!=0 );
        assert( pMinMaxOrderBy==0 || pMinMaxOrderBy->nExpr==1 );


        pWInfo = sqlite3WhereBegin(pParse, pTabList, pWhere, pMinMaxOrderBy,
                                   0, minMaxFlag, 0);
        if( pWInfo==0 ){
          goto select_end;
        }
        updateAccumulator(pParse, &sAggInfo);
        if( sqlite3WhereIsOrdered(pWInfo)>0 ){
................................................................................
select_end:
  explainSetInteger(pParse->iSelectId, iRestoreSelectId);
  sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pMinMaxOrderBy);
  sqlite3DbFree(db, sAggInfo.aCol);
  sqlite3DbFree(db, sAggInfo.aFunc);
#if SELECTTRACE_ENABLED
  SELECTTRACE(1,pParse,p,("end processing\n"));
  pParse->nSelectIndent--;
#endif
  return rc;
}

/************** End of select.c **********************************************/
/************** Begin file table.c *******************************************/
/*
................................................................................

  /* printf("SQL: [%s]\n", zSql); fflush(stdout); */
  rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0);
  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
  while( SQLITE_ROW==(rc = sqlite3_step(pStmt)) ){
    const char *zSubSql = (const char*)sqlite3_column_text(pStmt,0);
    assert( sqlite3_strnicmp(zSql,"SELECT",6)==0 );
    if( zSubSql ){
      assert( zSubSql[0]!='S' );
      rc = execSql(db, pzErrMsg, zSubSql);
      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) break;
    }
  }
  assert( rc!=SQLITE_ROW );
  if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ) rc = SQLITE_OK;
  if( rc ){
................................................................................
      testcase( pStart->wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL );
      pX = pStart->pExpr;
      assert( pX!=0 );
      testcase( pStart->leftCursor!=iCur ); /* transitive constraints */
      if( sqlite3ExprIsVector(pX->pRight) ){
        r1 = rTemp = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
        codeExprOrVector(pParse, pX->pRight, r1, 1);
        op = aMoveOp[(pX->op - TK_GT) | 0x0001];








      }else{
        r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pX->pRight, &rTemp);
        disableTerm(pLevel, pStart);
        op = aMoveOp[(pX->op - TK_GT)];
      }
      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, op, iCur, addrBrk, r1);
      VdbeComment((v, "pk"));
................................................................................
        continue;
      }
      if( iLoop<3 && (pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_VARSELECT) ){
        if( iNext==0 ) iNext = 3;
        continue;
      }

      if( pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_LIKECOND ){
        /* If the TERM_LIKECOND flag is set, that means that the range search
        ** is sufficient to guarantee that the LIKE operator is true, so we
        ** can skip the call to the like(A,B) function.  But this only works
        ** for strings.  So do not skip the call to the function on the pass
        ** that compares BLOBs. */
#ifdef SQLITE_LIKE_DOESNT_MATCH_BLOBS
        continue;
#else
        u32 x = pLevel->iLikeRepCntr;
        assert( x>0 );
        skipLikeAddr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, (x&1)?OP_IfNot:OP_If, (int)(x>>1));

        VdbeCoverage(v);
#endif
      }
#ifdef WHERETRACE_ENABLED /* 0xffff */
      if( sqlite3WhereTrace ){
        VdbeNoopComment((v, "WhereTerm[%d] (%p) priority=%d",
                         pWC->nTerm-j, pTerm, iLoop));
................................................................................
    pE = pTerm->pExpr;
    assert( !ExprHasProperty(pE, EP_FromJoin) );
    assert( (pTerm->prereqRight & pLevel->notReady)!=0 );
    pAlt = sqlite3WhereFindTerm(pWC, iCur, pTerm->u.leftColumn, notReady,
                    WO_EQ|WO_IN|WO_IS, 0);
    if( pAlt==0 ) continue;
    if( pAlt->wtFlags & (TERM_CODED) ) continue;






    testcase( pAlt->eOperator & WO_EQ );
    testcase( pAlt->eOperator & WO_IS );
    testcase( pAlt->eOperator & WO_IN );
    VdbeModuleComment((v, "begin transitive constraint"));
    sEAlt = *pAlt->pExpr;
    sEAlt.pLeft = pE->pLeft;
    sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, &sEAlt, addrCont, SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL);
................................................................................
    mask |= sqlite3WhereExprUsage(pMaskSet, pS->pWhere);
    mask |= sqlite3WhereExprUsage(pMaskSet, pS->pHaving);
    if( ALWAYS(pSrc!=0) ){
      int i;
      for(i=0; i<pSrc->nSrc; i++){
        mask |= exprSelectUsage(pMaskSet, pSrc->a[i].pSelect);
        mask |= sqlite3WhereExprUsage(pMaskSet, pSrc->a[i].pOn);



      }
    }
    pS = pS->pPrior;
  }
  return mask;
}

................................................................................

      pNew = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, pExpr->op, pLeft, pRight);
      transferJoinMarkings(pNew, pExpr);
      idxNew = whereClauseInsert(pWC, pNew, TERM_DYNAMIC);
      exprAnalyze(pSrc, pWC, idxNew);
    }
    pTerm = &pWC->a[idxTerm];
    pTerm->wtFlags = TERM_CODED|TERM_VIRTUAL;  /* Disable the original */
    pTerm->eOperator = 0;
  }

  /* If there is a vector IN term - e.g. "(a, b) IN (SELECT ...)" - create
  ** a virtual term for each vector component. The expression object
  ** used by each such virtual term is pExpr (the full vector IN(...) 
  ** expression). The WhereTerm.iField variable identifies the index within
................................................................................
    }else if( eOp & (WO_EQ|WO_IS) ){
      int iCol = pProbe->aiColumn[saved_nEq];
      pNew->wsFlags |= WHERE_COLUMN_EQ;
      assert( saved_nEq==pNew->u.btree.nEq );
      if( iCol==XN_ROWID 
       || (iCol>=0 && nInMul==0 && saved_nEq==pProbe->nKeyCol-1)
      ){
        if( iCol>=0 && pProbe->uniqNotNull==0 ){


          pNew->wsFlags |= WHERE_UNQ_WANTED;
        }else{
          pNew->wsFlags |= WHERE_ONEROW;
        }
      }
    }else if( eOp & WO_ISNULL ){
      pNew->wsFlags |= WHERE_COLUMN_NULL;
    }else if( eOp & (WO_GT|WO_GE) ){
      testcase( eOp & WO_GT );
      testcase( eOp & WO_GE );
................................................................................
  ** preserves SQLite's legacy behaviour in the following two cases:
  **
  **   FROM ... WHERE random()>0;           -- eval random() once per row
  **   FROM ... WHERE (SELECT random())>0;  -- eval random() once overall
  */
  for(ii=0; ii<sWLB.pWC->nTerm; ii++){
    WhereTerm *pT = &sWLB.pWC->a[ii];

    if( pT->prereqAll==0 && (nTabList==0 || exprIsDeterministic(pT->pExpr)) ){
      sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pT->pExpr, pWInfo->iBreak, SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL);
      pT->wtFlags |= TERM_CODED;
    }
  }

  if( wctrlFlags & WHERE_WANT_DISTINCT ){
................................................................................
  if( stateno>YY_MAX_SHIFT ) return stateno;
  assert( stateno <= YY_SHIFT_COUNT );
#if defined(YYCOVERAGE)
  yycoverage[stateno][iLookAhead] = 1;
#endif
  do{
    i = yy_shift_ofst[stateno];

    assert( i>=0 && i+YYNTOKEN<=sizeof(yy_lookahead)/sizeof(yy_lookahead[0]) );
    assert( iLookAhead!=YYNOCODE );
    assert( iLookAhead < YYNTOKEN );
    i += iLookAhead;
    if( yy_lookahead[i]!=iLookAhead ){
#ifdef YYFALLBACK
      YYCODETYPE iFallback;            /* Fallback token */
      if( iLookAhead<sizeof(yyFallback)/sizeof(yyFallback[0])
................................................................................
  Expr *p = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_UMINUS, yymsp[-1].minor.yy314, 0);
  sqlite3AddDefaultValue(pParse,p,yymsp[-2].minor.yy0.z,yymsp[0].minor.yy336);
}
        break;
      case 34: /* ccons ::= DEFAULT scanpt ID|INDEXED */
{
  Expr *p = tokenExpr(pParse, TK_STRING, yymsp[0].minor.yy0);




  sqlite3AddDefaultValue(pParse,p,yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z,yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z+yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n);
}
        break;
      case 35: /* ccons ::= NOT NULL onconf */
{sqlite3AddNotNull(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy4);}
        break;
      case 36: /* ccons ::= PRIMARY KEY sortorder onconf autoinc */
................................................................................
  ** then extract the first few alphanumeric characters from within that
  ** comment to be the zSelName value.  Otherwise, the label is #N where
  ** is an integer that is incremented with each SELECT statement seen.
  */
  if( yymsp[-8].minor.yy387!=0 ){
    const char *z = s.z+6;
    int i;
    sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(yymsp[-8].minor.yy387->zSelName), yymsp[-8].minor.yy387->zSelName, "#%d",
                     ++pParse->nSelect);
    while( z[0]==' ' ) z++;
    if( z[0]=='/' && z[1]=='*' ){
      z += 2;
      while( z[0]==' ' ) z++;
      for(i=0; sqlite3Isalnum(z[i]); i++){}
      sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(yymsp[-8].minor.yy387->zSelName), yymsp[-8].minor.yy387->zSelName, "%.*s", i, z);
    }
................................................................................
    if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.isPCacheInit==0 ){
      rc = sqlite3PcacheInitialize();
    }
    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
      sqlite3GlobalConfig.isPCacheInit = 1;
      rc = sqlite3OsInit();
    }





    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
      sqlite3PCacheBufferSetup( sqlite3GlobalConfig.pPage, 
          sqlite3GlobalConfig.szPage, sqlite3GlobalConfig.nPage);
      sqlite3GlobalConfig.isInit = 1;
#ifdef SQLITE_EXTRA_INIT
      bRunExtraInit = 1;
#endif
................................................................................
  ** been compiled correctly.  It is important to run this code, but
  ** we don't want to run it too often and soak up CPU cycles for no
  ** reason.  So we run it once during initialization.
  */
#ifndef NDEBUG
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
  /* This section of code's only "output" is via assert() statements. */
  if ( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
    u64 x = (((u64)1)<<63)-1;
    double y;
    assert(sizeof(x)==8);
    assert(sizeof(x)==sizeof(y));
    memcpy(&y, &x, 8);
    assert( sqlite3IsNaN(y) );
  }
................................................................................
#else
    /* SQLITE_NOLFS       */ 0,
#endif
    /* SQLITE_AUTH        */ "authorization denied",
    /* SQLITE_FORMAT      */ 0,
    /* SQLITE_RANGE       */ "column index out of range",
    /* SQLITE_NOTADB      */ "file is not a database",


  };
  const char *zErr = "unknown error";
  switch( rc ){
    case SQLITE_ABORT_ROLLBACK: {
      zErr = "abort due to ROLLBACK";
      break;








    }
    default: {
      rc &= 0xff;
      if( ALWAYS(rc>=0) && rc<ArraySize(aMsg) && aMsg[rc]!=0 ){
        zErr = aMsg[rc];
      }
      break;
................................................................................
}

/*
** This routine implements a busy callback that sleeps and tries
** again until a timeout value is reached.  The timeout value is
** an integer number of milliseconds passed in as the first
** argument.



*/
static int sqliteDefaultBusyCallback(
 void *ptr,               /* Database connection */
 int count                /* Number of times table has been busy */

){
#if SQLITE_OS_WIN || HAVE_USLEEP


  static const u8 delays[] =
     { 1, 2, 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 25,  25,  50,  50, 100 };
  static const u8 totals[] =
     { 0, 1, 3,  8, 18, 33, 53, 78, 103, 128, 178, 228 };
# define NDELAY ArraySize(delays)
  sqlite3 *db = (sqlite3 *)ptr;
  int timeout = db->busyTimeout;
  int delay, prior;














  assert( count>=0 );
  if( count < NDELAY ){
    delay = delays[count];
    prior = totals[count];
  }else{
    delay = delays[NDELAY-1];
    prior = totals[NDELAY-1] + delay*(count-(NDELAY-1));
  }
  if( prior + delay > timeout ){
    delay = timeout - prior;
    if( delay<=0 ) return 0;
  }
  sqlite3OsSleep(db->pVfs, delay*1000);
  return 1;
#else


  sqlite3 *db = (sqlite3 *)ptr;
  int timeout = ((sqlite3 *)ptr)->busyTimeout;

  if( (count+1)*1000 > timeout ){
    return 0;
  }
  sqlite3OsSleep(db->pVfs, 1000000);
  return 1;
#endif
}

/*
** Invoke the given busy handler.
**
** This routine is called when an operation failed with a lock.


** If this routine returns non-zero, the lock is retried.  If it
** returns 0, the operation aborts with an SQLITE_BUSY error.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3InvokeBusyHandler(BusyHandler *p){
  int rc;
  if( NEVER(p==0) || p->xFunc==0 || p->nBusy<0 ) return 0;








  rc = p->xFunc(p->pArg, p->nBusy);

  if( rc==0 ){
    p->nBusy = -1;
  }else{
    p->nBusy++;
  }
  return rc; 
}
................................................................................
  int (*xBusy)(void*,int),
  void *pArg
){
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR
  if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) ) return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
#endif
  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
  db->busyHandler.xFunc = xBusy;
  db->busyHandler.pArg = pArg;
  db->busyHandler.nBusy = 0;

  db->busyTimeout = 0;
  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
  return SQLITE_OK;
}

#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PROGRESS_CALLBACK
/*
................................................................................
** specified number of milliseconds before returning 0.
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_busy_timeout(sqlite3 *db, int ms){
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR
  if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) ) return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
#endif
  if( ms>0 ){
    sqlite3_busy_handler(db, sqliteDefaultBusyCallback, (void*)db);

    db->busyTimeout = ms;

  }else{
    sqlite3_busy_handler(db, 0, 0);
  }
  return SQLITE_OK;
}

/*
................................................................................
      rc = SQLITE_OK;
    }else if( op==SQLITE_FCNTL_VFS_POINTER ){
      *(sqlite3_vfs**)pArg = sqlite3PagerVfs(pPager);
      rc = SQLITE_OK;
    }else if( op==SQLITE_FCNTL_JOURNAL_POINTER ){
      *(sqlite3_file**)pArg = sqlite3PagerJrnlFile(pPager);
      rc = SQLITE_OK;
    }else if( fd->pMethods ){
      rc = sqlite3OsFileControl(fd, op, pArg);
    }else{
      rc = SQLITE_NOTFOUND;
    }
    sqlite3BtreeLeave(pBtree);
  }
  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
  return rc;
}

................................................................................
  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;
  int rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_INSERT_SEGMENTS, &pStmt, 0);
  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
    sqlite3_bind_int64(pStmt, 1, iBlock);
    sqlite3_bind_blob(pStmt, 2, z, n, SQLITE_STATIC);
    sqlite3_step(pStmt);
    rc = sqlite3_reset(pStmt);

  }
  return rc;
}

/*
** Find the largest relative level number in the table. If successful, set
** *pnMax to this value and return SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, if an error occurs,
................................................................................
      char *zEnd = sqlite3_mprintf("%lld %lld", iEndBlock, nLeafData);
      if( !zEnd ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
      sqlite3_bind_text(pStmt, 5, zEnd, -1, sqlite3_free);
    }
    sqlite3_bind_blob(pStmt, 6, zRoot, nRoot, SQLITE_STATIC);
    sqlite3_step(pStmt);
    rc = sqlite3_reset(pStmt);

  }
  return rc;
}

/*
** Return the size of the common prefix (if any) shared by zPrev and
** zNext, in bytes. For example, 
................................................................................
    *pRC = rc;
    return;
  }
  sqlite3_bind_int(pStmt, 1, FTS_STAT_DOCTOTAL);
  sqlite3_bind_blob(pStmt, 2, pBlob, nBlob, SQLITE_STATIC);
  sqlite3_step(pStmt);
  *pRC = sqlite3_reset(pStmt);

  sqlite3_free(a);
}

/*
** Merge the entire database so that there is one segment for each 
** iIndex/iLangid combination.
*/
................................................................................
    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
      sqlite3_bind_int64(pChomp, 1, iNewStart);
      sqlite3_bind_blob(pChomp, 2, root.a, root.n, SQLITE_STATIC);
      sqlite3_bind_int64(pChomp, 3, iAbsLevel);
      sqlite3_bind_int(pChomp, 4, iIdx);
      sqlite3_step(pChomp);
      rc = sqlite3_reset(pChomp);

    }
  }

  sqlite3_free(root.a);
  sqlite3_free(block.a);
  return rc;
}
................................................................................

  rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_REPLACE_STAT, &pReplace, 0);
  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
    sqlite3_bind_int(pReplace, 1, FTS_STAT_INCRMERGEHINT);
    sqlite3_bind_blob(pReplace, 2, pHint->a, pHint->n, SQLITE_STATIC);
    sqlite3_step(pReplace);
    rc = sqlite3_reset(pReplace);

  }

  return rc;
}

/*
** Load an incr-merge hint from the database. The incr-merge hint, if one 
................................................................................
  sqlite3_vtab *pVtab,            /* FTS3 vtab object */
  int nArg,                       /* Size of argument array */
  sqlite3_value **apVal,          /* Array of arguments */
  sqlite_int64 *pRowid            /* OUT: The affected (or effected) rowid */
){
  Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table *)pVtab;
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;             /* Return Code */
  int isRemove = 0;               /* True for an UPDATE or DELETE */
  u32 *aSzIns = 0;                /* Sizes of inserted documents */
  u32 *aSzDel = 0;                /* Sizes of deleted documents */
  int nChng = 0;                  /* Net change in number of documents */
  int bInsertDone = 0;

  /* At this point it must be known if the %_stat table exists or not.
  ** So bHasStat may not be 2.  */
................................................................................
    goto update_out;
  }

  /* If this is a DELETE or UPDATE operation, remove the old record. */
  if( sqlite3_value_type(apVal[0])!=SQLITE_NULL ){
    assert( sqlite3_value_type(apVal[0])==SQLITE_INTEGER );
    rc = fts3DeleteByRowid(p, apVal[0], &nChng, aSzDel);
    isRemove = 1;
  }
  
  /* If this is an INSERT or UPDATE operation, insert the new record. */
  if( nArg>1 && rc==SQLITE_OK ){
    int iLangid = sqlite3_value_int(apVal[2 + p->nColumn + 2]);
    if( bInsertDone==0 ){
      rc = fts3InsertData(p, apVal, pRowid);
      if( rc==SQLITE_CONSTRAINT && p->zContentTbl==0 ){
        rc = FTS_CORRUPT_VTAB;
      }
    }
    if( rc==SQLITE_OK && (!isRemove || *pRowid!=p->iPrevDocid ) ){
      rc = fts3PendingTermsDocid(p, 0, iLangid, *pRowid);
    }
    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
      assert( p->iPrevDocid==*pRowid );
      rc = fts3InsertTerms(p, iLangid, apVal, aSzIns);
    }
    if( p->bHasDocsize ){
................................................................................
    }else{
      sqlite3_bind_null(p, 1);
    }
    sqlite3_bind_blob(p, 2, pNode->zData, pRtree->iNodeSize, SQLITE_STATIC);
    sqlite3_step(p);
    pNode->isDirty = 0;
    rc = sqlite3_reset(p);

    if( pNode->iNode==0 && rc==SQLITE_OK ){
      pNode->iNode = sqlite3_last_insert_rowid(pRtree->db);
      nodeHashInsert(pRtree, pNode);
    }
  }
  return rc;
}
................................................................................

    while( p->rc==SQLITE_OK && SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pXInfo) ){
      int bKey = sqlite3_column_int(pXInfo, 5);
      if( bKey ){
        int iCid = sqlite3_column_int(pXInfo, 1);
        int bDesc = sqlite3_column_int(pXInfo, 3);
        const char *zCollate = (const char*)sqlite3_column_text(pXInfo, 4);
        zCols = rbuMPrintf(p, "%z%sc%d %s COLLATE %s", zCols, zComma, 
            iCid, pIter->azTblType[iCid], zCollate
        );
        zPk = rbuMPrintf(p, "%z%sc%d%s", zPk, zComma, iCid, bDesc?" DESC":"");
        zComma = ", ";
      }
    }
    zCols = rbuMPrintf(p, "%z, id INTEGER", zCols);
................................................................................
      );

      if( pIter->eType==RBU_PK_IPK && pIter->abTblPk[iCol] ){
        /* If the target table column is an "INTEGER PRIMARY KEY", add
        ** "PRIMARY KEY" to the imposter table column declaration. */
        zPk = "PRIMARY KEY ";
      }
      zSql = rbuMPrintf(p, "%z%s\"%w\" %s %sCOLLATE %s%s", 
          zSql, zComma, zCol, pIter->azTblType[iCol], zPk, zColl,
          (pIter->abNotNull[iCol] ? " NOT NULL" : "")
      );
      zComma = ", ";
    }

    if( pIter->eType==RBU_PK_WITHOUT_ROWID ){
................................................................................
  pCsr->iOffset = (i64)pCsr->szPage * (pCsr->iPageno - 1);

  /* If connected to a ZIPVFS backend, override the page size and
  ** offset with actual values obtained from ZIPVFS.
  */
  fd = sqlite3PagerFile(pPager);
  x[0] = pCsr->iPageno;
  if( fd->pMethods!=0 && sqlite3OsFileControl(fd, 230440, &x)==SQLITE_OK ){
    pCsr->iOffset = x[0];
    pCsr->szPage = (int)x[1];
  }
}

/*
** Move a statvfs cursor to the next entry in the file.
................................................................................
**
** As in the changeset format, each field of the single record that is part
** of a patchset change is associated with the correspondingly positioned
** table column, counting from left to right within the CREATE TABLE 
** statement.
**
** For a DELETE change, all fields within the record except those associated
** with PRIMARY KEY columns are set to "undefined". The PRIMARY KEY fields
** contain the values identifying the row to delete.
**
** For an UPDATE change, all fields except those associated with PRIMARY KEY
** columns and columns that are modified by the UPDATE are set to "undefined".
** PRIMARY KEY fields contain the values identifying the table row to update,
** and fields associated with modified columns contain the new column values.
**
** The records associated with INSERT changes are in the same format as for
................................................................................
** The buffer that the argument points to contains a serialized SQL value.
** Return the number of bytes of space occupied by the value (including
** the type byte).
*/
static int sessionSerialLen(u8 *a){
  int e = *a;
  int n;
  if( e==0 ) return 1;
  if( e==SQLITE_NULL ) return 1;
  if( e==SQLITE_INTEGER || e==SQLITE_FLOAT ) return 9;
  return sessionVarintGet(&a[1], &n) + 1 + n;
}

/*
** Based on the primary key values stored in change aRecord, calculate a
................................................................................
  int iCol;                       /* Used to iterate through table columns */

  for(iCol=0; iCol<pTab->nCol; iCol++){
    if( pTab->abPK[iCol] ){
      int n1 = sessionSerialLen(a1);
      int n2 = sessionSerialLen(a2);

      if( pTab->abPK[iCol] && (n1!=n2 || memcmp(a1, a2, n1)) ){
        return 0;
      }
      a1 += n1;
      a2 += n2;
    }else{
      if( bLeftPkOnly==0 ) a1 += sessionSerialLen(a1);
      if( bRightPkOnly==0 ) a2 += sessionSerialLen(a2);
................................................................................
        a += sessionVarintGet(a, &n);
        if( sqlite3_value_bytes(pVal)!=n ) return 0;
        if( eType==SQLITE_TEXT ){
          z = sqlite3_value_text(pVal);
        }else{
          z = sqlite3_value_blob(pVal);
        }
        if( memcmp(a, z, n) ) return 0;
        a += n;
      }
    }
  }

  return 1;
}
................................................................................
  int op,                         /* One of SQLITE_UPDATE, INSERT, DELETE */
  sqlite3_session *pSession,      /* Session object pTab is attached to */
  SessionTable *pTab              /* Table that change applies to */
){
  int iHash; 
  int bNull = 0; 
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
  SessionStat1Ctx stat1;

  if( pSession->rc ) return;

  /* Load table details if required */
  if( sessionInitTable(pSession, pTab) ) return;

  /* Check the number of columns in this xPreUpdate call matches the 
................................................................................
  int nSql = -1;

  if( 0==sqlite3_stricmp("sqlite_stat1", zTab) ){
    zSql = sqlite3_mprintf(
        "SELECT tbl, ?2, stat FROM %Q.sqlite_stat1 WHERE tbl IS ?1 AND "
        "idx IS (CASE WHEN ?2=X'' THEN NULL ELSE ?2 END)", zDb
    );

  }else{
    int i;
    const char *zSep = "";
    SessionBuffer buf = {0, 0, 0};

    sessionAppendStr(&buf, "SELECT * FROM ", &rc);
    sessionAppendIdent(&buf, zDb, &rc);
................................................................................
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;

  for(i=0; i<nCol && rc==SQLITE_OK; i++){
    int eType = 0;                /* Type of value (SQLITE_NULL, TEXT etc.) */
    if( abPK && abPK[i]==0 ) continue;
    rc = sessionInputBuffer(pIn, 9);
    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){



      eType = pIn->aData[pIn->iNext++];
    }

    assert( apOut[i]==0 );
    if( eType ){
      apOut[i] = sqlite3ValueNew(0);
      if( !apOut[i] ) rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;


    }

    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
      u8 *aVal = &pIn->aData[pIn->iNext];
      if( eType==SQLITE_TEXT || eType==SQLITE_BLOB ){
        int nByte;
        pIn->iNext += sessionVarintGet(aVal, &nByte);
        rc = sessionInputBuffer(pIn, nByte);
        if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){



          u8 enc = (eType==SQLITE_TEXT ? SQLITE_UTF8 : 0);
          rc = sessionValueSetStr(apOut[i],&pIn->aData[pIn->iNext],nByte,enc);
        }
        pIn->iNext += nByte;


      }
      if( eType==SQLITE_INTEGER || eType==SQLITE_FLOAT ){
        sqlite3_int64 v = sessionGetI64(aVal);
        if( eType==SQLITE_INTEGER ){
          sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(apOut[i], v);
        }else{
          double d;
................................................................................
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
  int nCol = 0;
  int nRead = 0;

  rc = sessionInputBuffer(pIn, 9);
  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
    nRead += sessionVarintGet(&pIn->aData[pIn->iNext + nRead], &nCol);










    rc = sessionInputBuffer(pIn, nRead+nCol+100);
    nRead += nCol;

  }

  while( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
    while( (pIn->iNext + nRead)<pIn->nData && pIn->aData[pIn->iNext + nRead] ){
      nRead++;
    }
    if( (pIn->iNext + nRead)<pIn->nData ) break;
................................................................................
  assert( p->rc==SQLITE_OK );

  rc = sessionChangesetBufferTblhdr(&p->in, &nCopy);
  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
    int nByte;
    int nVarint;
    nVarint = sessionVarintGet(&p->in.aData[p->in.iNext], &p->nCol);

    nCopy -= nVarint;
    p->in.iNext += nVarint;
    nByte = p->nCol * sizeof(sqlite3_value*) * 2 + nCopy;
    p->tblhdr.nBuf = 0;
    sessionBufferGrow(&p->tblhdr, nByte, &rc);



  }

  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
    int iPK = sizeof(sqlite3_value*)*p->nCol*2;
    memset(p->tblhdr.aBuf, 0, iPK);
    memcpy(&p->tblhdr.aBuf[iPK], &p->in.aData[p->in.iNext], nCopy);
    p->in.iNext += nCopy;
................................................................................
** successfully advanced to the next change in the changeset, an SQLite 
** error code if an error occurs, or SQLITE_DONE if there are no further 
** changes in the changeset.
*/
static int sessionChangesetNext(
  sqlite3_changeset_iter *p,      /* Changeset iterator */
  u8 **paRec,                     /* If non-NULL, store record pointer here */
  int *pnRec                      /* If non-NULL, store size of record here */

){
  int i;
  u8 op;

  assert( (paRec==0 && pnRec==0) || (paRec && pnRec) );

  /* If the iterator is in the error-state, return immediately. */
................................................................................
  }

  sessionDiscardData(&p->in);
  p->in.iCurrent = p->in.iNext;

  op = p->in.aData[p->in.iNext++];
  while( op=='T' || op=='P' ){

    p->bPatchset = (op=='P');
    if( sessionChangesetReadTblhdr(p) ) return p->rc;
    if( (p->rc = sessionInputBuffer(&p->in, 2)) ) return p->rc;
    p->in.iCurrent = p->in.iNext;
    if( p->in.iNext>=p->in.nData ) return SQLITE_DONE;
    op = p->in.aData[p->in.iNext++];
  }








  p->op = op;
  p->bIndirect = p->in.aData[p->in.iNext++];
  if( p->op!=SQLITE_UPDATE && p->op!=SQLITE_DELETE && p->op!=SQLITE_INSERT ){
    return (p->rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT);
  }

................................................................................
    if( p->bPatchset && p->op==SQLITE_UPDATE ){
      /* If this is an UPDATE that is part of a patchset, then all PK and
      ** modified fields are present in the new.* record. The old.* record
      ** is currently completely empty. This block shifts the PK fields from
      ** new.* to old.*, to accommodate the code that reads these arrays.  */
      for(i=0; i<p->nCol; i++){
        assert( p->apValue[i]==0 );
        assert( p->abPK[i]==0 || p->apValue[i+p->nCol] );
        if( p->abPK[i] ){
          p->apValue[i] = p->apValue[i+p->nCol];

          p->apValue[i+p->nCol] = 0;
        }
      }
    }
  }

  return SQLITE_ROW;
................................................................................
** change in the changeset. This function may return SQLITE_ROW, SQLITE_DONE
** or SQLITE_CORRUPT.
**
** This function may not be called on iterators passed to a conflict handler
** callback by changeset_apply().
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_next(sqlite3_changeset_iter *p){
  return sessionChangesetNext(p, 0, 0);
}

/*
** The following function extracts information on the current change
** from a changeset iterator. It may only be called after changeset_next()
** has returned SQLITE_ROW.
*/
................................................................................
  sqlite3_stmt *pSelect;          /* SELECT statement */
  int nCol;                       /* Size of azCol[] and abPK[] arrays */
  const char **azCol;             /* Array of column names */
  u8 *abPK;                       /* Boolean array - true if column is in PK */
  int bStat1;                     /* True if table is sqlite_stat1 */
  int bDeferConstraints;          /* True to defer constraints */
  SessionBuffer constraints;      /* Deferred constraints are stored here */


};

/*
** Formulate a statement to DELETE a row from database db. Assuming a table
** structure like this:
**
**     CREATE TABLE x(a, b, c, d, PRIMARY KEY(a, c));
................................................................................
  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
    rc = sessionPrepare(db, &p->pDelete,
        "DELETE FROM main.sqlite_stat1 WHERE tbl=?1 AND idx IS "
        "CASE WHEN length(?2)=0 AND typeof(?2)='blob' THEN NULL ELSE ?2 END "
        "AND (?4 OR stat IS ?3)"
    );
  }
  assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
  return rc;
}

/*
** A wrapper around sqlite3_bind_value() that detects an extra problem. 
** See comments in the body of this function for details.
*/
................................................................................
  ** in the code below. */
  assert( xValue==sqlite3changeset_old || xValue==sqlite3changeset_new );

  for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<nCol; i++){
    if( !abPK || abPK[i] ){
      sqlite3_value *pVal;
      (void)xValue(pIter, i, &pVal);





      rc = sessionBindValue(pStmt, i+1, pVal);

    }
  }
  return rc;
}

/*
** SQL statement pSelect is as generated by the sessionSelectRow() function.
................................................................................
      nCol, abPK, pSelect
  );

  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
    rc = sqlite3_step(pSelect);
    if( rc!=SQLITE_ROW ) rc = sqlite3_reset(pSelect);
  }

















































  return rc;
}

/*
** Invoke the conflict handler for the change that the changeset iterator
** currently points to.
................................................................................
  }else if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
    if( p->bDeferConstraints && eType==SQLITE_CHANGESET_CONFLICT ){
      /* Instead of invoking the conflict handler, append the change blob
      ** to the SessionApplyCtx.constraints buffer. */
      u8 *aBlob = &pIter->in.aData[pIter->in.iCurrent];
      int nBlob = pIter->in.iNext - pIter->in.iCurrent;
      sessionAppendBlob(&p->constraints, aBlob, nBlob, &rc);
      res = SQLITE_CHANGESET_OMIT;
    }else{
      /* No other row with the new.* primary key. */
      res = xConflict(pCtx, eType+1, pIter);
      if( res==SQLITE_CHANGESET_REPLACE ) rc = SQLITE_MISUSE;
    }
  }

................................................................................
        rc = SQLITE_ABORT;
        break;

      default:
        rc = SQLITE_MISUSE;
        break;
    }



  }

  return rc;
}

/*
** Attempt to apply the change that the iterator passed as the first argument
................................................................................
  void *pCtx                      /* First argument passed to xConflict */
){
  int bReplace = 0;
  int bRetry = 0;
  int rc;

  rc = sessionApplyOneOp(pIter, pApply, xConflict, pCtx, &bReplace, &bRetry);
  assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || (bRetry==0 && bReplace==0) );

  /* If the bRetry flag is set, the change has not been applied due to an
  ** SQLITE_CHANGESET_DATA problem (i.e. this is an UPDATE or DELETE and
  ** a row with the correct PK is present in the db, but one or more other
  ** fields do not contain the expected values) and the conflict handler 
  ** returned SQLITE_CHANGESET_REPLACE. In this case retry the operation,
  ** but pass NULL as the final argument so that sessionApplyOneOp() ignores
  ** the SQLITE_CHANGESET_DATA problem.  */
  if( bRetry ){
    assert( pIter->op==SQLITE_UPDATE || pIter->op==SQLITE_DELETE );
    rc = sessionApplyOneOp(pIter, pApply, xConflict, pCtx, 0, 0);
  }

  /* If the bReplace flag is set, the change is an INSERT that has not
  ** been performed because the database already contains a row with the
  ** specified primary key and the conflict handler returned
  ** SQLITE_CHANGESET_REPLACE. In this case remove the conflicting row
  ** before reattempting the INSERT.  */
  else if( bReplace ){
    assert( pIter->op==SQLITE_INSERT );
    rc = sqlite3_exec(db, "SAVEPOINT replace_op", 0, 0, 0);
    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
      rc = sessionBindRow(pIter, 
          sqlite3changeset_new, pApply->nCol, pApply->abPK, pApply->pDelete);
      sqlite3_bind_int(pApply->pDelete, pApply->nCol+1, 1);
    }
    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
      sqlite3_step(pApply->pDelete);
      rc = sqlite3_reset(pApply->pDelete);
    }
    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
      rc = sessionApplyOneOp(pIter, pApply, xConflict, pCtx, 0, 0);
    }
    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
      rc = sqlite3_exec(db, "RELEASE replace_op", 0, 0, 0);

    }
  }

  return rc;
}

/*
................................................................................
    const char *zTab              /* Table name */
  ),
  int(*xConflict)(
    void *pCtx,                   /* Copy of fifth arg to _apply() */
    int eConflict,                /* DATA, MISSING, CONFLICT, CONSTRAINT */
    sqlite3_changeset_iter *p     /* Handle describing change and conflict */
  ),
  void *pCtx                      /* First argument passed to xConflict */

){
  int schemaMismatch = 0;
  int rc;                         /* Return code */
  const char *zTab = 0;           /* Name of current table */
  int nTab = 0;                   /* Result of sqlite3Strlen30(zTab) */
  SessionApplyCtx sApply;         /* changeset_apply() context object */
  int bPatchset;
................................................................................
      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) break;

      sqlite3_free((char*)sApply.azCol);  /* cast works around VC++ bug */
      sqlite3_finalize(sApply.pDelete);
      sqlite3_finalize(sApply.pUpdate); 
      sqlite3_finalize(sApply.pInsert);
      sqlite3_finalize(sApply.pSelect);
      memset(&sApply, 0, sizeof(sApply));
      sApply.db = db;








      sApply.bDeferConstraints = 1;



      /* If an xFilter() callback was specified, invoke it now. If the 
      ** xFilter callback returns zero, skip this table. If it returns
      ** non-zero, proceed. */
      schemaMismatch = (xFilter && (0==xFilter(pCtx, zNew)));
      if( schemaMismatch ){
        zTab = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", zNew);
................................................................................
  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
    rc = sqlite3_exec(db, "RELEASE changeset_apply", 0, 0, 0);
  }else{
    sqlite3_exec(db, "ROLLBACK TO changeset_apply", 0, 0, 0);
    sqlite3_exec(db, "RELEASE changeset_apply", 0, 0, 0);
  }






  sqlite3_finalize(sApply.pInsert);
  sqlite3_finalize(sApply.pDelete);
  sqlite3_finalize(sApply.pUpdate);
  sqlite3_finalize(sApply.pSelect);
  sqlite3_free((char*)sApply.azCol);  /* cast works around VC++ bug */
  sqlite3_free((char*)sApply.constraints.aBuf);

  sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqlite3_db_mutex(db));
  return rc;
}































/*
** Apply the changeset passed via pChangeset/nChangeset to the main database
** attached to handle "db". Invoke the supplied conflict handler callback
** to resolve any conflicts encountered while applying the change.
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_apply(
................................................................................
  int(*xConflict)(
    void *pCtx,                   /* Copy of fifth arg to _apply() */
    int eConflict,                /* DATA, MISSING, CONFLICT, CONSTRAINT */
    sqlite3_changeset_iter *p     /* Handle describing change and conflict */
  ),
  void *pCtx                      /* First argument passed to xConflict */
){
  sqlite3_changeset_iter *pIter;  /* Iterator to skip through changeset */  
  int rc = sqlite3changeset_start(&pIter, nChangeset, pChangeset);
  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
    rc = sessionChangesetApply(db, pIter, xFilter, xConflict, pCtx);
  }
  return rc;

}

/*
** Apply the changeset passed via xInput/pIn to the main database
** attached to handle "db". Invoke the supplied conflict handler callback
** to resolve any conflicts encountered while applying the change.
*/

























SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_apply_strm(
  sqlite3 *db,                    /* Apply change to "main" db of this handle */
  int (*xInput)(void *pIn, void *pData, int *pnData), /* Input function */
  void *pIn,                                          /* First arg for xInput */
  int(*xFilter)(
    void *pCtx,                   /* Copy of sixth arg to _apply() */
    const char *zTab              /* Table name */
................................................................................
  int(*xConflict)(
    void *pCtx,                   /* Copy of sixth arg to _apply() */
    int eConflict,                /* DATA, MISSING, CONFLICT, CONSTRAINT */
    sqlite3_changeset_iter *p     /* Handle describing change and conflict */
  ),
  void *pCtx                      /* First argument passed to xConflict */
){
  sqlite3_changeset_iter *pIter;  /* Iterator to skip through changeset */  
  int rc = sqlite3changeset_start_strm(&pIter, xInput, pIn);
  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
    rc = sessionChangesetApply(db, pIter, xFilter, xConflict, pCtx);
  }
  return rc;

}

/*
** sqlite3_changegroup handle.
*/
struct sqlite3_changegroup {
  int rc;                         /* Error code */
................................................................................
/*
** This function is called to merge two changes to the same row together as
** part of an sqlite3changeset_concat() operation. A new change object is
** allocated and a pointer to it stored in *ppNew.
*/
static int sessionChangeMerge(
  SessionTable *pTab,             /* Table structure */

  int bPatchset,                  /* True for patchsets */
  SessionChange *pExist,          /* Existing change */
  int op2,                        /* Second change operation */
  int bIndirect,                  /* True if second change is indirect */
  u8 *aRec,                       /* Second change record */
  int nRec,                       /* Number of bytes in aRec */
  SessionChange **ppNew           /* OUT: Merged change */
){
  SessionChange *pNew = 0;


  if( !pExist ){
    pNew = (SessionChange *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(SessionChange) + nRec);
    if( !pNew ){
      return SQLITE_NOMEM;
    }
    memset(pNew, 0, sizeof(SessionChange));
    pNew->op = op2;
    pNew->bIndirect = bIndirect;
    pNew->nRecord = nRec;
    pNew->aRecord = (u8*)&pNew[1];


    memcpy(pNew->aRecord, aRec, nRec);
























































  }else{
    int op1 = pExist->op;

    /* 
    **   op1=INSERT, op2=INSERT      ->      Unsupported. Discard op2.
    **   op1=INSERT, op2=UPDATE      ->      INSERT.
    **   op1=INSERT, op2=DELETE      ->      (none)
................................................................................
        pNew->nRecord = (int)(aCsr - pNew->aRecord);
      }
      sqlite3_free(pExist);
    }
  }

  *ppNew = pNew;
  return SQLITE_OK;
}

/*
** Add all changes in the changeset traversed by the iterator passed as
** the first argument to the changegroup hash tables.
*/
static int sessionChangesetToHash(
  sqlite3_changeset_iter *pIter,   /* Iterator to read from */
  sqlite3_changegroup *pGrp        /* Changegroup object to add changeset to */

){
  u8 *aRec;
  int nRec;
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
  SessionTable *pTab = 0;


  while( SQLITE_ROW==sessionChangesetNext(pIter, &aRec, &nRec) ){
    const char *zNew;
    int nCol;
    int op;
    int iHash;
    int bIndirect;
    SessionChange *pChange;
    SessionChange *pExist = 0;
................................................................................
        pExist = *pp;
        *pp = (*pp)->pNext;
        pTab->nEntry--;
        break;
      }
    }

    rc = sessionChangeMerge(pTab, 
        pIter->bPatchset, pExist, op, bIndirect, aRec, nRec, &pChange
    );
    if( rc ) break;
    if( pChange ){
      pChange->pNext = pTab->apChange[iHash];
      pTab->apChange[iHash] = pChange;
      pTab->nEntry++;
................................................................................
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3changegroup_add(sqlite3_changegroup *pGrp, int nData, void *pData){
  sqlite3_changeset_iter *pIter;  /* Iterator opened on pData/nData */
  int rc;                         /* Return code */

  rc = sqlite3changeset_start(&pIter, nData, pData);
  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
    rc = sessionChangesetToHash(pIter, pGrp);
  }
  sqlite3changeset_finalize(pIter);
  return rc;
}

/*
** Obtain a buffer containing a changeset representing the concatenation
................................................................................
  void *pIn
){
  sqlite3_changeset_iter *pIter;  /* Iterator opened on pData/nData */
  int rc;                         /* Return code */

  rc = sqlite3changeset_start_strm(&pIter, xInput, pIn);
  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
    rc = sessionChangesetToHash(pIter, pGrp);
  }
  sqlite3changeset_finalize(pIter);
  return rc;
}

/*
** Streaming versions of changegroup_output().
................................................................................
  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
    rc = sqlite3changegroup_output_strm(pGrp, xOutput, pOut);
  }
  sqlite3changegroup_delete(pGrp);

  return rc;
}
























































































































































































































































































































































#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_SESSION && SQLITE_ENABLE_PREUPDATE_HOOK */

/************** End of sqlite3session.c **************************************/
/************** Begin file json1.c *******************************************/
/*
** 2015-08-12
................................................................................
  if( stateno>fts5YY_MAX_SHIFT ) return stateno;
  assert( stateno <= fts5YY_SHIFT_COUNT );
#if defined(fts5YYCOVERAGE)
  fts5yycoverage[stateno][iLookAhead] = 1;
#endif
  do{
    i = fts5yy_shift_ofst[stateno];

    assert( i>=0 && i+fts5YYNFTS5TOKEN<=sizeof(fts5yy_lookahead)/sizeof(fts5yy_lookahead[0]) );
    assert( iLookAhead!=fts5YYNOCODE );
    assert( iLookAhead < fts5YYNFTS5TOKEN );
    i += iLookAhead;
    if( fts5yy_lookahead[i]!=iLookAhead ){
#ifdef fts5YYFALLBACK
      fts5YYCODETYPE iFallback;            /* Fallback token */
      if( iLookAhead<sizeof(fts5yyFallback)/sizeof(fts5yyFallback[0])
................................................................................
    }

    if( sCtx.pPhrase==0 ){
      /* This happens when parsing a token or quoted phrase that contains
      ** no token characters at all. (e.g ... MATCH '""'). */
      sCtx.pPhrase = sqlite3Fts5MallocZero(&pParse->rc, sizeof(Fts5ExprPhrase));
    }else if( sCtx.pPhrase->nTerm ){
      sCtx.pPhrase->aTerm[sCtx.pPhrase->nTerm-1].bPrefix = bPrefix;
    }
    pParse->apPhrase[pParse->nPhrase-1] = sCtx.pPhrase;
  }

  return sCtx.pPhrase;
}

................................................................................
    if( p->rc ) return;
  }

  sqlite3_bind_int64(p->pWriter, 1, iRowid);
  sqlite3_bind_blob(p->pWriter, 2, pData, nData, SQLITE_STATIC);
  sqlite3_step(p->pWriter);
  p->rc = sqlite3_reset(p->pWriter);

}

/*
** Execute the following SQL:
**
**     DELETE FROM %_data WHERE id BETWEEN $iFirst AND $iLast
*/
................................................................................
  sqlite3_bind_blob(pIdxSelect, 2, pTerm, nTerm, SQLITE_STATIC);
  if( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pIdxSelect) ){
    i64 val = sqlite3_column_int(pIdxSelect, 0);
    iPg = (int)(val>>1);
    bDlidx = (val & 0x0001);
  }
  p->rc = sqlite3_reset(pIdxSelect);


  if( iPg<pSeg->pgnoFirst ){
    iPg = pSeg->pgnoFirst;
    bDlidx = 0;
  }

  pIter->iLeafPgno = iPg - 1;
................................................................................
        sqlite3_stmt *pIdxSelect = fts5IdxSelectStmt(p);
        if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){
          u8 aBlob[2] = {0xff, 0xff};
          sqlite3_bind_int(pIdxSelect, 1, iSegid);
          sqlite3_bind_blob(pIdxSelect, 2, aBlob, 2, SQLITE_STATIC);
          assert( sqlite3_step(pIdxSelect)!=SQLITE_ROW );
          p->rc = sqlite3_reset(pIdxSelect);

        }
      }
#endif
    }
  }

  return iSegid;
................................................................................
    const char *z = (pWriter->btterm.n>0?(const char*)pWriter->btterm.p:"");
    /* The following was already done in fts5WriteInit(): */
    /* sqlite3_bind_int(p->pIdxWriter, 1, pWriter->iSegid); */
    sqlite3_bind_blob(p->pIdxWriter, 2, z, pWriter->btterm.n, SQLITE_STATIC);
    sqlite3_bind_int64(p->pIdxWriter, 3, bFlag + ((i64)pWriter->iBtPage<<1));
    sqlite3_step(p->pIdxWriter);
    p->rc = sqlite3_reset(p->pIdxWriter);

  }
  pWriter->iBtPage = 0;
}

/*
** This is called once for each leaf page except the first that contains
** at least one term. Argument (nTerm/pTerm) is the split-key - a term that
................................................................................
static void fts5SourceIdFunc(
  sqlite3_context *pCtx,          /* Function call context */
  int nArg,                       /* Number of args */
  sqlite3_value **apUnused        /* Function arguments */
){
  assert( nArg==0 );
  UNUSED_PARAM2(nArg, apUnused);
  sqlite3_result_text(pCtx, "fts5: 2018-01-22 18:45:57 0c55d179733b46d8d0ba4d88e01a25e10677046ee3da1d5b1581e86726f2171d", -1, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
}

static int fts5Init(sqlite3 *db){
  static const sqlite3_module fts5Mod = {
    /* iVersion      */ 2,
    /* xCreate       */ fts5CreateMethod,
    /* xConnect      */ fts5ConnectMethod,
................................................................................
    sqlite3_stmt *pReplace = 0;
    rc = fts5StorageGetStmt(p, FTS5_STMT_REPLACE_DOCSIZE, &pReplace, 0);
    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
      sqlite3_bind_int64(pReplace, 1, iRowid);
      sqlite3_bind_blob(pReplace, 2, pBuf->p, pBuf->n, SQLITE_STATIC);
      sqlite3_step(pReplace);
      rc = sqlite3_reset(pReplace);

    }
  }
  return rc;
}

/*
** Load the contents of the "averages" record from disk into the 
................................................................................
    if( pVal ){
      sqlite3_bind_value(pReplace, 2, pVal);
    }else{
      sqlite3_bind_int(pReplace, 2, iVal);
    }
    sqlite3_step(pReplace);
    rc = sqlite3_reset(pReplace);

  }
  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pVal ){
    int iNew = p->pConfig->iCookie + 1;
    rc = sqlite3Fts5IndexSetCookie(p->pIndex, iNew);
    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
      p->pConfig->iCookie = iNew;
    }
................................................................................
#endif
  return rc;
}
#endif /* SQLITE_CORE */
#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_STMTVTAB) */

/************** End of stmt.c ************************************************/
#if __LINE__!=207604
#undef SQLITE_SOURCE_ID
#define SQLITE_SOURCE_ID      "2018-01-22 18:45:57 0c55d179733b46d8d0ba4d88e01a25e10677046ee3da1d5b1581e86726f2alt2"
#endif
/* Return the source-id for this library */
SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_sourceid(void){ return SQLITE_SOURCE_ID; }
/************************** End of sqlite3.c ******************************/

/******************************************************************************
** This file is an amalgamation of many separate C source files from SQLite
** version 3.23.0.  By combining all the individual C code files into this
** single large file, the entire code can be compiled as a single translation
** unit.  This allows many compilers to do optimizations that would not be
** possible if the files were compiled separately.  Performance improvements
** of 5% or more are commonly seen when SQLite is compiled as a single
** translation unit.
**
** This file is all you need to compile SQLite.  To use SQLite in other
................................................................................
#if SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE
  "ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE",
#endif
#if SQLITE_ENABLE_BATCH_ATOMIC_WRITE
  "ENABLE_BATCH_ATOMIC_WRITE",
#endif
#if SQLITE_ENABLE_CEROD
  "ENABLE_CEROD=" CTIMEOPT_VAL(SQLITE_ENABLE_CEROD),
#endif
#if SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA
  "ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA",
#endif
#if SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_USED_MASK
  "ENABLE_COLUMN_USED_MASK",
#endif
................................................................................
** been edited in any way since it was last checked in, then the last
** four hexadecimal digits of the hash may be modified.
**
** See also: [sqlite3_libversion()],
** [sqlite3_libversion_number()], [sqlite3_sourceid()],
** [sqlite_version()] and [sqlite_source_id()].
*/
#define SQLITE_VERSION        "3.23.0"
#define SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER 3023000
#define SQLITE_SOURCE_ID      "2018-04-02 11:04:16 736b53f57f70b23172c30880186dce7ad9baa3b74e3838cae5847cffb98f5cd2"

/*
** CAPI3REF: Run-Time Library Version Numbers
** KEYWORDS: sqlite3_version sqlite3_sourceid
**
** These interfaces provide the same information as the [SQLITE_VERSION],
** [SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER], and [SQLITE_SOURCE_ID] C preprocessor macros
................................................................................
** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_ROLLBACK_ATOMIC_WRITE] opcode causes all write
** operations since the previous successful call to 
** [SQLITE_FCNTL_BEGIN_ATOMIC_WRITE] to be rolled back.
** ^This file control takes the file descriptor out of batch write mode
** so that all subsequent write operations are independent.
** ^SQLite will never invoke SQLITE_FCNTL_ROLLBACK_ATOMIC_WRITE without
** a prior successful call to [SQLITE_FCNTL_BEGIN_ATOMIC_WRITE].
**
** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCK_TIMEOUT]]
** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCK_TIMEOUT] opcode causes attempts to obtain
** a file lock using the xLock or xShmLock methods of the VFS to wait
** for up to M milliseconds before failing, where M is the single 
** unsigned integer parameter.
** </ul>
*/
#define SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCKSTATE               1
#define SQLITE_FCNTL_GET_LOCKPROXYFILE       2
#define SQLITE_FCNTL_SET_LOCKPROXYFILE       3
#define SQLITE_FCNTL_LAST_ERRNO              4
#define SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT               5
................................................................................
#define SQLITE_FCNTL_VFS_POINTER            27
#define SQLITE_FCNTL_JOURNAL_POINTER        28
#define SQLITE_FCNTL_WIN32_GET_HANDLE       29
#define SQLITE_FCNTL_PDB                    30
#define SQLITE_FCNTL_BEGIN_ATOMIC_WRITE     31
#define SQLITE_FCNTL_COMMIT_ATOMIC_WRITE    32
#define SQLITE_FCNTL_ROLLBACK_ATOMIC_WRITE  33
#define SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCK_TIMEOUT           34

/* deprecated names */
#define SQLITE_GET_LOCKPROXYFILE      SQLITE_FCNTL_GET_LOCKPROXYFILE
#define SQLITE_SET_LOCKPROXYFILE      SQLITE_FCNTL_SET_LOCKPROXYFILE
#define SQLITE_LAST_ERRNO             SQLITE_FCNTL_LAST_ERRNO


................................................................................
**
** <dt>SQLITE_DBCONFIG_NO_CKPT_ON_CLOSE</dt>
** <dd> Usually, when a database in wal mode is closed or detached from a 
** database handle, SQLite checks if this will mean that there are now no 
** connections at all to the database. If so, it performs a checkpoint 
** operation before closing the connection. This option may be used to
** override this behaviour. The first parameter passed to this operation
** is an integer - positive to disable checkpoints-on-close, or zero (the
** default) to enable them, and negative to leave the setting unchanged.
** The second parameter is a pointer to an integer
** into which is written 0 or 1 to indicate whether checkpoints-on-close
** have been disabled - 0 if they are not disabled, 1 if they are.
** </dd>
**
** <dt>SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_QPSG</dt>
** <dd>^(The SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_QPSG option activates or deactivates
** the [query planner stability guarantee] (QPSG).  When the QPSG is active,
** a single SQL query statement will always use the same algorithm regardless
** of values of [bound parameters].)^ The QPSG disables some query optimizations
** that look at the values of bound parameters, which can make some queries
** slower.  But the QPSG has the advantage of more predictable behavior.  With
** the QPSG active, SQLite will always use the same query plan in the field as
** was used during testing in the lab.
** The first argument to this setting is an integer which is 0 to disable 
** the QPSG, positive to enable QPSG, or negative to leave the setting
** unchanged. The second parameter is a pointer to an integer into which
** is written 0 or 1 to indicate whether the QPSG is disabled or enabled
** following this call.
** </dd>
**
** <dt>SQLITE_DBCONFIG_TRIGGER_EQP</dt>
** <dd> By default, the output of EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN commands does not 
** include output for any operations performed by trigger programs. This
** option is used to set or clear (the default) a flag that governs this
** behavior. The first parameter passed to this operation is an integer -
** positive to enable output for trigger programs, or zero to disable it,
** or negative to leave the setting unchanged.
** The second parameter is a pointer to an integer into which is written 
** 0 or 1 to indicate whether output-for-triggers has been disabled - 0 if 
** it is not disabled, 1 if it is.  
** </dd>
** </dl>
*/
#define SQLITE_DBCONFIG_MAINDBNAME            1000 /* const char* */
................................................................................
SQLITE_API void sqlite3_free_table(char **result);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Formatted String Printing Functions
**
** These routines are work-alikes of the "printf()" family of functions
** from the standard C library.
** These routines understand most of the common formatting options from
** the standard library printf() 
** plus some additional non-standard formats ([%q], [%Q], [%w], and [%z]).

** See the [built-in printf()] documentation for details.
**
** ^The sqlite3_mprintf() and sqlite3_vmprintf() routines write their
** results into memory obtained from [sqlite3_malloc64()].
** The strings returned by these two routines should be
** released by [sqlite3_free()].  ^Both routines return a
** NULL pointer if [sqlite3_malloc64()] is unable to allocate enough
** memory to hold the resulting string.
**
** ^(The sqlite3_snprintf() routine is similar to "snprintf()" from
** the standard C library.  The result is written into the
** buffer supplied as the second parameter whose size is given by
** the first parameter. Note that the order of the
** first two parameters is reversed from snprintf().)^  This is an
................................................................................
** guarantees that the buffer is always zero-terminated.  ^The first
** parameter "n" is the total size of the buffer, including space for
** the zero terminator.  So the longest string that can be completely
** written will be n-1 characters.
**
** ^The sqlite3_vsnprintf() routine is a varargs version of sqlite3_snprintf().
**
** See also:  [built-in printf()], [printf() SQL function]
































































*/
SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_mprintf(const char*,...);
SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_vmprintf(const char*, va_list);
SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_snprintf(int,char*,const char*, ...);
SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_vsnprintf(int,char*,const char*, va_list);

/*
................................................................................
** a schema change, on the first  [sqlite3_step()] call following any change
** to the [sqlite3_bind_text | bindings] of that [parameter]. 
** ^The specific value of WHERE-clause [parameter] might influence the 
** choice of query plan if the parameter is the left-hand side of a [LIKE]
** or [GLOB] operator or if the parameter is compared to an indexed column
** and the [SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3] compile-time option is enabled.
** </li>
** </ol>
**
** <p>^sqlite3_prepare_v3() differs from sqlite3_prepare_v2() only in having
** the extra prepFlags parameter, which is a bit array consisting of zero or
** more of the [SQLITE_PREPARE_PERSISTENT|SQLITE_PREPARE_*] flags.  ^The
** sqlite3_prepare_v2() interface works exactly the same as
** sqlite3_prepare_v3() with a zero prepFlags parameter.

*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_prepare(
  sqlite3 *db,            /* Database handle */
  const char *zSql,       /* SQL statement, UTF-8 encoded */
  int nByte,              /* Maximum length of zSql in bytes. */
  sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt,  /* OUT: Statement handle */
  const char **pzTail     /* OUT: Pointer to unused portion of zSql */
................................................................................
** wal file in wal mode databases, or the number of pages written to the
** database file in rollback mode databases. Any pages written as part of
** transaction rollback or database recovery operations are not included.
** If an IO or other error occurs while writing a page to disk, the effect
** on subsequent SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE requests is undefined.)^ ^The
** highwater mark associated with SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE is always 0.
** </dd>
**
** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_SPILL]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_SPILL</dt>
** <dd>This parameter returns the number of dirty cache entries that have
** been written to disk in the middle of a transaction due to the page
** cache overflowing. Transactions are more efficient if they are written
** to disk all at once. When pages spill mid-transaction, that introduces
** additional overhead. This parameter can be used help identify
** inefficiencies that can be resolve by increasing the cache size.
** </dd>
**
** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_DEFERRED_FKS]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_DBSTATUS_DEFERRED_FKS</dt>
** <dd>This parameter returns zero for the current value if and only if
** all foreign key constraints (deferred or immediate) have been
** resolved.)^  ^The highwater mark is always 0.
** </dd>
** </dl>
................................................................................
#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_MISS_SIZE  5
#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_MISS_FULL  6
#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT            7
#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS           8
#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE          9
#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_DEFERRED_FKS        10
#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_USED_SHARED   11
#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_SPILL         12
#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_MAX                 12   /* Largest defined DBSTATUS */


/*
** CAPI3REF: Prepared Statement Status
** METHOD: sqlite3_stmt
**
** ^(Each prepared statement maintains various
................................................................................
** transaction open on the database, or if the database is not a wal mode
** database.
**
** SQLITE_OK is returned if successful, or an SQLite error code otherwise.
*/
SQLITE_API SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL int sqlite3_snapshot_recover(sqlite3 *db, const char *zDb);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Serialize a database
**
** The sqlite3_serialize(D,S,P,F) interface returns a pointer to memory
** that is a serialization of the S database on [database connection] D.
** If P is not a NULL pointer, then the size of the database in bytes
** is written into *P.
**
** For an ordinary on-disk database file, the serialization is just a
** copy of the disk file.  For an in-memory database or a "TEMP" database,
** the serialization is the same sequence of bytes which would be written
** to disk if that database where backed up to disk.
**
** The usual case is that sqlite3_serialize() copies the serialization of
** the database into memory obtained from [sqlite3_malloc64()] and returns
** a pointer to that memory.  The caller is responsible for freeing the
** returned value to avoid a memory leak.  However, if the F argument
** contains the SQLITE_SERIALIZE_NOCOPY bit, then no memory allocations
** are made, and the sqlite3_serialize() function will return a pointer
** to the contiguous memory representation of the database that SQLite
** is currently using for that database, or NULL if the no such contiguous
** memory representation of the database exists.  A contiguous memory
** representation of the database will usually only exist if there has
** been a prior call to [sqlite3_deserialize(D,S,...)] with the same
** values of D and S.
** The size of the database is written into *P even if the 
** SQLITE_SERIALIZE_NOCOPY bit is set but no contigious copy
** of the database exists.
**
** A call to sqlite3_serialize(D,S,P,F) might return NULL even if the
** SQLITE_SERIALIZE_NOCOPY bit is omitted from argument F if a memory
** allocation error occurs.
**
** This interface is only available if SQLite is compiled with the
** [SQLITE_ENABLE_DESERIALIZE] option.
*/
SQLITE_API unsigned char *sqlite3_serialize(
  sqlite3 *db,           /* The database connection */
  const char *zSchema,   /* Which DB to serialize. ex: "main", "temp", ... */
  sqlite3_int64 *piSize, /* Write size of the DB here, if not NULL */
  unsigned int mFlags    /* Zero or more SQLITE_SERIALIZE_* flags */
);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Flags for sqlite3_serialize
**
** Zero or more of the following constants can be OR-ed together for
** the F argument to [sqlite3_serialize(D,S,P,F)].
**
** SQLITE_SERIALIZE_NOCOPY means that [sqlite3_serialize()] will return
** a pointer to contiguous in-memory database that it is currently using,
** without making a copy of the database.  If SQLite is not currently using
** a contiguous in-memory database, then this option causes
** [sqlite3_serialize()] to return a NULL pointer.  SQLite will only be
** using a contiguous in-memory database if it has been initialized by a
** prior call to [sqlite3_deserialize()].
*/
#define SQLITE_SERIALIZE_NOCOPY 0x001   /* Do no memory allocations */

/*
** CAPI3REF: Deserialize a database
**
** The sqlite3_deserialize(D,S,P,N,M,F) interface causes the 
** [database connection] D to disconnect from database S and then
** reopen S as an in-memory database based on the serialization contained
** in P.  The serialized database P is N bytes in size.  M is the size of
** the buffer P, which might be larger than N.  If M is larger than N, and
** the SQLITE_DESERIALIZE_READONLY bit is not set in F, then SQLite is
** permitted to add content to the in-memory database as long as the total
** size does not exceed M bytes.
**
** If the SQLITE_DESERIALIZE_FREEONCLOSE bit is set in F, then SQLite will
** invoke sqlite3_free() on the serialization buffer when the database
** connection closes.  If the SQLITE_DESERIALIZE_RESIZEABLE bit is set, then
** SQLite will try to increase the buffer size using sqlite3_realloc64()
** if writes on the database cause it to grow larger than M bytes.
**
** The sqlite3_deserialize() interface will fail with SQLITE_BUSY if the
** database is currently in a read transaction or is involved in a backup
** operation.
**
** If sqlite3_deserialize(D,S,P,N,M,F) fails for any reason and if the 
** SQLITE_DESERIALIZE_FREEONCLOSE bit is set in argument F, then
** [sqlite3_free()] is invoked on argument P prior to returning.
**
** This interface is only available if SQLite is compiled with the
** [SQLITE_ENABLE_DESERIALIZE] option.
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_deserialize(
  sqlite3 *db,            /* The database connection */
  const char *zSchema,    /* Which DB to reopen with the deserialization */
  unsigned char *pData,   /* The serialized database content */
  sqlite3_int64 szDb,     /* Number bytes in the deserialization */
  sqlite3_int64 szBuf,    /* Total size of buffer pData[] */
  unsigned mFlags         /* Zero or more SQLITE_DESERIALIZE_* flags */
);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Flags for sqlite3_deserialize()
**
** The following are allowed values for 6th argument (the F argument) to
** the [sqlite3_deserialize(D,S,P,N,M,F)] interface.
**
** The SQLITE_DESERIALIZE_FREEONCLOSE means that the database serialization
** in the P argument is held in memory obtained from [sqlite3_malloc64()]
** and that SQLite should take ownership of this memory and automatically
** free it when it has finished using it.  Without this flag, the caller
** is resposible for freeing any dynamically allocated memory.
**
** The SQLITE_DESERIALIZE_RESIZEABLE flag means that SQLite is allowed to
** grow the size of the database using calls to [sqlite3_realloc64()].  This
** flag should only be used if SQLITE_DESERIALIZE_FREEONCLOSE is also used.
** Without this flag, the deserialized database cannot increase in size beyond
** the number of bytes specified by the M parameter.
**
** The SQLITE_DESERIALIZE_READONLY flag means that the deserialized database
** should be treated as read-only.
*/
#define SQLITE_DESERIALIZE_FREEONCLOSE 1 /* Call sqlite3_free() on close */
#define SQLITE_DESERIALIZE_RESIZEABLE  2 /* Resize using sqlite3_realloc64() */
#define SQLITE_DESERIALIZE_READONLY    4 /* Database is read-only */

/*
** Undo the hack that converts floating point types to integer for
** builds on processors without floating point support.
*/
#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
# undef double
#endif
................................................................................
#if 0
extern "C" {
#endif


/*
** CAPI3REF: Session Object Handle
**
** An instance of this object is a [session] that can be used to
** record changes to a database.
*/
typedef struct sqlite3_session sqlite3_session;

/*
** CAPI3REF: Changeset Iterator Handle
**
** An instance of this object acts as a cursor for iterating
** over the elements of a [changeset] or [patchset].
*/
typedef struct sqlite3_changeset_iter sqlite3_changeset_iter;

/*
** CAPI3REF: Create A New Session Object
** CONSTRUCTOR: sqlite3_session
**
** Create a new session object attached to database handle db. If successful,
** a pointer to the new object is written to *ppSession and SQLITE_OK is
** returned. If an error occurs, *ppSession is set to NULL and an SQLite
** error code (e.g. SQLITE_NOMEM) is returned.
**
** It is possible to create multiple session objects attached to a single
................................................................................
  sqlite3 *db,                    /* Database handle */
  const char *zDb,                /* Name of db (e.g. "main") */
  sqlite3_session **ppSession     /* OUT: New session object */
);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Delete A Session Object
** DESTRUCTOR: sqlite3_session
**
** Delete a session object previously allocated using 
** [sqlite3session_create()]. Once a session object has been deleted, the
** results of attempting to use pSession with any other session module
** function are undefined.
**
** Session objects must be deleted before the database handle to which they
................................................................................
** [sqlite3session_create()] for details.
*/
SQLITE_API void sqlite3session_delete(sqlite3_session *pSession);


/*
** CAPI3REF: Enable Or Disable A Session Object
** METHOD: sqlite3_session
**
** Enable or disable the recording of changes by a session object. When
** enabled, a session object records changes made to the database. When
** disabled - it does not. A newly created session object is enabled.
** Refer to the documentation for [sqlite3session_changeset()] for further
** details regarding how enabling and disabling a session object affects
** the eventual changesets.
................................................................................
** The return value indicates the final state of the session object: 0 if 
** the session is disabled, or 1 if it is enabled.
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3session_enable(sqlite3_session *pSession, int bEnable);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Set Or Clear the Indirect Change Flag
** METHOD: sqlite3_session
**
** Each change recorded by a session object is marked as either direct or
** indirect. A change is marked as indirect if either:
**
** <ul>
**   <li> The session object "indirect" flag is set when the change is
**        made, or
................................................................................
** The return value indicates the final state of the indirect flag: 0 if 
** it is clear, or 1 if it is set.
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3session_indirect(sqlite3_session *pSession, int bIndirect);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Attach A Table To A Session Object
** METHOD: sqlite3_session
**
** If argument zTab is not NULL, then it is the name of a table to attach
** to the session object passed as the first argument. All subsequent changes 
** made to the table while the session object is enabled will be recorded. See 
** documentation for [sqlite3session_changeset()] for further details.
**
** Or, if argument zTab is NULL, then changes are recorded for all tables
................................................................................
SQLITE_API int sqlite3session_attach(
  sqlite3_session *pSession,      /* Session object */
  const char *zTab                /* Table name */
);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Set a table filter on a Session Object.
** METHOD: sqlite3_session
**
** The second argument (xFilter) is the "filter callback". For changes to rows 
** in tables that are not attached to the Session object, the filter is called
** to determine whether changes to the table's rows should be tracked or not. 
** If xFilter returns 0, changes is not tracked. Note that once a table is 
** attached, xFilter will not be called again.
*/
................................................................................
    const char *zTab              /* Table name */
  ),
  void *pCtx                      /* First argument passed to xFilter */
);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Generate A Changeset From A Session Object
** METHOD: sqlite3_session
**
** Obtain a changeset containing changes to the tables attached to the 
** session object passed as the first argument. If successful, 
** set *ppChangeset to point to a buffer containing the changeset 
** and *pnChangeset to the size of the changeset in bytes before returning
** SQLITE_OK. If an error occurs, set both *ppChangeset and *pnChangeset to
** zero and return an SQLite error code.
................................................................................
SQLITE_API int sqlite3session_changeset(
  sqlite3_session *pSession,      /* Session object */
  int *pnChangeset,               /* OUT: Size of buffer at *ppChangeset */
  void **ppChangeset              /* OUT: Buffer containing changeset */
);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Load The Difference Between Tables Into A Session
** METHOD: sqlite3_session
**
** If it is not already attached to the session object passed as the first
** argument, this function attaches table zTbl in the same manner as the
** [sqlite3session_attach()] function. If zTbl does not exist, or if it
** does not have a primary key, this function is a no-op (but does not return
** an error).
**
................................................................................
  const char *zTbl,
  char **pzErrMsg
);


/*
** CAPI3REF: Generate A Patchset From A Session Object
** METHOD: sqlite3_session
**
** The differences between a patchset and a changeset are that:
**
** <ul>
**   <li> DELETE records consist of the primary key fields only. The 
**        original values of other fields are omitted.
**   <li> The original values of any modified fields are omitted from 
................................................................................
** guaranteed that a call to sqlite3session_changeset() will return a 
** changeset containing zero changes.
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3session_isempty(sqlite3_session *pSession);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Create An Iterator To Traverse A Changeset 
** CONSTRUCTOR: sqlite3_changeset_iter
**
** Create an iterator used to iterate through the contents of a changeset.
** If successful, *pp is set to point to the iterator handle and SQLITE_OK
** is returned. Otherwise, if an error occurs, *pp is set to zero and an
** SQLite error code is returned.
**
** The following functions can be used to advance and query a changeset 
................................................................................
  int nChangeset,                 /* Size of changeset blob in bytes */
  void *pChangeset                /* Pointer to blob containing changeset */
);


/*
** CAPI3REF: Advance A Changeset Iterator
** METHOD: sqlite3_changeset_iter
**
** This function may only be used with iterators created by function
** [sqlite3changeset_start()]. If it is called on an iterator passed to
** a conflict-handler callback by [sqlite3changeset_apply()], SQLITE_MISUSE
** is returned and the call has no effect.
**
** Immediately after an iterator is created by sqlite3changeset_start(), it
................................................................................
** codes include SQLITE_CORRUPT (if the changeset buffer is corrupt) or 
** SQLITE_NOMEM.
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_next(sqlite3_changeset_iter *pIter);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Obtain The Current Operation From A Changeset Iterator
** METHOD: sqlite3_changeset_iter
**
** The pIter argument passed to this function may either be an iterator
** passed to a conflict-handler by [sqlite3changeset_apply()], or an iterator
** created by [sqlite3changeset_start()]. In the latter case, the most recent
** call to [sqlite3changeset_next()] must have returned [SQLITE_ROW]. If this
** is not the case, this function returns [SQLITE_MISUSE].
**
................................................................................
  int *pnCol,                     /* OUT: Number of columns in table */
  int *pOp,                       /* OUT: SQLITE_INSERT, DELETE or UPDATE */
  int *pbIndirect                 /* OUT: True for an 'indirect' change */
);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Obtain The Primary Key Definition Of A Table
** METHOD: sqlite3_changeset_iter
**
** For each modified table, a changeset includes the following:
**
** <ul>
**   <li> The number of columns in the table, and
**   <li> Which of those columns make up the tables PRIMARY KEY.
** </ul>
................................................................................
  sqlite3_changeset_iter *pIter,  /* Iterator object */
  unsigned char **pabPK,          /* OUT: Array of boolean - true for PK cols */
  int *pnCol                      /* OUT: Number of entries in output array */
);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Obtain old.* Values From A Changeset Iterator
** METHOD: sqlite3_changeset_iter
**
** The pIter argument passed to this function may either be an iterator
** passed to a conflict-handler by [sqlite3changeset_apply()], or an iterator
** created by [sqlite3changeset_start()]. In the latter case, the most recent
** call to [sqlite3changeset_next()] must have returned SQLITE_ROW. 
** Furthermore, it may only be called if the type of change that the iterator
** currently points to is either [SQLITE_DELETE] or [SQLITE_UPDATE]. Otherwise,
................................................................................
  sqlite3_changeset_iter *pIter,  /* Changeset iterator */
  int iVal,                       /* Column number */
  sqlite3_value **ppValue         /* OUT: Old value (or NULL pointer) */
);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Obtain new.* Values From A Changeset Iterator
** METHOD: sqlite3_changeset_iter
**
** The pIter argument passed to this function may either be an iterator
** passed to a conflict-handler by [sqlite3changeset_apply()], or an iterator
** created by [sqlite3changeset_start()]. In the latter case, the most recent
** call to [sqlite3changeset_next()] must have returned SQLITE_ROW. 
** Furthermore, it may only be called if the type of change that the iterator
** currently points to is either [SQLITE_UPDATE] or [SQLITE_INSERT]. Otherwise,
................................................................................
  sqlite3_changeset_iter *pIter,  /* Changeset iterator */
  int iVal,                       /* Column number */
  sqlite3_value **ppValue         /* OUT: New value (or NULL pointer) */
);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Obtain Conflicting Row Values From A Changeset Iterator
** METHOD: sqlite3_changeset_iter
**
** This function should only be used with iterator objects passed to a
** conflict-handler callback by [sqlite3changeset_apply()] with either
** [SQLITE_CHANGESET_DATA] or [SQLITE_CHANGESET_CONFLICT]. If this function
** is called on any other iterator, [SQLITE_MISUSE] is returned and *ppValue
** is set to NULL.
**
................................................................................
  sqlite3_changeset_iter *pIter,  /* Changeset iterator */
  int iVal,                       /* Column number */
  sqlite3_value **ppValue         /* OUT: Value from conflicting row */
);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Determine The Number Of Foreign Key Constraint Violations
** METHOD: sqlite3_changeset_iter
**
** This function may only be called with an iterator passed to an
** SQLITE_CHANGESET_FOREIGN_KEY conflict handler callback. In this case
** it sets the output variable to the total number of known foreign key
** violations in the destination database and returns SQLITE_OK.
**
** In all other cases this function returns SQLITE_MISUSE.
................................................................................
  sqlite3_changeset_iter *pIter,  /* Changeset iterator */
  int *pnOut                      /* OUT: Number of FK violations */
);


/*
** CAPI3REF: Finalize A Changeset Iterator
** METHOD: sqlite3_changeset_iter
**
** This function is used to finalize an iterator allocated with
** [sqlite3changeset_start()].
**
** This function should only be called on iterators created using the
** [sqlite3changeset_start()] function. If an application calls this
** function with an iterator passed to a conflict-handler by
................................................................................
**
** If an error was encountered within a call to an sqlite3changeset_xxx()
** function (for example an [SQLITE_CORRUPT] in [sqlite3changeset_next()] or an 
** [SQLITE_NOMEM] in [sqlite3changeset_new()]) then an error code corresponding
** to that error is returned by this function. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK is
** returned. This is to allow the following pattern (pseudo-code):
**
** <pre>
**   sqlite3changeset_start();
**   while( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3changeset_next() ){
**     // Do something with change.
**   }
**   rc = sqlite3changeset_finalize();
**   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
**     // An error has occurred 
**   }
** </pre>
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_finalize(sqlite3_changeset_iter *pIter);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Invert A Changeset
**
** This function is used to "invert" a changeset object. Applying an inverted
................................................................................
** single changeset. The result is a changeset equivalent to applying
** changeset A followed by changeset B. 
**
** This function combines the two input changesets using an 
** sqlite3_changegroup object. Calling it produces similar results as the
** following code fragment:
**
** <pre>
**   sqlite3_changegroup *pGrp;
**   rc = sqlite3_changegroup_new(&pGrp);
**   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = sqlite3changegroup_add(pGrp, nA, pA);
**   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = sqlite3changegroup_add(pGrp, nB, pB);
**   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
**     rc = sqlite3changegroup_output(pGrp, pnOut, ppOut);
**   }else{
**     *ppOut = 0;
**     *pnOut = 0;
**   }
** </pre>
**
** Refer to the sqlite3_changegroup documentation below for details.
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_concat(
  int nA,                         /* Number of bytes in buffer pA */
  void *pA,                       /* Pointer to buffer containing changeset A */
  int nB,                         /* Number of bytes in buffer pB */
................................................................................
  int *pnOut,                     /* OUT: Number of bytes in output changeset */
  void **ppOut                    /* OUT: Buffer containing output changeset */
);


/*
** CAPI3REF: Changegroup Handle
**
** A changegroup is an object used to combine two or more 
** [changesets] or [patchsets]
*/
typedef struct sqlite3_changegroup sqlite3_changegroup;

/*
** CAPI3REF: Create A New Changegroup Object
** CONSTRUCTOR: sqlite3_changegroup
**
** An sqlite3_changegroup object is used to combine two or more changesets
** (or patchsets) into a single changeset (or patchset). A single changegroup
** object may combine changesets or patchsets, but not both. The output is
** always in the same format as the input.
**
** If successful, this function returns SQLITE_OK and populates (*pp) with
................................................................................
** sqlite3changegroup_output() functions, also available are the streaming
** versions sqlite3changegroup_add_strm() and sqlite3changegroup_output_strm().
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3changegroup_new(sqlite3_changegroup **pp);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Add A Changeset To A Changegroup
** METHOD: sqlite3_changegroup
**
** Add all changes within the changeset (or patchset) in buffer pData (size
** nData bytes) to the changegroup. 
**
** If the buffer contains a patchset, then all prior calls to this function
** on the same changegroup object must also have specified patchsets. Or, if
** the buffer contains a changeset, so must have the earlier calls to this
................................................................................
**
** If no error occurs, SQLITE_OK is returned.
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3changegroup_add(sqlite3_changegroup*, int nData, void *pData);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Obtain A Composite Changeset From A Changegroup
** METHOD: sqlite3_changegroup
**
** Obtain a buffer containing a changeset (or patchset) representing the
** current contents of the changegroup. If the inputs to the changegroup
** were themselves changesets, the output is a changeset. Or, if the
** inputs were patchsets, the output is also a patchset.
**
** As with the output of the sqlite3session_changeset() and
................................................................................
  sqlite3_changegroup*,
  int *pnData,                    /* OUT: Size of output buffer in bytes */
  void **ppData                   /* OUT: Pointer to output buffer */
);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Delete A Changegroup Object
** DESTRUCTOR: sqlite3_changegroup
*/
SQLITE_API void sqlite3changegroup_delete(sqlite3_changegroup*);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Apply A Changeset To A Database
**
** Apply a changeset or patchset to a database. These functions attempt to
** update the "main" database attached to handle db with the changes found in
** the changeset passed via the second and third arguments. 
**
** The fourth argument (xFilter) passed to these functions is the "filter
** callback". If it is not NULL, then for each table affected by at least one
** change in the changeset, the filter callback is invoked with
** the table name as the second argument, and a copy of the context pointer
** passed as the sixth argument as the first. If the "filter callback"
** returns zero, then no attempt is made to apply any changes to the table.
** Otherwise, if the return value is non-zero or the xFilter argument to
** is NULL, all changes related to the table are attempted.

**
** For each table that is not excluded by the filter callback, this function 
** tests that the target database contains a compatible table. A table is 
** considered compatible if all of the following are true:
**
** <ul>
**   <li> The table has the same name as the name recorded in the 
................................................................................
** actions are taken by sqlite3changeset_apply() depending on the value
** returned by each invocation of the conflict-handler function. Refer to
** the documentation for the three 
** [SQLITE_CHANGESET_OMIT|available return values] for details.
**
** <dl>
** <dt>DELETE Changes<dd>
**   For each DELETE change, the function checks if the target database 
**   contains a row with the same primary key value (or values) as the 
**   original row values stored in the changeset. If it does, and the values 
**   stored in all non-primary key columns also match the values stored in 
**   the changeset the row is deleted from the target database.
**
**   If a row with matching primary key values is found, but one or more of
**   the non-primary key fields contains a value different from the original
................................................................................
**   violation (e.g. NOT NULL or UNIQUE), the conflict handler function is 
**   invoked with the second argument set to [SQLITE_CHANGESET_CONSTRAINT].
**   This includes the case where the INSERT operation is re-attempted because 
**   an earlier call to the conflict handler function returned 
**   [SQLITE_CHANGESET_REPLACE].
**
** <dt>UPDATE Changes<dd>
**   For each UPDATE change, the function checks if the target database 
**   contains a row with the same primary key value (or values) as the 
**   original row values stored in the changeset. If it does, and the values 
**   stored in all modified non-primary key columns also match the values
**   stored in the changeset the row is updated within the target database.
**
**   If a row with matching primary key values is found, but one or more of
**   the modified non-primary key fields contains a value different from an
................................................................................
** </dl>
**
** It is safe to execute SQL statements, including those that write to the
** table that the callback related to, from within the xConflict callback.
** This can be used to further customize the applications conflict
** resolution strategy.
**
** All changes made by these functions are enclosed in a savepoint transaction.
** If any other error (aside from a constraint failure when attempting to
** write to the target database) occurs, then the savepoint transaction is
** rolled back, restoring the target database to its original state, and an 
** SQLite error code returned.
**
** If the output parameters (ppRebase) and (pnRebase) are non-NULL and
** the input is a changeset (not a patchset), then sqlite3changeset_apply_v2()
** may set (*ppRebase) to point to a "rebase" that may be used with the 
** sqlite3_rebaser APIs buffer before returning. In this case (*pnRebase)
** is set to the size of the buffer in bytes. It is the responsibility of the
** caller to eventually free any such buffer using sqlite3_free(). The buffer
** is only allocated and populated if one or more conflicts were encountered
** while applying the patchset. See comments surrounding the sqlite3_rebaser
** APIs for further details.
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_apply(
  sqlite3 *db,                    /* Apply change to "main" db of this handle */
  int nChangeset,                 /* Size of changeset in bytes */
  void *pChangeset,               /* Changeset blob */
  int(*xFilter)(
    void *pCtx,                   /* Copy of sixth arg to _apply() */
................................................................................
  ),
  int(*xConflict)(
    void *pCtx,                   /* Copy of sixth arg to _apply() */
    int eConflict,                /* DATA, MISSING, CONFLICT, CONSTRAINT */
    sqlite3_changeset_iter *p     /* Handle describing change and conflict */
  ),
  void *pCtx                      /* First argument passed to xConflict */
);
SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_apply_v2(
  sqlite3 *db,                    /* Apply change to "main" db of this handle */
  int nChangeset,                 /* Size of changeset in bytes */
  void *pChangeset,               /* Changeset blob */
  int(*xFilter)(
    void *pCtx,                   /* Copy of sixth arg to _apply() */
    const char *zTab              /* Table name */
  ),
  int(*xConflict)(
    void *pCtx,                   /* Copy of sixth arg to _apply() */
    int eConflict,                /* DATA, MISSING, CONFLICT, CONSTRAINT */
    sqlite3_changeset_iter *p     /* Handle describing change and conflict */
  ),
  void *pCtx,                     /* First argument passed to xConflict */
  void **ppRebase, int *pnRebase
);

/* 
** CAPI3REF: Constants Passed To The Conflict Handler
**
** Values that may be passed as the second argument to a conflict-handler.
**
................................................................................
**   and the call to sqlite3changeset_apply() returns SQLITE_ABORT.
** </dl>
*/
#define SQLITE_CHANGESET_OMIT       0
#define SQLITE_CHANGESET_REPLACE    1
#define SQLITE_CHANGESET_ABORT      2

/* 
** CAPI3REF: Rebasing changesets
** EXPERIMENTAL
**
** Suppose there is a site hosting a database in state S0. And that
** modifications are made that move that database to state S1 and a
** changeset recorded (the "local" changeset). Then, a changeset based
** on S0 is received from another site (the "remote" changeset) and 
** applied to the database. The database is then in state 
** (S1+"remote"), where the exact state depends on any conflict
** resolution decisions (OMIT or REPLACE) made while applying "remote".
** Rebasing a changeset is to update it to take those conflict 
** resolution decisions into account, so that the same conflicts
** do not have to be resolved elsewhere in the network. 
**
** For example, if both the local and remote changesets contain an
** INSERT of the same key on "CREATE TABLE t1(a PRIMARY KEY, b)":
**
**   local:  INSERT INTO t1 VALUES(1, 'v1');
**   remote: INSERT INTO t1 VALUES(1, 'v2');
**
** and the conflict resolution is REPLACE, then the INSERT change is
** removed from the local changeset (it was overridden). Or, if the
** conflict resolution was "OMIT", then the local changeset is modified
** to instead contain:
**
**           UPDATE t1 SET b = 'v2' WHERE a=1;
**
** Changes within the local changeset are rebased as follows:
**
** <dl>
** <dt>Local INSERT<dd>
**   This may only conflict with a remote INSERT. If the conflict 
**   resolution was OMIT, then add an UPDATE change to the rebased
**   changeset. Or, if the conflict resolution was REPLACE, add
**   nothing to the rebased changeset.
**
** <dt>Local DELETE<dd>
**   This may conflict with a remote UPDATE or DELETE. In both cases the
**   only possible resolution is OMIT. If the remote operation was a
**   DELETE, then add no change to the rebased changeset. If the remote
**   operation was an UPDATE, then the old.* fields of change are updated
**   to reflect the new.* values in the UPDATE.
**
** <dt>Local UPDATE<dd>
**   This may conflict with a remote UPDATE or DELETE. If it conflicts
**   with a DELETE, and the conflict resolution was OMIT, then the update
**   is changed into an INSERT. Any undefined values in the new.* record
**   from the update change are filled in using the old.* values from
**   the conflicting DELETE. Or, if the conflict resolution was REPLACE,
**   the UPDATE change is simply omitted from the rebased changeset.
**
**   If conflict is with a remote UPDATE and the resolution is OMIT, then
**   the old.* values are rebased using the new.* values in the remote
**   change. Or, if the resolution is REPLACE, then the change is copied
**   into the rebased changeset with updates to columns also updated by
**   the conflicting remote UPDATE removed. If this means no columns would 
**   be updated, the change is omitted.
** </dl>
**
** A local change may be rebased against multiple remote changes 
** simultaneously. If a single key is modified by multiple remote 
** changesets, they are combined as follows before the local changeset
** is rebased:
**
** <ul>
**    <li> If there has been one or more REPLACE resolutions on a
**         key, it is rebased according to a REPLACE.
**
**    <li> If there have been no REPLACE resolutions on a key, then
**         the local changeset is rebased according to the most recent
**         of the OMIT resolutions.
** </ul>
**
** Note that conflict resolutions from multiple remote changesets are 
** combined on a per-field basis, not per-row. This means that in the 
** case of multiple remote UPDATE operations, some fields of a single 
** local change may be rebased for REPLACE while others are rebased for 
** OMIT.
**
** In order to rebase a local changeset, the remote changeset must first
** be applied to the local database using sqlite3changeset_apply_v2() and
** the buffer of rebase information captured. Then:
**
** <ol>
**   <li> An sqlite3_rebaser object is created by calling 
**        sqlite3rebaser_create().
**   <li> The new object is configured with the rebase buffer obtained from
**        sqlite3changeset_apply_v2() by calling sqlite3rebaser_configure().
**        If the local changeset is to be rebased against multiple remote
**        changesets, then sqlite3rebaser_configure() should be called
**        multiple times, in the same order that the multiple
**        sqlite3changeset_apply_v2() calls were made.
**   <li> Each local changeset is rebased by calling sqlite3rebaser_rebase().
**   <li> The sqlite3_rebaser object is deleted by calling
**        sqlite3rebaser_delete().
** </ol>
*/
typedef struct sqlite3_rebaser sqlite3_rebaser;

/*
** CAPI3REF: Create a changeset rebaser object.
** EXPERIMENTAL
**
** Allocate a new changeset rebaser object. If successful, set (*ppNew) to
** point to the new object and return SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, if an error
** occurs, return an SQLite error code (e.g. SQLITE_NOMEM) and set (*ppNew) 
** to NULL. 
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3rebaser_create(sqlite3_rebaser **ppNew);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Configure a changeset rebaser object.
** EXPERIMENTAL
**
** Configure the changeset rebaser object to rebase changesets according
** to the conflict resolutions described by buffer pRebase (size nRebase
** bytes), which must have been obtained from a previous call to
** sqlite3changeset_apply_v2().
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3rebaser_configure(
  sqlite3_rebaser*, 
  int nRebase, const void *pRebase
); 

/*
** CAPI3REF: Rebase a changeset
** EXPERIMENTAL
**
** Argument pIn must point to a buffer containing a changeset nIn bytes
** in size. This function allocates and populates a buffer with a copy
** of the changeset rebased rebased according to the configuration of the
** rebaser object passed as the first argument. If successful, (*ppOut)
** is set to point to the new buffer containing the rebased changset and 
** (*pnOut) to its size in bytes and SQLITE_OK returned. It is the
** responsibility of the caller to eventually free the new buffer using
** sqlite3_free(). Otherwise, if an error occurs, (*ppOut) and (*pnOut)
** are set to zero and an SQLite error code returned.
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3rebaser_rebase(
  sqlite3_rebaser*,
  int nIn, const void *pIn, 
  int *pnOut, void **ppOut 
);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Delete a changeset rebaser object.
** EXPERIMENTAL
**
** Delete the changeset rebaser object and all associated resources. There
** should be one call to this function for each successful invocation
** of sqlite3rebaser_create().
*/
SQLITE_API void sqlite3rebaser_delete(sqlite3_rebaser *p); 

/*
** CAPI3REF: Streaming Versions of API functions.
**
** The six streaming API xxx_strm() functions serve similar purposes to the 
** corresponding non-streaming API functions:
**
** <table border=1 style="margin-left:8ex;margin-right:8ex">
................................................................................
  ),
  int(*xConflict)(
    void *pCtx,                   /* Copy of sixth arg to _apply() */
    int eConflict,                /* DATA, MISSING, CONFLICT, CONSTRAINT */
    sqlite3_changeset_iter *p     /* Handle describing change and conflict */
  ),
  void *pCtx                      /* First argument passed to xConflict */
);
SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_apply_v2_strm(
  sqlite3 *db,                    /* Apply change to "main" db of this handle */
  int (*xInput)(void *pIn, void *pData, int *pnData), /* Input function */
  void *pIn,                                          /* First arg for xInput */
  int(*xFilter)(
    void *pCtx,                   /* Copy of sixth arg to _apply() */
    const char *zTab              /* Table name */
  ),
  int(*xConflict)(
    void *pCtx,                   /* Copy of sixth arg to _apply() */
    int eConflict,                /* DATA, MISSING, CONFLICT, CONSTRAINT */
    sqlite3_changeset_iter *p     /* Handle describing change and conflict */
  ),
  void *pCtx,                     /* First argument passed to xConflict */
  void **ppRebase, int *pnRebase
);
SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_concat_strm(
  int (*xInputA)(void *pIn, void *pData, int *pnData),
  void *pInA,
  int (*xInputB)(void *pIn, void *pData, int *pnData),
  void *pInB,
  int (*xOutput)(void *pOut, const void *pData, int nData),
................................................................................
SQLITE_API int sqlite3changegroup_add_strm(sqlite3_changegroup*, 
    int (*xInput)(void *pIn, void *pData, int *pnData),
    void *pIn
);
SQLITE_API int sqlite3changegroup_output_strm(sqlite3_changegroup*,
    int (*xOutput)(void *pOut, const void *pData, int nData), 
    void *pOut
);
SQLITE_API int sqlite3rebaser_rebase_strm(
  sqlite3_rebaser *pRebaser,
  int (*xInput)(void *pIn, void *pData, int *pnData),
  void *pIn,
  int (*xOutput)(void *pOut, const void *pData, int nData),
  void *pOut
);


/*
** Make sure we can call this stuff from C++.
*/
#if 0
................................................................................
#define TK_CASE                           136
#define TK_WHEN                           137
#define TK_THEN                           138
#define TK_ELSE                           139
#define TK_INDEX                          140
#define TK_ALTER                          141
#define TK_ADD                            142
#define TK_TRUEFALSE                      143
#define TK_ISNOT                          144
#define TK_FUNCTION                       145
#define TK_COLUMN                         146
#define TK_AGG_FUNCTION                   147
#define TK_AGG_COLUMN                     148
#define TK_UMINUS                         149
#define TK_UPLUS                          150
#define TK_TRUTH                          151
#define TK_REGISTER                       152
#define TK_VECTOR                         153
#define TK_SELECT_COLUMN                  154
#define TK_IF_NULL_ROW                    155
#define TK_ASTERISK                       156
#define TK_SPAN                           157
#define TK_END_OF_FILE                    158
#define TK_UNCLOSED_STRING                159
#define TK_SPACE                          160
#define TK_ILLEGAL                        161

/* The token codes above must all fit in 8 bits */
#define TKFLG_MASK           0xff  

/* Flags that can be added to a token code when it is not
** being stored in a u8: */
#define TKFLG_DONTFOLD       0x100  /* Omit constant folding optimizations */
................................................................................
** The sqlite.busyHandler member of the sqlite struct contains the busy
** callback for the database handle. Each pager opened via the sqlite
** handle is passed a pointer to sqlite.busyHandler. The busy-handler
** callback is currently invoked only from within pager.c.
*/
typedef struct BusyHandler BusyHandler;
struct BusyHandler {
  int (*xBusyHandler)(void *,int);  /* The busy callback */
  void *pBusyArg;                   /* First arg to busy callback */
  int nBusy;                        /* Incremented with each busy call */
  u8 bExtraFileArg;                 /* Include sqlite3_file as callback arg */
};

/*
** Name of the master database table.  The master database table
** is a special table that holds the names and attributes of all
** user tables and indices.
*/
................................................................................
#define OP_Subtract       89 /* same as TK_MINUS, synopsis: r[P3]=r[P2]-r[P1] */
#define OP_Multiply       90 /* same as TK_STAR, synopsis: r[P3]=r[P1]*r[P2] */
#define OP_Divide         91 /* same as TK_SLASH, synopsis: r[P3]=r[P2]/r[P1] */
#define OP_Remainder      92 /* same as TK_REM, synopsis: r[P3]=r[P2]%r[P1] */
#define OP_Concat         93 /* same as TK_CONCAT, synopsis: r[P3]=r[P2]+r[P1] */
#define OP_Compare        94 /* synopsis: r[P1@P3] <-> r[P2@P3]            */
#define OP_BitNot         95 /* same as TK_BITNOT, synopsis: r[P1]= ~r[P1] */
#define OP_IsTrue         96 /* synopsis: r[P2] = coalesce(r[P1]==TRUE,P3) ^ P4 */
#define OP_String8        97 /* same as TK_STRING, synopsis: r[P2]='P4'    */
#define OP_Offset         98 /* synopsis: r[P3] = sqlite_offset(P1)        */
#define OP_Column         99 /* synopsis: r[P3]=PX                         */
#define OP_Affinity      100 /* synopsis: affinity(r[P1@P2])               */
#define OP_MakeRecord    101 /* synopsis: r[P3]=mkrec(r[P1@P2])            */
#define OP_Count         102 /* synopsis: r[P2]=count()                    */
#define OP_ReadCookie    103
#define OP_SetCookie     104
#define OP_ReopenIdx     105 /* synopsis: root=P2 iDb=P3                   */
#define OP_OpenRead      106 /* synopsis: root=P2 iDb=P3                   */
#define OP_OpenWrite     107 /* synopsis: root=P2 iDb=P3                   */
#define OP_OpenDup       108
#define OP_OpenAutoindex 109 /* synopsis: nColumn=P2                       */
#define OP_OpenEphemeral 110 /* synopsis: nColumn=P2                       */
#define OP_SorterOpen    111
#define OP_SequenceTest  112 /* synopsis: if( cursor[P1].ctr++ ) pc = P2   */
#define OP_OpenPseudo    113 /* synopsis: P3 columns in r[P2]              */
#define OP_Close         114
#define OP_ColumnsUsed   115
#define OP_Sequence      116 /* synopsis: r[P2]=cursor[P1].ctr++           */
#define OP_NewRowid      117 /* synopsis: r[P2]=rowid                      */
#define OP_Insert        118 /* synopsis: intkey=r[P3] data=r[P2]          */
#define OP_InsertInt     119 /* synopsis: intkey=P3 data=r[P2]             */
#define OP_Delete        120
#define OP_ResetCount    121
#define OP_SorterCompare 122 /* synopsis: if key(P1)!=trim(r[P3],P4) goto P2 */
#define OP_SorterData    123 /* synopsis: r[P2]=data                       */
#define OP_RowData       124 /* synopsis: r[P2]=data                       */
#define OP_Rowid         125 /* synopsis: r[P2]=rowid                      */
#define OP_NullRow       126
#define OP_SeekEnd       127
#define OP_SorterInsert  128 /* synopsis: key=r[P2]                        */
#define OP_IdxInsert     129 /* synopsis: key=r[P2]                        */
#define OP_IdxDelete     130 /* synopsis: key=r[P2@P3]                     */
#define OP_DeferredSeek  131 /* synopsis: Move P3 to P1.rowid if needed    */

#define OP_Real          132 /* same as TK_FLOAT, synopsis: r[P2]=P4       */
#define OP_IdxRowid      133 /* synopsis: r[P2]=rowid                      */
#define OP_Destroy       134
#define OP_Clear         135
#define OP_ResetSorter   136
#define OP_CreateBtree   137 /* synopsis: r[P2]=root iDb=P1 flags=P3       */
#define OP_SqlExec       138
#define OP_ParseSchema   139
#define OP_LoadAnalysis  140
#define OP_DropTable     141
#define OP_DropIndex     142
#define OP_DropTrigger   143
#define OP_IntegrityCk   144
#define OP_RowSetAdd     145 /* synopsis: rowset(P1)=r[P2]                 */
#define OP_Param         146
#define OP_FkCounter     147 /* synopsis: fkctr[P1]+=P2                    */
#define OP_MemMax        148 /* synopsis: r[P1]=max(r[P1],r[P2])           */
#define OP_OffsetLimit   149 /* synopsis: if r[P1]>0 then r[P2]=r[P1]+max(0,r[P3]) else r[P2]=(-1) */
#define OP_AggStep0      150 /* synopsis: accum=r[P3] step(r[P2@P5])       */
#define OP_AggStep       151 /* synopsis: accum=r[P3] step(r[P2@P5])       */
#define OP_AggFinal      152 /* synopsis: accum=r[P1] N=P2                 */
#define OP_Expire        153
#define OP_TableLock     154 /* synopsis: iDb=P1 root=P2 write=P3          */
#define OP_VBegin        155
#define OP_VCreate       156
#define OP_VDestroy      157
#define OP_VOpen         158
#define OP_VColumn       159 /* synopsis: r[P3]=vcolumn(P2)                */
#define OP_VRename       160
#define OP_Pagecount     161
#define OP_MaxPgcnt      162
#define OP_PureFunc0     163
#define OP_Function0     164 /* synopsis: r[P3]=func(r[P2@P5])             */
#define OP_PureFunc      165
#define OP_Function      166 /* synopsis: r[P3]=func(r[P2@P5])             */
#define OP_Trace         167
#define OP_CursorHint    168
#define OP_Noop          169
#define OP_Explain       170

/* Properties such as "out2" or "jump" that are specified in
** comments following the "case" for each opcode in the vdbe.c
** are encoded into bitvectors as follows:
*/
#define OPFLG_JUMP        0x01  /* jump:  P2 holds jmp target */
#define OPFLG_IN1         0x02  /* in1:   P1 is an input */
................................................................................
/*  40 */ 0x01, 0x01, 0x23, 0x26, 0x26, 0x0b, 0x01, 0x01,\
/*  48 */ 0x03, 0x03, 0x03, 0x03, 0x0b, 0x0b, 0x0b, 0x0b,\
/*  56 */ 0x0b, 0x0b, 0x01, 0x03, 0x01, 0x01, 0x01, 0x02,\
/*  64 */ 0x02, 0x08, 0x00, 0x10, 0x10, 0x10, 0x10, 0x00,\
/*  72 */ 0x10, 0x10, 0x00, 0x00, 0x10, 0x10, 0x00, 0x00,\
/*  80 */ 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x00, 0x26, 0x26, 0x26, 0x26,\
/*  88 */ 0x26, 0x26, 0x26, 0x26, 0x26, 0x26, 0x00, 0x12,\
/*  96 */ 0x12, 0x10, 0x20, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x10, 0x10,\
/* 104 */ 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,\
/* 112 */ 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x10, 0x10, 0x00, 0x00,\
/* 120 */ 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x10, 0x00, 0x00,\
/* 128 */ 0x04, 0x04, 0x00, 0x00, 0x10, 0x10, 0x10, 0x00,\
/* 136 */ 0x00, 0x10, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,\
/* 144 */ 0x00, 0x06, 0x10, 0x00, 0x04, 0x1a, 0x00, 0x00,\
/* 152 */ 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,\
/* 160 */ 0x00, 0x10, 0x10, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,\
/* 168 */ 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,}

/* The sqlite3P2Values() routine is able to run faster if it knows
** the value of the largest JUMP opcode.  The smaller the maximum
** JUMP opcode the better, so the mkopcodeh.tcl script that
** generated this include file strives to group all JUMP opcodes
** together near the beginning of the list.
*/
................................................................................
  int,
  void(*)(DbPage*)
);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerClose(Pager *pPager, sqlite3*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerReadFileheader(Pager*, int, unsigned char*);

/* Functions used to configure a Pager object. */
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerSetBusyHandler(Pager*, int(*)(void *), void *);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(Pager*, u32*, int);
#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerAlignReserve(Pager*,Pager*);
#endif
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerMaxPageCount(Pager*, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerSetCachesize(Pager*, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSetSpillsize(Pager*, int);
................................................................................
SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_file *sqlite3PagerJrnlFile(Pager*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3PagerJournalname(Pager*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3PagerTempSpace(Pager*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerIsMemdb(Pager*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerCacheStat(Pager *, int, int, int *);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerClearCache(Pager*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3SectorSize(sqlite3_file *);
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SETLK_TIMEOUT
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerResetLockTimeout(Pager *pPager);
#else
# define sqlite3PagerResetLockTimeout(X)
#endif

/* Functions used to truncate the database file. */
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerTruncateImage(Pager*,Pgno);

SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerRekey(DbPage*, Pgno, u16);

#if defined(SQLITE_HAS_CODEC) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_WAL)
................................................................................
  int nTotalChange;             /* Value returned by sqlite3_total_changes() */
  int aLimit[SQLITE_N_LIMIT];   /* Limits */
  int nMaxSorterMmap;           /* Maximum size of regions mapped by sorter */
  struct sqlite3InitInfo {      /* Information used during initialization */
    int newTnum;                /* Rootpage of table being initialized */
    u8 iDb;                     /* Which db file is being initialized */
    u8 busy;                    /* TRUE if currently initializing */
    unsigned orphanTrigger : 1; /* Last statement is orphaned TEMP trigger */
    unsigned imposterTable : 1; /* Building an imposter table */
    unsigned reopenMemdb : 1;   /* ATTACH is really a reopen using MemDB */
  } init;
  int nVdbeActive;              /* Number of VDBEs currently running */
  int nVdbeRead;                /* Number of active VDBEs that read or write */
  int nVdbeWrite;               /* Number of active VDBEs that read and write */
  int nVdbeExec;                /* Number of nested calls to VdbeExec() */
  int nVDestroy;                /* Number of active OP_VDestroy operations */
  int nExtension;               /* Number of loaded extensions */
................................................................................
#define SQLITE_OrderByIdxJoin 0x0040   /* ORDER BY of joins via index */
#define SQLITE_Transitive     0x0080   /* Transitive constraints */
#define SQLITE_OmitNoopJoin   0x0100   /* Omit unused tables in joins */
#define SQLITE_CountOfView    0x0200   /* The count-of-view optimization */
#define SQLITE_CursorHints    0x0400   /* Add OP_CursorHint opcodes */
#define SQLITE_Stat34         0x0800   /* Use STAT3 or STAT4 data */
   /* TH3 expects the Stat34  ^^^^^^ value to be 0x0800.  Don't change it */
#define SQLITE_PushDown       0x1000   /* The push-down optimization */
#define SQLITE_SimplifyJoin   0x2000   /* Convert LEFT JOIN to JOIN */
#define SQLITE_AllOpts        0xffff   /* All optimizations */

/*
** Macros for testing whether or not optimizations are enabled or disabled.
*/
#define OptimizationDisabled(db, mask)  (((db)->dbOptFlags&(mask))!=0)
#define OptimizationEnabled(db, mask)   (((db)->dbOptFlags&(mask))==0)
................................................................................
};

/* Allowed values for Column.colFlags:
*/
#define COLFLAG_PRIMKEY  0x0001    /* Column is part of the primary key */
#define COLFLAG_HIDDEN   0x0002    /* A hidden column in a virtual table */
#define COLFLAG_HASTYPE  0x0004    /* Type name follows column name */
#define COLFLAG_UNIQUE   0x0008    /* Column def contains "UNIQUE" or "PK" */

/*
** A "Collating Sequence" is defined by an instance of the following
** structure. Conceptually, a collating sequence consists of a name and
** a comparison routine that defines the order of that sequence.
**
** If CollSeq.xCmp is NULL, it means that the
................................................................................
  yDbMask writeMask;   /* Start a write transaction on these databases */
  yDbMask cookieMask;  /* Bitmask of schema verified databases */
  int regRowid;        /* Register holding rowid of CREATE TABLE entry */
  int regRoot;         /* Register holding root page number for new objects */
  int nMaxArg;         /* Max args passed to user function by sub-program */
#if SELECTTRACE_ENABLED
  int nSelect;         /* Number of SELECT statements seen */

#endif
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
  int nTableLock;        /* Number of locks in aTableLock */
  TableLock *aTableLock; /* Required table locks for shared-cache mode */
#endif
  AutoincInfo *pAinc;  /* Information about AUTOINCREMENT counters */
  Parse *pToplevel;    /* Parse structure for main program (or NULL) */
................................................................................
    int n;                                    /* A counter */
    int iCur;                                 /* A cursor number */
    SrcList *pSrcList;                        /* FROM clause */
    struct SrcCount *pSrcCount;               /* Counting column references */
    struct CCurHint *pCCurHint;               /* Used by codeCursorHint() */
    int *aiCol;                               /* array of column indexes */
    struct IdxCover *pIdxCover;               /* Check for index coverage */
    struct IdxExprTrans *pIdxTrans;           /* Convert idxed expr to column */
    ExprList *pGroupBy;                       /* GROUP BY clause */
    Select *pSelect;                          /* HAVING to WHERE clause ctx */
  } u;
};

/* Forward declarations */
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalkExpr(Walker*, Expr*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalkExprList(Walker*, ExprList*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalkSelect(Walker*, Select*);
................................................................................
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Vacuum(Parse*,Token*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3RunVacuum(char**, sqlite3*, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3NameFromToken(sqlite3*, Token*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCompare(Parse*,Expr*, Expr*, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCompareSkip(Expr*, Expr*, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprListCompare(ExprList*, ExprList*, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprImpliesExpr(Parse*,Expr*, Expr*, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprImpliesNonNullRow(Expr*,int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggregates(NameContext*, Expr*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggList(NameContext*,ExprList*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCoveredByIndex(Expr*, int iCur, Index *pIdx);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FunctionUsesThisSrc(Expr*, SrcList*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE Vdbe *sqlite3GetVdbe(Parse*);
#ifndef SQLITE_UNTESTABLE
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PrngSaveState(void);
................................................................................
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(Parse*, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CodeVerifyNamedSchema(Parse*, const char *zDb);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BeginTransaction(Parse*, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3EndTransaction(Parse*,int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Savepoint(Parse*, int, Token*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CloseSavepoints(sqlite3 *);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3LeaveMutexAndCloseZombie(sqlite3*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprIdToTrueFalse(Expr*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprTruthValue(const Expr*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprIsConstant(Expr*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprIsConstantNotJoin(Expr*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprIsConstantOrFunction(Expr*, u8);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprIsConstantOrGroupBy(Parse*, Expr*, ExprList*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprIsTableConstant(Expr*,int);
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_CURSOR_HINTS
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprContainsSubquery(Expr*);
................................................................................
SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3HexToBlob(sqlite3*, const char *z, int n);
SQLITE_PRIVATE u8 sqlite3HexToInt(int h);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3TwoPartName(Parse *, Token *, Token *, Token **);

#if defined(SQLITE_NEED_ERR_NAME)
SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3ErrName(int);
#endif

#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_DESERIALIZE
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MemdbInit(void);
#endif

SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3ErrStr(int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ReadSchema(Parse *pParse);
SQLITE_PRIVATE CollSeq *sqlite3FindCollSeq(sqlite3*,u8 enc, const char*,int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE CollSeq *sqlite3LocateCollSeq(Parse *pParse, const char*zName);
SQLITE_PRIVATE CollSeq *sqlite3ExprCollSeq(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr);
SQLITE_PRIVATE CollSeq *sqlite3ExprNNCollSeq(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr);
................................................................................
SQLITE_PRIVATE const Token sqlite3IntTokens[];
SQLITE_PRIVATE SQLITE_WSD struct Sqlite3Config sqlite3Config;
SQLITE_PRIVATE FuncDefHash sqlite3BuiltinFunctions;
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WSD
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PendingByte;
#endif
#endif
#ifdef VDBE_PROFILE
SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_uint64 sqlite3NProfileCnt;
#endif
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RootPageMoved(sqlite3*, int, int, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Reindex(Parse*, Token*, Token*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AlterFunctions(void);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AlterRenameTable(Parse*, SrcList*, Token*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3GetToken(const unsigned char *, int *);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3NestedParse(Parse*, const char*, ...);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(sqlite3*);
................................................................................
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ResolveOrderGroupBy(Parse*, Select*, ExprList*, const char*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ColumnDefault(Vdbe *, Table *, int, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AlterFinishAddColumn(Parse *, Token *);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AlterBeginAddColumn(Parse *, SrcList *);
SQLITE_PRIVATE CollSeq *sqlite3GetCollSeq(Parse*, u8, CollSeq *, const char*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE char sqlite3AffinityType(const char*, u8*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Analyze(Parse*, Token*, Token*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3InvokeBusyHandler(BusyHandler*, sqlite3_file*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FindDb(sqlite3*, Token*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FindDbName(sqlite3 *, const char *);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3AnalysisLoad(sqlite3*,int iDB);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DeleteIndexSamples(sqlite3*,Index*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DefaultRowEst(Index*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RegisterLikeFunctions(sqlite3*, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IsLikeFunction(sqlite3*,Expr*,int*,char*);
................................................................................
** Constant tokens for values 0 and 1.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE const Token sqlite3IntTokens[] = {
   { "0", 1 },
   { "1", 1 }
};

#ifdef VDBE_PROFILE
/*
** The following performance counter can be used in place of
** sqlite3Hwtime() for profiling.  This is a no-op on standard builds.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_uint64 sqlite3NProfileCnt = 0;
#endif

/*
** The value of the "pending" byte must be 0x40000000 (1 byte past the
** 1-gibabyte boundary) in a compatible database.  SQLite never uses
** the database page that contains the pending byte.  It never attempts
** to read or write that page.  The pending byte page is set aside
** for use by the VFS layers as space for managing file locks.
................................................................................

/* One or more of the following flags are set to indicate the validOK
** representations of the value stored in the Mem struct.
**
** If the MEM_Null flag is set, then the value is an SQL NULL value.
** For a pointer type created using sqlite3_bind_pointer() or
** sqlite3_result_pointer() the MEM_Term and MEM_Subtype flags are also set.


**
** If the MEM_Str flag is set then Mem.z points at a string representation.
** Usually this is encoded in the same unicode encoding as the main
** database (see below for exceptions). If the MEM_Term flag is also
** set, then the string is nul terminated. The MEM_Int and MEM_Real 
** flags may coexist with the MEM_Str flag.
*/
................................................................................
  Mem *pOut;              /* The return value is stored here */
  FuncDef *pFunc;         /* Pointer to function information */
  Mem *pMem;              /* Memory cell used to store aggregate context */
  Vdbe *pVdbe;            /* The VM that owns this context */
  int iOp;                /* Instruction number of OP_Function */
  int isError;            /* Error code returned by the function. */
  u8 skipFlag;            /* Skip accumulator loading if true */

  u8 argc;                /* Number of arguments */
  sqlite3_value *argv[1]; /* Argument set */
};

/* A bitfield type for use inside of structures.  Always follow with :N where
** N is the number of bits.
*/
................................................................................
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemSetZeroBlob(Mem*,int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemSetRowSet(Mem*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemMakeWriteable(Mem*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemStringify(Mem*, u8, u8);
SQLITE_PRIVATE i64 sqlite3VdbeIntValue(Mem*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(Mem*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE double sqlite3VdbeRealValue(Mem*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeBooleanValue(Mem*, int ifNull);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeIntegerAffinity(Mem*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemRealify(Mem*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemNumerify(Mem*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemCast(Mem*,u8,u8);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemFromBtree(BtCursor*,u32,u32,Mem*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(Mem *p);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemFinalize(Mem*, FuncDef*);
................................................................................
    }

    /*
    ** Set *pCurrent to the total cache hits or misses encountered by all
    ** pagers the database handle is connected to. *pHighwater is always set 
    ** to zero.
    */
    case SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_SPILL:
      op = SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE+1;
      /* Fall through into the next case */
    case SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT:
    case SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS:
    case SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE:{
      int i;
      int nRet = 0;
      assert( SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT+1 );
      assert( SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT+2 );
................................................................................
** when simply tossing information over the wall to the VFS and we do not
** really care if the VFS receives and understands the information since it
** is only a hint and can be safely ignored.  The sqlite3OsFileControlHint()
** routine has no return value since the return value would be meaningless.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsFileControl(sqlite3_file *id, int op, void *pArg){
#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
  if( op!=SQLITE_FCNTL_COMMIT_PHASETWO
   && op!=SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCK_TIMEOUT
  ){
    /* Faults are not injected into COMMIT_PHASETWO because, assuming SQLite
    ** is using a regular VFS, it is called after the corresponding
    ** transaction has been committed. Injecting a fault at this point
    ** confuses the test scripts - the COMMIT comand returns SQLITE_NOMEM
    ** but the transaction is committed anyway.
    **
    ** The core must call OsFileControl() though, not OsFileControlHint(),
    ** as if a custom VFS (e.g. zipvfs) returns an error here, it probably
    ** means the commit really has failed and an error should be returned
    ** to the user.  */
    DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST(id);
  }
#endif
  if( id->pMethods==0 ) return SQLITE_NOTFOUND;
  return id->pMethods->xFileControl(id, op, pArg);
}
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3OsFileControlHint(sqlite3_file *id, int op, void *pArg){
  if( id->pMethods ) (void)id->pMethods->xFileControl(id, op, pArg);
}

SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsSectorSize(sqlite3_file *id){
  int (*xSectorSize)(sqlite3_file*) = id->pMethods->xSectorSize;
  return (xSectorSize ? xSectorSize(id) : SQLITE_DEFAULT_SECTOR_SIZE);
}
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(sqlite3_file *id){
................................................................................
#if SQLITE_MUTEX_NREF
  volatile int nRef;         /* Number of entrances */
  volatile pthread_t owner;  /* Thread that is within this mutex */
  int trace;                 /* True to trace changes */
#endif
};
#if SQLITE_MUTEX_NREF
# define SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER(id) \
     {PTHREAD_MUTEX_INITIALIZER,id,0,(pthread_t)0,0}
#elif defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR)
# define SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER(id) { PTHREAD_MUTEX_INITIALIZER, id }
#else
#define SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER(id) { PTHREAD_MUTEX_INITIALIZER }
#endif

/*
** The sqlite3_mutex_held() and sqlite3_mutex_notheld() routine are
** intended for use only inside assert() statements.  On some platforms,
** there might be race conditions that can cause these routines to
** deliver incorrect results.  In particular, if pthread_equal() is
................................................................................
** or SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE) is used then sqlite3_mutex_alloc()
** returns a different mutex on every call.  But for the static 
** mutex types, the same mutex is returned on every call that has
** the same type number.
*/
static sqlite3_mutex *pthreadMutexAlloc(int iType){
  static sqlite3_mutex staticMutexes[] = {
    SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER(2),
    SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER(3),
    SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER(4),
    SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER(5),
    SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER(6),
    SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER(7),
    SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER(8),
    SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER(9),
    SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER(10),
    SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER(11),
    SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER(12),
    SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER(13)
  };
  sqlite3_mutex *p;
  switch( iType ){
    case SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE: {
      p = sqlite3MallocZero( sizeof(*p) );
      if( p ){
#ifdef SQLITE_HOMEGROWN_RECURSIVE_MUTEX
................................................................................
        /* Use a recursive mutex if it is available */
        pthread_mutexattr_t recursiveAttr;
        pthread_mutexattr_init(&recursiveAttr);
        pthread_mutexattr_settype(&recursiveAttr, PTHREAD_MUTEX_RECURSIVE);
        pthread_mutex_init(&p->mutex, &recursiveAttr);
        pthread_mutexattr_destroy(&recursiveAttr);
#endif
#if SQLITE_MUTEX_NREF || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR)
        p->id = SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE;
#endif
      }
      break;
    }
    case SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST: {
      p = sqlite3MallocZero( sizeof(*p) );
      if( p ){
        pthread_mutex_init(&p->mutex, 0);
#if SQLITE_MUTEX_NREF || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR)
        p->id = SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST;
#endif
      }
      break;
    }
    default: {
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR
      if( iType-2<0 || iType-2>=ArraySize(staticMutexes) ){
        (void)SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
................................................................................
      }
#endif
      p = &staticMutexes[iType-2];
      break;
    }
  }
#if SQLITE_MUTEX_NREF || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR)
  assert( p==0 || p->id==iType );
#endif
  return p;
}


/*
** This routine deallocates a previously
................................................................................
*/
struct sqlite3_mutex {
  CRITICAL_SECTION mutex;    /* Mutex controlling the lock */
  int id;                    /* Mutex type */
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
  volatile int nRef;         /* Number of enterances */
  volatile DWORD owner;      /* Thread holding this mutex */
  volatile LONG trace;       /* True to trace changes */
#endif
};

/*
** These are the initializer values used when declaring a "static" mutex
** on Win32.  It should be noted that all mutexes require initialization
** on the Win32 platform.
*/
#define SQLITE_W32_MUTEX_INITIALIZER { 0 }

#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
#define SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER(id) { SQLITE_W32_MUTEX_INITIALIZER, id, \
                                    0L, (DWORD)0, 0 }
#else
#define SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER(id) { SQLITE_W32_MUTEX_INITIALIZER, id }
#endif

#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
/*
** The sqlite3_mutex_held() and sqlite3_mutex_notheld() routine are
** intended for use only inside assert() statements.
*/
................................................................................
#endif
}

/*
** Initialize and deinitialize the mutex subsystem.
*/
static sqlite3_mutex winMutex_staticMutexes[] = {
  SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER(2),
  SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER(3),
  SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER(4),
  SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER(5),
  SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER(6),
  SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER(7),
  SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER(8),
  SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER(9),
  SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER(10),
  SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER(11),
  SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER(12),
  SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER(13)
};

static int winMutex_isInit = 0;
static int winMutex_isNt = -1; /* <0 means "need to query" */

/* As the winMutexInit() and winMutexEnd() functions are called as part
** of the sqlite3_initialize() and sqlite3_shutdown() processing, the
................................................................................
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR
      if( iType-2<0 || iType-2>=ArraySize(winMutex_staticMutexes) ){
        (void)SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
        return 0;
      }
#endif
      p = &winMutex_staticMutexes[iType-2];

#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
#ifdef SQLITE_WIN32_MUTEX_TRACE_STATIC

      InterlockedCompareExchange(&p->trace, 1, 0);
#endif
#endif
      break;
    }
  }
  assert( p==0 || p->id==iType );
  return p;
}


/*
** This routine deallocates a previously
** allocated mutex.  SQLite is careful to deallocate every
................................................................................
  double rounder;            /* Used for rounding floating point values */
  etByte flag_dp;            /* True if decimal point should be shown */
  etByte flag_rtz;           /* True if trailing zeros should be removed */
#endif
  PrintfArguments *pArgList = 0; /* Arguments for SQLITE_PRINTF_SQLFUNC */
  char buf[etBUFSIZE];       /* Conversion buffer */

  /* pAccum never starts out with an empty buffer that was obtained from 
  ** malloc().  This precondition is required by the mprintf("%z...")
  ** optimization. */
  assert( pAccum->nChar>0 || (pAccum->printfFlags&SQLITE_PRINTF_MALLOCED)==0 );

  bufpt = 0;
  if( (pAccum->printfFlags & SQLITE_PRINTF_SQLFUNC)!=0 ){
    pArgList = va_arg(ap, PrintfArguments*);
    bArgList = 1;
  }else{
    bArgList = 0;
  }
................................................................................
        buf[0] = '%';
        bufpt = buf;
        length = 1;
        break;
      case etCHARX:
        if( bArgList ){
          bufpt = getTextArg(pArgList);
          length = 1;
          if( bufpt ){
            buf[0] = c = *(bufpt++);
            if( (c&0xc0)==0xc0 ){
              while( length<4 && (bufpt[0]&0xc0)==0x80 ){
                buf[length++] = *(bufpt++);
              }
            }
          }else{
            buf[0] = 0;
          }
        }else{
          unsigned int ch = va_arg(ap,unsigned int);
          if( ch<0x00080 ){
            buf[0] = ch & 0xff;
            length = 1;
          }else if( ch<0x00800 ){
            buf[0] = 0xc0 + (u8)((ch>>6)&0x1f);
            buf[1] = 0x80 + (u8)(ch & 0x3f);
            length = 2;
          }else if( ch<0x10000 ){
            buf[0] = 0xe0 + (u8)((ch>>12)&0x0f);
            buf[1] = 0x80 + (u8)((ch>>6) & 0x3f);
            buf[2] = 0x80 + (u8)(ch & 0x3f);
            length = 3;
          }else{
            buf[0] = 0xf0 + (u8)((ch>>18) & 0x07);
            buf[1] = 0x80 + (u8)((ch>>12) & 0x3f);
            buf[2] = 0x80 + (u8)((ch>>6) & 0x3f);
            buf[3] = 0x80 + (u8)(ch & 0x3f);
            length = 4;
          }
        }
        if( precision>1 ){
          width -= precision-1;
          if( width>1 && !flag_leftjustify ){
            sqlite3AppendChar(pAccum, width-1, ' ');
            width = 0;
          }
          while( precision-- > 1 ){
            sqlite3StrAccumAppend(pAccum, buf, length);
          }


        }
        bufpt = buf;
        flag_altform2 = 1;
        goto adjust_width_for_utf8;
      case etSTRING:
      case etDYNSTRING:
        if( bArgList ){
          bufpt = getTextArg(pArgList);
          xtype = etSTRING;
        }else{
          bufpt = va_arg(ap,char*);
        }
        if( bufpt==0 ){
          bufpt = "";
        }else if( xtype==etDYNSTRING ){
          if( pAccum->nChar==0 && pAccum->mxAlloc && width==0 && precision<0 ){
            /* Special optimization for sqlite3_mprintf("%z..."):
            ** Extend an existing memory allocation rather than creating
            ** a new one. */
            assert( (pAccum->printfFlags&SQLITE_PRINTF_MALLOCED)==0 );
            pAccum->zText = bufpt;
            pAccum->nAlloc = sqlite3DbMallocSize(pAccum->db, bufpt);
            pAccum->nChar = 0x7fffffff & (int)strlen(bufpt);
            pAccum->printfFlags |= SQLITE_PRINTF_MALLOCED;
            length = 0;
            break;
          }
          zExtra = bufpt;
        }
        if( precision>=0 ){
          if( flag_altform2 ){
            /* Set length to the number of bytes needed in order to display
            ** precision characters */
            unsigned char *z = (unsigned char*)bufpt;
            while( precision-- > 0 && z[0] ){
              SQLITE_SKIP_UTF8(z);
            }
            length = (int)(z - (unsigned char*)bufpt);
          }else{
            for(length=0; length<precision && bufpt[length]; length++){}
          }
        }else{
          length = 0x7fffffff & (int)strlen(bufpt);
        }
      adjust_width_for_utf8:
        if( flag_altform2 && width>0 ){
          /* Adjust width to account for extra bytes in UTF-8 characters */
          int ii = length - 1;
          while( ii>=0 ) if( (bufpt[ii--] & 0xc0)==0x80 ) width++;
        }
        break;
      case etSQLESCAPE:           /* %q: Escape ' characters */
      case etSQLESCAPE2:          /* %Q: Escape ' and enclose in '...' */
      case etSQLESCAPE3: {        /* %w: Escape " characters */
        int i, j, k, n, isnull;
        int needQuote;
        char ch;
        char q = ((xtype==etSQLESCAPE3)?'"':'\'');   /* Quote character */
        char *escarg;

        if( bArgList ){
          escarg = getTextArg(pArgList);
        }else{
          escarg = va_arg(ap,char*);
        }
        isnull = escarg==0;
        if( isnull ) escarg = (xtype==etSQLESCAPE2 ? "NULL" : "(NULL)");
        /* For %q, %Q, and %w, the precision is the number of byte (or
        ** characters if the ! flags is present) to use from the input.
        ** Because of the extra quoting characters inserted, the number
        ** of output characters may be larger than the precision.
        */
        k = precision;
        for(i=n=0; k!=0 && (ch=escarg[i])!=0; i++, k--){
          if( ch==q )  n++;
          if( flag_altform2 && (ch&0xc0)==0xc0 ){
            while( (escarg[i+1]&0xc0)==0x80 ){ i++; }
          }
        }
        needQuote = !isnull && xtype==etSQLESCAPE2;
        n += i + 3;
        if( n>etBUFSIZE ){
          bufpt = zExtra = sqlite3Malloc( n );
          if( bufpt==0 ){
            setStrAccumError(pAccum, STRACCUM_NOMEM);
................................................................................
        for(i=0; i<k; i++){
          bufpt[j++] = ch = escarg[i];
          if( ch==q ) bufpt[j++] = ch;
        }
        if( needQuote ) bufpt[j++] = q;
        bufpt[j] = 0;
        length = j;
        goto adjust_width_for_utf8;



      }
      case etTOKEN: {
        Token *pToken;
        if( (pAccum->printfFlags & SQLITE_PRINTF_INTERNAL)==0 ) return;
        pToken = va_arg(ap, Token*);
        assert( bArgList==0 );
        if( pToken && pToken->n ){
................................................................................
        assert( xtype==etINVALID );
        return;
      }
    }/* End switch over the format type */
    /*
    ** The text of the conversion is pointed to by "bufpt" and is
    ** "length" characters long.  The field width is "width".  Do
    ** the output.  Both length and width are in bytes, not characters,
    ** at this point.  If the "!" flag was present on string conversions
    ** indicating that width and precision should be expressed in characters,
    ** then the values have been translated prior to reaching this point.
    */
    width -= length;
    if( width>0 ){
      if( !flag_leftjustify ) sqlite3AppendChar(pAccum, width, ' ');
      sqlite3StrAccumAppend(pAccum, bufpt, length);
      if( flag_leftjustify ) sqlite3AppendChar(pAccum, width, ' ');
    }else{
................................................................................
  pView = sqlite3TreeViewPush(pView, moreToFollow);
  if( p->pWith ){
    sqlite3TreeViewWith(pView, p->pWith, 1);
    cnt = 1;
    sqlite3TreeViewPush(pView, 1);
  }
  do{
#if SELECTTRACE_ENABLED
    sqlite3TreeViewLine(pView,
      "SELECT%s%s (%s/%p) selFlags=0x%x nSelectRow=%d",
      ((p->selFlags & SF_Distinct) ? " DISTINCT" : ""),
      ((p->selFlags & SF_Aggregate) ? " agg_flag" : ""),
      p->zSelName, p, p->selFlags,
      (int)p->nSelectRow
    );
#else
    sqlite3TreeViewLine(pView, "SELECT%s%s (0x%p) selFlags=0x%x nSelectRow=%d",
      ((p->selFlags & SF_Distinct) ? " DISTINCT" : ""),
      ((p->selFlags & SF_Aggregate) ? " agg_flag" : ""), p, p->selFlags,
      (int)p->nSelectRow
    );
#endif
    if( cnt++ ) sqlite3TreeViewPop(pView);
    if( p->pPrior ){
      n = 1000;
    }else{
      n = 0;
      if( p->pSrc && p->pSrc->nSrc ) n++;
      if( p->pWhere ) n++;
................................................................................
    case TK_STRING: {
      sqlite3TreeViewLine(pView,"%Q", pExpr->u.zToken);
      break;
    }
    case TK_NULL: {
      sqlite3TreeViewLine(pView,"NULL");
      break;
    }
    case TK_TRUEFALSE: {
      sqlite3TreeViewLine(pView,
         sqlite3ExprTruthValue(pExpr) ? "TRUE" : "FALSE");
      break;
    }
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BLOB_LITERAL
    case TK_BLOB: {
      sqlite3TreeViewLine(pView,"%s", pExpr->u.zToken);
      break;
    }
#endif
................................................................................

    case TK_UMINUS:  zUniOp = "UMINUS"; break;
    case TK_UPLUS:   zUniOp = "UPLUS";  break;
    case TK_BITNOT:  zUniOp = "BITNOT"; break;
    case TK_NOT:     zUniOp = "NOT";    break;
    case TK_ISNULL:  zUniOp = "ISNULL"; break;
    case TK_NOTNULL: zUniOp = "NOTNULL"; break;

    case TK_TRUTH: {
      int x;
      const char *azOp[] = {
         "IS-FALSE", "IS-TRUE", "IS-NOT-FALSE", "IS-NOT-TRUE"
      };
      assert( pExpr->op2==TK_IS || pExpr->op2==TK_ISNOT );
      assert( pExpr->pRight );
      assert( pExpr->pRight->op==TK_TRUEFALSE );
      x = (pExpr->op2==TK_ISNOT)*2 + sqlite3ExprTruthValue(pExpr->pRight);
      zUniOp = azOp[x];
      break;
    }

    case TK_SPAN: {
      sqlite3TreeViewLine(pView, "SPAN %Q", pExpr->u.zToken);
      sqlite3TreeViewExpr(pView, pExpr->pLeft, 0);
      break;
    }

................................................................................
/*
** Convert zNum to a 64-bit signed integer.  zNum must be decimal. This
** routine does *not* accept hexadecimal notation.
**
** Returns:
**
**     0    Successful transformation.  Fits in a 64-bit signed integer.
**     1    Excess non-space text after the integer value
**     2    Integer too large for a 64-bit signed integer or is malformed
**     3    Special case of 9223372036854775808
**
** length is the number of bytes in the string (bytes, not characters).
** The string is not necessarily zero-terminated.  The encoding is
** given by enc.
*/
................................................................................
    }
  }
  zStart = zNum;
  while( zNum<zEnd && zNum[0]=='0' ){ zNum+=incr; } /* Skip leading zeros. */
  for(i=0; &zNum[i]<zEnd && (c=zNum[i])>='0' && c<='9'; i+=incr){
    u = u*10 + c - '0';
  }
  testcase( i==18*incr );
  testcase( i==19*incr );
  testcase( i==20*incr );
  if( u>LARGEST_INT64 ){
    /* This test and assignment is needed only to suppress UB warnings
    ** from clang and -fsanitize=undefined.  This test and assignment make
    ** the code a little larger and slower, and no harm comes from omitting
    ** them, but we must appaise the undefined-behavior pharisees. */
    *pNum = neg ? SMALLEST_INT64 : LARGEST_INT64;
  }else if( neg ){
    *pNum = -(i64)u;
  }else{
    *pNum = (i64)u;
  }
  rc = 0;



  if( (i==0 && zStart==zNum)     /* No digits */
   || nonNum                     /* UTF16 with high-order bytes non-zero */
  ){
    rc = 1;
  }else if( &zNum[i]<zEnd ){     /* Extra bytes at the end */
    int jj = i;
    do{
      if( !sqlite3Isspace(zNum[jj]) ){
        rc = 1;          /* Extra non-space text after the integer */
        break;
      }




      jj += incr;
    }while( &zNum[jj]<zEnd );
  }
  if( i<19*incr ){
    /* Less than 19 digits, so we know that it fits in 64 bits */
    assert( u<=LARGEST_INT64 );
    return rc;
  }else{
    /* zNum is a 19-digit numbers.  Compare it against 9223372036854775808. */
    c = i>19*incr ? 1 : compare2pow63(zNum, incr);
    if( c<0 ){
      /* zNum is less than 9223372036854775808 so it fits */
      assert( u<=LARGEST_INT64 );
      return rc;
    }else{
      *pNum = neg ? SMALLEST_INT64 : LARGEST_INT64;
      if( c>0 ){
        /* zNum is greater than 9223372036854775808 so it overflows */
        return 2;
      }else{
        /* zNum is exactly 9223372036854775808.  Fits if negative.  The
        ** special case 2 overflow if positive */
        assert( u-1==LARGEST_INT64 );
        return neg ? rc : 3;
      }
    }
  }
}

/*
** Transform a UTF-8 integer literal, in either decimal or hexadecimal,
** into a 64-bit signed integer.  This routine accepts hexadecimal literals,
................................................................................
    /*  89 */ "Subtract"         OpHelp("r[P3]=r[P2]-r[P1]"),
    /*  90 */ "Multiply"         OpHelp("r[P3]=r[P1]*r[P2]"),
    /*  91 */ "Divide"           OpHelp("r[P3]=r[P2]/r[P1]"),
    /*  92 */ "Remainder"        OpHelp("r[P3]=r[P2]%r[P1]"),
    /*  93 */ "Concat"           OpHelp("r[P3]=r[P2]+r[P1]"),
    /*  94 */ "Compare"          OpHelp("r[P1@P3] <-> r[P2@P3]"),
    /*  95 */ "BitNot"           OpHelp("r[P1]= ~r[P1]"),
    /*  96 */ "IsTrue"           OpHelp("r[P2] = coalesce(r[P1]==TRUE,P3) ^ P4"),
    /*  97 */ "String8"          OpHelp("r[P2]='P4'"),
    /*  98 */ "Offset"           OpHelp("r[P3] = sqlite_offset(P1)"),
    /*  99 */ "Column"           OpHelp("r[P3]=PX"),
    /* 100 */ "Affinity"         OpHelp("affinity(r[P1@P2])"),
    /* 101 */ "MakeRecord"       OpHelp("r[P3]=mkrec(r[P1@P2])"),
    /* 102 */ "Count"            OpHelp("r[P2]=count()"),
    /* 103 */ "ReadCookie"       OpHelp(""),
    /* 104 */ "SetCookie"        OpHelp(""),
    /* 105 */ "ReopenIdx"        OpHelp("root=P2 iDb=P3"),
    /* 106 */ "OpenRead"         OpHelp("root=P2 iDb=P3"),
    /* 107 */ "OpenWrite"        OpHelp("root=P2 iDb=P3"),
    /* 108 */ "OpenDup"          OpHelp(""),
    /* 109 */ "OpenAutoindex"    OpHelp("nColumn=P2"),
    /* 110 */ "OpenEphemeral"    OpHelp("nColumn=P2"),
    /* 111 */ "SorterOpen"       OpHelp(""),
    /* 112 */ "SequenceTest"     OpHelp("if( cursor[P1].ctr++ ) pc = P2"),
    /* 113 */ "OpenPseudo"       OpHelp("P3 columns in r[P2]"),
    /* 114 */ "Close"            OpHelp(""),
    /* 115 */ "ColumnsUsed"      OpHelp(""),
    /* 116 */ "Sequence"         OpHelp("r[P2]=cursor[P1].ctr++"),
    /* 117 */ "NewRowid"         OpHelp("r[P2]=rowid"),
    /* 118 */ "Insert"           OpHelp("intkey=r[P3] data=r[P2]"),
    /* 119 */ "InsertInt"        OpHelp("intkey=P3 data=r[P2]"),
    /* 120 */ "Delete"           OpHelp(""),
    /* 121 */ "ResetCount"       OpHelp(""),
    /* 122 */ "SorterCompare"    OpHelp("if key(P1)!=trim(r[P3],P4) goto P2"),
    /* 123 */ "SorterData"       OpHelp("r[P2]=data"),
    /* 124 */ "RowData"          OpHelp("r[P2]=data"),
    /* 125 */ "Rowid"            OpHelp("r[P2]=rowid"),
    /* 126 */ "NullRow"          OpHelp(""),
    /* 127 */ "SeekEnd"          OpHelp(""),
    /* 128 */ "SorterInsert"     OpHelp("key=r[P2]"),
    /* 129 */ "IdxInsert"        OpHelp("key=r[P2]"),
    /* 130 */ "IdxDelete"        OpHelp("key=r[P2@P3]"),
    /* 131 */ "DeferredSeek"     OpHelp("Move P3 to P1.rowid if needed"),

    /* 132 */ "Real"             OpHelp("r[P2]=P4"),
    /* 133 */ "IdxRowid"         OpHelp("r[P2]=rowid"),
    /* 134 */ "Destroy"          OpHelp(""),
    /* 135 */ "Clear"            OpHelp(""),
    /* 136 */ "ResetSorter"      OpHelp(""),
    /* 137 */ "CreateBtree"      OpHelp("r[P2]=root iDb=P1 flags=P3"),
    /* 138 */ "SqlExec"          OpHelp(""),
    /* 139 */ "ParseSchema"      OpHelp(""),
    /* 140 */ "LoadAnalysis"     OpHelp(""),
    /* 141 */ "DropTable"        OpHelp(""),
    /* 142 */ "DropIndex"        OpHelp(""),
    /* 143 */ "DropTrigger"      OpHelp(""),
    /* 144 */ "IntegrityCk"      OpHelp(""),
    /* 145 */ "RowSetAdd"        OpHelp("rowset(P1)=r[P2]"),
    /* 146 */ "Param"            OpHelp(""),
    /* 147 */ "FkCounter"        OpHelp("fkctr[P1]+=P2"),
    /* 148 */ "MemMax"           OpHelp("r[P1]=max(r[P1],r[P2])"),
    /* 149 */ "OffsetLimit"      OpHelp("if r[P1]>0 then r[P2]=r[P1]+max(0,r[P3]) else r[P2]=(-1)"),
    /* 150 */ "AggStep0"         OpHelp("accum=r[P3] step(r[P2@P5])"),
    /* 151 */ "AggStep"          OpHelp("accum=r[P3] step(r[P2@P5])"),
    /* 152 */ "AggFinal"         OpHelp("accum=r[P1] N=P2"),
    /* 153 */ "Expire"           OpHelp(""),
    /* 154 */ "TableLock"        OpHelp("iDb=P1 root=P2 write=P3"),
    /* 155 */ "VBegin"           OpHelp(""),
    /* 156 */ "VCreate"          OpHelp(""),
    /* 157 */ "VDestroy"         OpHelp(""),
    /* 158 */ "VOpen"            OpHelp(""),
    /* 159 */ "VColumn"          OpHelp("r[P3]=vcolumn(P2)"),
    /* 160 */ "VRename"          OpHelp(""),
    /* 161 */ "Pagecount"        OpHelp(""),
    /* 162 */ "MaxPgcnt"         OpHelp(""),
    /* 163 */ "PureFunc0"        OpHelp(""),
    /* 164 */ "Function0"        OpHelp("r[P3]=func(r[P2@P5])"),
    /* 165 */ "PureFunc"         OpHelp(""),
    /* 166 */ "Function"         OpHelp("r[P3]=func(r[P2@P5])"),
    /* 167 */ "Trace"            OpHelp(""),
    /* 168 */ "CursorHint"       OpHelp(""),
    /* 169 */ "Noop"             OpHelp(""),
    /* 170 */ "Explain"          OpHelp(""),
  };
  return azName[i];
}
#endif

/************** End of opcodes.c *********************************************/
/************** Begin file os_unix.c *****************************************/
................................................................................
  int deviceCharacteristics;          /* Precomputed device characteristics */
#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
  int openFlags;                      /* The flags specified at open() */
#endif
#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE || defined(__APPLE__)
  unsigned fsFlags;                   /* cached details from statfs() */
#endif
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SETLK_TIMEOUT
  unsigned iBusyTimeout;              /* Wait this many millisec on locks */
#endif
#if OS_VXWORKS
  struct vxworksFileId *pId;          /* Unique file ID */
#endif
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
  /* The next group of variables are used to track whether or not the
  ** transaction counter in bytes 24-27 of database files are updated
  ** whenever any part of the database changes.  An assertion fault will
................................................................................
#if defined(HAVE_FCHOWN)
  { "fchown",       (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)fchown,          0 },
#else
  { "fchown",       (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)0,               0 },
#endif
#define osFchown    ((int(*)(int,uid_t,gid_t))aSyscall[20].pCurrent)

#if defined(HAVE_FCHOWN)
  { "geteuid",      (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)geteuid,         0 },
#else
  { "geteuid",      (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)0,               0 },
#endif
#define osGeteuid   ((uid_t(*)(void))aSyscall[21].pCurrent)

#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_WAL) || SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
  { "mmap",         (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)mmap,            0 },
#else
  { "mmap",         (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)0,               0 },
#endif
................................................................................
** is held when required. This function is only used as part of assert() 
** statements. e.g.
**
**   unixEnterMutex()
**     assert( unixMutexHeld() );
**   unixEnterLeave()
*/
static sqlite3_mutex *unixBigLock = 0;
static void unixEnterMutex(void){
  sqlite3_mutex_enter(unixBigLock);
}
static void unixLeaveMutex(void){
  sqlite3_mutex_leave(unixBigLock);
}
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
static int unixMutexHeld(void) {
  return sqlite3_mutex_held(unixBigLock);
}
#endif


#ifdef SQLITE_HAVE_OS_TRACE
/*
** Helper function for printing out trace information from debugging
................................................................................
  
  unixLeaveMutex();
  OSTRACE(("TEST WR-LOCK %d %d %d (unix)\n", pFile->h, rc, reserved));

  *pResOut = reserved;
  return rc;
}

/*
** Set a posix-advisory-lock.
**
** There are two versions of this routine.  If compiled with
** SQLITE_ENABLE_SETLK_TIMEOUT then the routine has an extra parameter
** which is a pointer to a unixFile.  If the unixFile->iBusyTimeout
** value is set, then it is the number of milliseconds to wait before
** failing the lock.  The iBusyTimeout value is always reset back to
** zero on each call.
**
** If SQLITE_ENABLE_SETLK_TIMEOUT is not defined, then do a non-blocking
** attempt to set the lock.
*/
#ifndef SQLITE_ENABLE_SETLK_TIMEOUT
# define osSetPosixAdvisoryLock(h,x,t) osFcntl(h,F_SETLK,x)
#else
static int osSetPosixAdvisoryLock(
  int h,                /* The file descriptor on which to take the lock */
  struct flock *pLock,  /* The description of the lock */
  unixFile *pFile       /* Structure holding timeout value */
){
  int rc = osFcntl(h,F_SETLK,pLock);
  while( rc<0 && pFile->iBusyTimeout>0 ){
    /* On systems that support some kind of blocking file lock with a timeout,
    ** make appropriate changes here to invoke that blocking file lock.  On
    ** generic posix, however, there is no such API.  So we simply try the
    ** lock once every millisecond until either the timeout expires, or until
    ** the lock is obtained. */
    usleep(1000);
    rc = osFcntl(h,F_SETLK,pLock);
    pFile->iBusyTimeout--;
  }
  return rc;
}
#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_SETLK_TIMEOUT */


/*
** Attempt to set a system-lock on the file pFile.  The lock is 
** described by pLock.
**
** If the pFile was opened read/write from unix-excl, then the only lock
** ever obtained is an exclusive lock, and it is obtained exactly once
................................................................................
    if( pInode->bProcessLock==0 ){
      struct flock lock;
      assert( pInode->nLock==0 );
      lock.l_whence = SEEK_SET;
      lock.l_start = SHARED_FIRST;
      lock.l_len = SHARED_SIZE;
      lock.l_type = F_WRLCK;
      rc = osSetPosixAdvisoryLock(pFile->h, &lock, pFile);
      if( rc<0 ) return rc;
      pInode->bProcessLock = 1;
      pInode->nLock++;
    }else{
      rc = 0;
    }
  }else{
    rc = osSetPosixAdvisoryLock(pFile->h, pLock, pFile);
  }
  return rc;
}

/*
** Lock the file with the lock specified by parameter eFileLock - one
** of the following:
................................................................................
      }
      return SQLITE_OK;
    }
    case SQLITE_FCNTL_HAS_MOVED: {
      *(int*)pArg = fileHasMoved(pFile);
      return SQLITE_OK;
    }
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SETLK_TIMEOUT
    case SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCK_TIMEOUT: {
      pFile->iBusyTimeout = *(int*)pArg;
      return SQLITE_OK;
    }
#endif
#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
    case SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE: {
      i64 newLimit = *(i64*)pArg;
      int rc = SQLITE_OK;
      if( newLimit>sqlite3GlobalConfig.mxMmap ){
        newLimit = sqlite3GlobalConfig.mxMmap;
      }
................................................................................
  assert( n==1 || lockType!=F_RDLCK );

  /* Locks are within range */
  assert( n>=1 && n<=SQLITE_SHM_NLOCK );

  if( pShmNode->h>=0 ){
    /* Initialize the locking parameters */

    f.l_type = lockType;
    f.l_whence = SEEK_SET;
    f.l_start = ofst;
    f.l_len = n;
    rc = osSetPosixAdvisoryLock(pShmNode->h, &f, pFile);

    rc = (rc!=(-1)) ? SQLITE_OK : SQLITE_BUSY;
  }

  /* Update the global lock state and do debug tracing */
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
  { u16 mask;
  OSTRACE(("SHM-LOCK "));
................................................................................
  ** the same instant might all reset the PRNG.  But multiple resets
  ** are harmless.
  */
  if( randomnessPid!=osGetpid(0) ){
    randomnessPid = osGetpid(0);
    sqlite3_randomness(0,0);
  }

  memset(p, 0, sizeof(unixFile));

  if( eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB ){
    UnixUnusedFd *pUnused;
    pUnused = findReusableFd(zName, flags);
    if( pUnused ){
      fd = pUnused->fd;
................................................................................
  ** correctly.  See ticket [bb3a86e890c8e96ab] */
  assert( ArraySize(aSyscall)==29 );

  /* Register all VFSes defined in the aVfs[] array */
  for(i=0; i<(sizeof(aVfs)/sizeof(sqlite3_vfs)); i++){
    sqlite3_vfs_register(&aVfs[i], i==0);
  }
  unixBigLock = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_VFS1);
  return SQLITE_OK; 
}

/*
** Shutdown the operating system interface.
**
** Some operating systems might need to do some cleanup in this routine,
** to release dynamically allocated objects.  But not on unix.
** This routine is a no-op for unix.
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_os_end(void){ 
  unixBigLock = 0;
  return SQLITE_OK; 
}
 
#endif /* SQLITE_OS_UNIX */

/************** End of os_unix.c *********************************************/
/************** Begin file os_win.c ******************************************/
................................................................................
** is held when required. This function is only used as part of assert()
** statements. e.g.
**
**   winShmEnterMutex()
**     assert( winShmMutexHeld() );
**   winShmLeaveMutex()
*/
static sqlite3_mutex *winBigLock = 0;
static void winShmEnterMutex(void){
  sqlite3_mutex_enter(winBigLock);
}
static void winShmLeaveMutex(void){
  sqlite3_mutex_leave(winBigLock);
}
#ifndef NDEBUG
static int winShmMutexHeld(void) {
  return sqlite3_mutex_held(winBigLock);
}
#endif

/*
** Object used to represent a single file opened and mmapped to provide
** shared memory.  When multiple threads all reference the same
** log-summary, each thread has its own winFile object, but they all
................................................................................
#endif

  sqlite3_vfs_register(&winNolockVfs, 0);

#if defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE)
  sqlite3_vfs_register(&winLongPathNolockVfs, 0);
#endif

#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
  winBigLock = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_VFS1);
#endif

  return SQLITE_OK;
}

SQLITE_API int sqlite3_os_end(void){
#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT
  if( sleepObj!=NULL ){
    osCloseHandle(sleepObj);
    sleepObj = NULL;
  }
#endif

#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
  winBigLock = 0;
#endif

  return SQLITE_OK;
}

#endif /* SQLITE_OS_WIN */

/************** End of os_win.c **********************************************/
/************** Begin file memdb.c *******************************************/
/*
** 2016-09-07
**
** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
**    May you do good and not evil.
**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
******************************************************************************
**
** This file implements an in-memory VFS. A database is held as a contiguous
** block of memory.
**
** This file also implements interface sqlite3_serialize() and
** sqlite3_deserialize().
*/
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_DESERIALIZE
/* #include "sqliteInt.h" */

/*
** Forward declaration of objects used by this utility
*/
typedef struct sqlite3_vfs MemVfs;
typedef struct MemFile MemFile;

/* Access to a lower-level VFS that (might) implement dynamic loading,
** access to randomness, etc.
*/
#define ORIGVFS(p) ((sqlite3_vfs*)((p)->pAppData))

/* An open file */
struct MemFile {
  sqlite3_file base;              /* IO methods */
  sqlite3_int64 sz;               /* Size of the file */
  sqlite3_int64 szMax;            /* Space allocated to aData */
  unsigned char *aData;           /* content of the file */
  int nMmap;                      /* Number of memory mapped pages */
  unsigned mFlags;                /* Flags */
  int eLock;                      /* Most recent lock against this file */
};

/*
** Methods for MemFile
*/
static int memdbClose(sqlite3_file*);
static int memdbRead(sqlite3_file*, void*, int iAmt, sqlite3_int64 iOfst);
static int memdbWrite(sqlite3_file*,const void*,int iAmt, sqlite3_int64 iOfst);
static int memdbTruncate(sqlite3_file*, sqlite3_int64 size);
static int memdbSync(sqlite3_file*, int flags);
static int memdbFileSize(sqlite3_file*, sqlite3_int64 *pSize);
static int memdbLock(sqlite3_file*, int);
/* static int memdbCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file*, int *pResOut);// not used */
static int memdbFileControl(sqlite3_file*, int op, void *pArg);
/* static int memdbSectorSize(sqlite3_file*); // not used */
static int memdbDeviceCharacteristics(sqlite3_file*);
static int memdbFetch(sqlite3_file*, sqlite3_int64 iOfst, int iAmt, void **pp);
static int memdbUnfetch(sqlite3_file*, sqlite3_int64 iOfst, void *p);

/*
** Methods for MemVfs
*/
static int memdbOpen(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *, sqlite3_file*, int , int *);
/* static int memdbDelete(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zName, int syncDir); */
static int memdbAccess(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zName, int flags, int *);
static int memdbFullPathname(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zName, int, char *zOut);
static void *memdbDlOpen(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zFilename);
static void memdbDlError(sqlite3_vfs*, int nByte, char *zErrMsg);
static void (*memdbDlSym(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, void *p, const char*zSym))(void);
static void memdbDlClose(sqlite3_vfs*, void*);
static int memdbRandomness(sqlite3_vfs*, int nByte, char *zOut);
static int memdbSleep(sqlite3_vfs*, int microseconds);
/* static int memdbCurrentTime(sqlite3_vfs*, double*); */
static int memdbGetLastError(sqlite3_vfs*, int, char *);
static int memdbCurrentTimeInt64(sqlite3_vfs*, sqlite3_int64*);

static sqlite3_vfs memdb_vfs = {
  2,                           /* iVersion */
  0,                           /* szOsFile (set when registered) */
  1024,                        /* mxPathname */
  0,                           /* pNext */
  "memdb",                     /* zName */
  0,                           /* pAppData (set when registered) */ 
  memdbOpen,                   /* xOpen */
  0, /* memdbDelete, */        /* xDelete */
  memdbAccess,                 /* xAccess */
  memdbFullPathname,           /* xFullPathname */
  memdbDlOpen,                 /* xDlOpen */
  memdbDlError,                /* xDlError */
  memdbDlSym,                  /* xDlSym */
  memdbDlClose,                /* xDlClose */
  memdbRandomness,             /* xRandomness */
  memdbSleep,                  /* xSleep */
  0, /* memdbCurrentTime, */   /* xCurrentTime */
  memdbGetLastError,           /* xGetLastError */
  memdbCurrentTimeInt64        /* xCurrentTimeInt64 */
};

static const sqlite3_io_methods memdb_io_methods = {
  3,                              /* iVersion */
  memdbClose,                      /* xClose */
  memdbRead,                       /* xRead */
  memdbWrite,                      /* xWrite */
  memdbTruncate,                   /* xTruncate */
  memdbSync,                       /* xSync */
  memdbFileSize,                   /* xFileSize */
  memdbLock,                       /* xLock */
  memdbLock,                       /* xUnlock - same as xLock in this case */ 
  0, /* memdbCheckReservedLock, */ /* xCheckReservedLock */
  memdbFileControl,                /* xFileControl */
  0, /* memdbSectorSize,*/         /* xSectorSize */
  memdbDeviceCharacteristics,      /* xDeviceCharacteristics */
  0,                               /* xShmMap */
  0,                               /* xShmLock */
  0,                               /* xShmBarrier */
  0,                               /* xShmUnmap */
  memdbFetch,                      /* xFetch */
  memdbUnfetch                     /* xUnfetch */
};



/*
** Close an memdb-file.
**
** The pData pointer is owned by the application, so there is nothing
** to free.
*/
static int memdbClose(sqlite3_file *pFile){
  MemFile *p = (MemFile *)pFile;
  if( p->mFlags & SQLITE_DESERIALIZE_FREEONCLOSE ) sqlite3_free(p->aData);
  return SQLITE_OK;
}

/*
** Read data from an memdb-file.
*/
static int memdbRead(
  sqlite3_file *pFile, 
  void *zBuf, 
  int iAmt, 
  sqlite_int64 iOfst
){
  MemFile *p = (MemFile *)pFile;
  if( iOfst+iAmt>p->sz ){
    memset(zBuf, 0, iAmt);
    if( iOfst<p->sz ) memcpy(zBuf, p->aData+iOfst, p->sz - iOfst);
    return SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ;
  }
  memcpy(zBuf, p->aData+iOfst, iAmt);
  return SQLITE_OK;
}

/*
** Try to enlarge the memory allocation to hold at least sz bytes
*/
static int memdbEnlarge(MemFile *p, sqlite3_int64 newSz){
  unsigned char *pNew;
  if( (p->mFlags & SQLITE_DESERIALIZE_RESIZEABLE)==0 || p->nMmap>0 ){
    return SQLITE_FULL;
  }
  pNew = sqlite3_realloc64(p->aData, newSz);
  if( pNew==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
  p->aData = pNew;
  p->szMax = newSz;
  return SQLITE_OK;
}

/*
** Write data to an memdb-file.
*/
static int memdbWrite(
  sqlite3_file *pFile,
  const void *z,
  int iAmt,
  sqlite_int64 iOfst
){
  MemFile *p = (MemFile *)pFile;
  if( iOfst+iAmt>p->sz ){
    int rc;
    if( iOfst+iAmt>p->szMax
     && (rc = memdbEnlarge(p, (iOfst+iAmt)*2))!=SQLITE_OK
    ){
      return rc;
    }
    if( iOfst>p->sz ) memset(p->aData+p->sz, 0, iOfst-p->sz);
    p->sz = iOfst+iAmt;
  }
  memcpy(p->aData+iOfst, z, iAmt);
  return SQLITE_OK;
}

/*
** Truncate an memdb-file.
**
** In rollback mode (which is always the case for memdb, as it does not
** support WAL mode) the truncate() method is only used to reduce
** the size of a file, never to increase the size.
*/
static int memdbTruncate(sqlite3_file *pFile, sqlite_int64 size){
  MemFile *p = (MemFile *)pFile;
  if( NEVER(size>p->sz) ) return SQLITE_FULL;
  p->sz = size; 
  return SQLITE_OK;
}

/*
** Sync an memdb-file.
*/
static int memdbSync(sqlite3_file *pFile, int flags){
  return SQLITE_OK;
}

/*
** Return the current file-size of an memdb-file.
*/
static int memdbFileSize(sqlite3_file *pFile, sqlite_int64 *pSize){
  MemFile *p = (MemFile *)pFile;
  *pSize = p->sz;
  return SQLITE_OK;
}

/*
** Lock an memdb-file.
*/
static int memdbLock(sqlite3_file *pFile, int eLock){
  MemFile *p = (MemFile *)pFile;
  p->eLock = eLock;
  return SQLITE_OK;
}

#if 0 /* Never used because memdbAccess() always returns false */
/*
** Check if another file-handle holds a RESERVED lock on an memdb-file.
*/
static int memdbCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *pFile, int *pResOut){
  *pResOut = 0;
  return SQLITE_OK;
}
#endif

/*
** File control method. For custom operations on an memdb-file.
*/
static int memdbFileControl(sqlite3_file *pFile, int op, void *pArg){
  MemFile *p = (MemFile *)pFile;
  int rc = SQLITE_NOTFOUND;
  if( op==SQLITE_FCNTL_VFSNAME ){
    *(char**)pArg = sqlite3_mprintf("memdb(%p,%lld)", p->aData, p->sz);
    rc = SQLITE_OK;
  }
  return rc;
}

#if 0  /* Not used because of SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE */
/*
** Return the sector-size in bytes for an memdb-file.
*/
static int memdbSectorSize(sqlite3_file *pFile){
  return 1024;
}
#endif

/*
** Return the device characteristic flags supported by an memdb-file.
*/
static int memdbDeviceCharacteristics(sqlite3_file *pFile){
  return SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC | 
         SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE |
         SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND |
         SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL;
}

/* Fetch a page of a memory-mapped file */
static int memdbFetch(
  sqlite3_file *pFile,
  sqlite3_int64 iOfst,
  int iAmt,
  void **pp
){
  MemFile *p = (MemFile *)pFile;
  p->nMmap++;
  *pp = (void*)(p->aData + iOfst);
  return SQLITE_OK;
}

/* Release a memory-mapped page */
static int memdbUnfetch(sqlite3_file *pFile, sqlite3_int64 iOfst, void *pPage){
  MemFile *p = (MemFile *)pFile;
  p->nMmap--;
  return SQLITE_OK;
}

/*
** Open an mem file handle.
*/
static int memdbOpen(
  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs,
  const char *zName,
  sqlite3_file *pFile,
  int flags,
  int *pOutFlags
){
  MemFile *p = (MemFile*)pFile;
  if( (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB)==0 ){
    return ORIGVFS(pVfs)->xOpen(ORIGVFS(pVfs), zName, pFile, flags, pOutFlags);
  }
  memset(p, 0, sizeof(*p));
  p->mFlags = SQLITE_DESERIALIZE_RESIZEABLE | SQLITE_DESERIALIZE_FREEONCLOSE;
  assert( pOutFlags!=0 );  /* True because flags==SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB */
  *pOutFlags = flags | SQLITE_OPEN_MEMORY;
  p->base.pMethods = &memdb_io_methods;
  return SQLITE_OK;
}

#if 0 /* Only used to delete rollback journals, master journals, and WAL
      ** files, none of which exist in memdb.  So this routine is never used */
/*
** Delete the file located at zPath. If the dirSync argument is true,
** ensure the file-system modifications are synced to disk before
** returning.
*/
static int memdbDelete(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, const char *zPath, int dirSync){
  return SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE;
}
#endif

/*
** Test for access permissions. Return true if the requested permission
** is available, or false otherwise.
**
** With memdb, no files ever exist on disk.  So always return false.
*/
static int memdbAccess(
  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, 
  const char *zPath, 
  int flags, 
  int *pResOut
){
  *pResOut = 0;
  return SQLITE_OK;
}

/*
** Populate buffer zOut with the full canonical pathname corresponding
** to the pathname in zPath. zOut is guaranteed to point to a buffer
** of at least (INST_MAX_PATHNAME+1) bytes.
*/
static int memdbFullPathname(
  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, 
  const char *zPath, 
  int nOut, 
  char *zOut
){
  sqlite3_snprintf(nOut, zOut, "%s", zPath);
  return SQLITE_OK;
}

/*
** Open the dynamic library located at zPath and return a handle.
*/
static void *memdbDlOpen(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, const char *zPath){
  return ORIGVFS(pVfs)->xDlOpen(ORIGVFS(pVfs), zPath);
}

/*
** Populate the buffer zErrMsg (size nByte bytes) with a human readable
** utf-8 string describing the most recent error encountered associated 
** with dynamic libraries.
*/
static void memdbDlError(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nByte, char *zErrMsg){
  ORIGVFS(pVfs)->xDlError(ORIGVFS(pVfs), nByte, zErrMsg);
}

/*
** Return a pointer to the symbol zSymbol in the dynamic library pHandle.
*/
static void (*memdbDlSym(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, void *p, const char *zSym))(void){
  return ORIGVFS(pVfs)->xDlSym(ORIGVFS(pVfs), p, zSym);
}

/*
** Close the dynamic library handle pHandle.
*/
static void memdbDlClose(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, void *pHandle){
  ORIGVFS(pVfs)->xDlClose(ORIGVFS(pVfs), pHandle);
}

/*
** Populate the buffer pointed to by zBufOut with nByte bytes of 
** random data.
*/
static int memdbRandomness(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nByte, char *zBufOut){
  return ORIGVFS(pVfs)->xRandomness(ORIGVFS(pVfs), nByte, zBufOut);
}

/*
** Sleep for nMicro microseconds. Return the number of microseconds 
** actually slept.
*/
static int memdbSleep(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nMicro){
  return ORIGVFS(pVfs)->xSleep(ORIGVFS(pVfs), nMicro);
}

#if 0  /* Never used.  Modern cores only call xCurrentTimeInt64() */
/*
** Return the current time as a Julian Day number in *pTimeOut.
*/
static int memdbCurrentTime(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, double *pTimeOut){
  return ORIGVFS(pVfs)->xCurrentTime(ORIGVFS(pVfs), pTimeOut);
}
#endif

static int memdbGetLastError(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int a, char *b){
  return ORIGVFS(pVfs)->xGetLastError(ORIGVFS(pVfs), a, b);
}
static int memdbCurrentTimeInt64(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, sqlite3_int64 *p){
  return ORIGVFS(pVfs)->xCurrentTimeInt64(ORIGVFS(pVfs), p);
}

/*
** Translate a database connection pointer and schema name into a
** MemFile pointer.
*/
static MemFile *memdbFromDbSchema(sqlite3 *db, const char *zSchema){
  MemFile *p = 0;
  int rc = sqlite3_file_control(db, zSchema, SQLITE_FCNTL_FILE_POINTER, &p);
  if( rc ) return 0;
  if( p->base.pMethods!=&memdb_io_methods ) return 0;
  return p;
}

/*
** Return the serialization of a database
*/
SQLITE_API unsigned char *sqlite3_serialize(
  sqlite3 *db,              /* The database connection */
  const char *zSchema,      /* Which database within the connection */
  sqlite3_int64 *piSize,    /* Write size here, if not NULL */
  unsigned int mFlags       /* Maybe SQLITE_SERIALIZE_NOCOPY */
){
  MemFile *p;
  int iDb;
  Btree *pBt;
  sqlite3_int64 sz;
  int szPage = 0;
  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0;
  unsigned char *pOut;
  char *zSql;
  int rc;

#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR
  if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) ){
    (void)SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
    return 0;
  }
#endif

  if( zSchema==0 ) zSchema = db->aDb[0].zDbSName;
  p = memdbFromDbSchema(db, zSchema);
  iDb = sqlite3FindDbName(db, zSchema);
  if( piSize ) *piSize = -1;
  if( iDb<0 ) return 0;
  if( p ){
    if( piSize ) *piSize = p->sz;
    if( mFlags & SQLITE_SERIALIZE_NOCOPY ){
      pOut = p->aData;
    }else{
      pOut = sqlite3_malloc64( p->sz );
      if( pOut ) memcpy(pOut, p->aData, p->sz);
    }
    return pOut;
  }
  pBt = db->aDb[iDb].pBt;
  if( pBt==0 ) return 0;
  szPage = sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(pBt);
  zSql = sqlite3_mprintf("PRAGMA \"%w\".page_count", zSchema);
  rc = zSql ? sqlite3_prepare_v2(db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0) : SQLITE_NOMEM;
  sqlite3_free(zSql);
  if( rc ) return 0;
  rc = sqlite3_step(pStmt);
  if( rc!=SQLITE_ROW ){
    pOut = 0;
  }else{
    sz = sqlite3_column_int64(pStmt, 0)*szPage;
    if( piSize ) *piSize = sz;
    if( mFlags & SQLITE_SERIALIZE_NOCOPY ){
      pOut = 0;
    }else{
      pOut = sqlite3_malloc64( sz );
      if( pOut ){
        int nPage = sqlite3_column_int(pStmt, 0);
        Pager *pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(pBt);
        int pgno;
        for(pgno=1; pgno<=nPage; pgno++){
          DbPage *pPage = 0;
          unsigned char *pTo = pOut + szPage*(sqlite3_int64)(pgno-1);
          rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, pgno, (DbPage**)&pPage, 0);
          if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
            memcpy(pTo, sqlite3PagerGetData(pPage), szPage);
          }else{
            memset(pTo, 0, szPage);
          }
          sqlite3PagerUnref(pPage);       
        }
      }
    }
  }
  sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
  return pOut;
}

/* Convert zSchema to a MemDB and initialize its content.
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_deserialize(
  sqlite3 *db,            /* The database connection */
  const char *zSchema,    /* Which DB to reopen with the deserialization */
  unsigned char *pData,   /* The serialized database content */
  sqlite3_int64 szDb,     /* Number bytes in the deserialization */
  sqlite3_int64 szBuf,    /* Total size of buffer pData[] */
  unsigned mFlags         /* Zero or more SQLITE_DESERIALIZE_* flags */
){
  MemFile *p;
  char *zSql;
  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0;
  int rc;
  int iDb;

#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR
  if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) ){
    return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
  }
  if( szDb<0 ) return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
  if( szBuf<0 ) return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
#endif

  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
  if( zSchema==0 ) zSchema = db->aDb[0].zDbSName;
  iDb = sqlite3FindDbName(db, zSchema);
  if( iDb<0 ){
    rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
    goto end_deserialize;
  }    
  zSql = sqlite3_mprintf("ATTACH x AS %Q", zSchema);
  rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0);
  sqlite3_free(zSql);
  if( rc ) goto end_deserialize;
  db->init.iDb = (u8)iDb;
  db->init.reopenMemdb = 1;
  rc = sqlite3_step(pStmt);
  db->init.reopenMemdb = 0;
  if( rc!=SQLITE_DONE ){
    rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
    goto end_deserialize;
  }
  p = memdbFromDbSchema(db, zSchema);
  if( p==0 ){
    rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
  }else{
    p->aData = pData;
    p->sz = szDb;
    p->szMax = szBuf;
    p->mFlags = mFlags;
    rc = SQLITE_OK;
  }

end_deserialize:
  sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
  return rc;
}

/* 
** This routine is called when the extension is loaded.
** Register the new VFS.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MemdbInit(void){
  sqlite3_vfs *pLower = sqlite3_vfs_find(0);
  int sz = pLower->szOsFile;
  memdb_vfs.pAppData = pLower;
  /* In all known configurations of SQLite, the size of a default
  ** sqlite3_file is greater than the size of a memdb sqlite3_file.
  ** Should that ever change, remove the following NEVER() */
  if( NEVER(sz<sizeof(MemFile)) ) sz = sizeof(MemFile);
  memdb_vfs.szOsFile = sz;
  return sqlite3_vfs_register(&memdb_vfs, 0);
}
#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_DESERIALIZE */

/************** End of memdb.c ***********************************************/
/************** Begin file bitvec.c ******************************************/
/*
** 2008 February 16
**
** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
................................................................................
    }
    if( pPg ){
      int rc;
#ifdef SQLITE_LOG_CACHE_SPILL
      sqlite3_log(SQLITE_FULL, 
                  "spill page %d making room for %d - cache used: %d/%d",
                  pPg->pgno, pgno,
                  sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xPagecount(pCache->pCache),
                numberOfCachePages(pCache));
#endif
      pcacheTrace(("%p.SPILL %d\n",pCache,pPg->pgno));
      rc = pCache->xStress(pCache->pStress, pPg);
      pcacheDump(pCache);
      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_BUSY ){
        return rc;
................................................................................
  int pageSize;               /* Number of bytes in a page */
  Pgno mxPgno;                /* Maximum allowed size of the database */
  i64 journalSizeLimit;       /* Size limit for persistent journal files */
  char *zFilename;            /* Name of the database file */
  char *zJournal;             /* Name of the journal file */
  int (*xBusyHandler)(void*); /* Function to call when busy */
  void *pBusyHandlerArg;      /* Context argument for xBusyHandler */
  int aStat[4];               /* Total cache hits, misses, writes, spills */
#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
  int nRead;                  /* Database pages read */
#endif
  void (*xReiniter)(DbPage*); /* Call this routine when reloading pages */
  int (*xGet)(Pager*,Pgno,DbPage**,int); /* Routine to fetch a patch */
#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
  void *(*xCodec)(void*,void*,Pgno,int); /* Routine for en/decoding data */
................................................................................
** Indexes for use with Pager.aStat[]. The Pager.aStat[] array contains
** the values accessed by passing SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT, CACHE_MISS 
** or CACHE_WRITE to sqlite3_db_status().
*/
#define PAGER_STAT_HIT   0
#define PAGER_STAT_MISS  1
#define PAGER_STAT_WRITE 2
#define PAGER_STAT_SPILL 3

/*
** The following global variables hold counters used for
** testing purposes only.  These variables do not exist in
** a non-testing build.  These variables are not thread-safe.
*/
#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
................................................................................
  assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) );
  dc = sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd);
#else
  UNUSED_PARAMETER(pPager);
#endif

#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_BATCH_ATOMIC_WRITE
  if( pPager->dbSize>0 && (dc&SQLITE_IOCAP_BATCH_ATOMIC) ){
    return -1;
  }
#endif

#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE
  {
    int nSector = pPager->sectorSize;
................................................................................
    ** successfully committed, but the EXCLUSIVE lock is still held on the
    ** file. So it is safe to truncate the database file to its minimum
    ** required size.  */
    assert( pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
    rc = pager_truncate(pPager, pPager->dbSize);
  }

  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bCommit ){
    rc = sqlite3OsFileControl(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_COMMIT_PHASETWO, 0);
    if( rc==SQLITE_NOTFOUND ) rc = SQLITE_OK;
  }

  if( !pPager->exclusiveMode 
   && (!pagerUseWal(pPager) || sqlite3WalExclusiveMode(pPager->pWal, 0))
  ){
................................................................................
  }
  /* Following a rollback, the database file should be back in its original
  ** state prior to the start of the transaction, so invoke the
  ** SQLITE_FCNTL_DB_UNCHANGED file-control method to disable the
  ** assertion that the transaction counter was modified.
  */
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG

  sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pPager->fd,SQLITE_FCNTL_DB_UNCHANGED,0);

#endif

  /* If this playback is happening automatically as a result of an IO or 
  ** malloc error that occurred after the change-counter was updated but 
  ** before the transaction was committed, then the change-counter 
  ** modification may just have been reverted. If this happens in exclusive 
  ** mode, then subsequent transactions performed by the connection will not
................................................................................
**   SHARED_LOCK   -> EXCLUSIVE_LOCK   | No
**   RESERVED_LOCK -> EXCLUSIVE_LOCK   | Yes
**
** If the busy-handler callback returns non-zero, the lock is 
** retried. If it returns zero, then the SQLITE_BUSY error is
** returned to the caller of the pager API function.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerSetBusyHandler(
  Pager *pPager,                       /* Pager object */
  int (*xBusyHandler)(void *),         /* Pointer to busy-handler function */
  void *pBusyHandlerArg                /* Argument to pass to xBusyHandler */
){
  void **ap;
  pPager->xBusyHandler = xBusyHandler;
  pPager->pBusyHandlerArg = pBusyHandlerArg;


  ap = (void **)&pPager->xBusyHandler;
  assert( ((int(*)(void *))(ap[0]))==xBusyHandler );
  assert( ap[1]==pBusyHandlerArg );
  sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_BUSYHANDLER, (void *)ap);

}

/*
** Change the page size used by the Pager object. The new page size 
** is passed in *pPageSize.
**
** If the pager is in the error state when this function is called, it
................................................................................
  PgHdr *pNext;
  for(p=pPager->pMmapFreelist; p; p=pNext){
    pNext = p->pDirty;
    sqlite3_free(p);
  }
}

/* Verify that the database file has not be deleted or renamed out from
** under the pager.  Return SQLITE_OK if the database is still where it ought
** to be on disk.  Return non-zero (SQLITE_READONLY_DBMOVED or some other error
** code from sqlite3OsAccess()) if the database has gone missing.
*/
static int databaseIsUnmoved(Pager *pPager){
  int bHasMoved = 0;
  int rc;

  if( pPager->tempFile ) return SQLITE_OK;
  if( pPager->dbSize==0 ) return SQLITE_OK;
  assert( pPager->zFilename && pPager->zFilename[0] );
  rc = sqlite3OsFileControl(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_HAS_MOVED, &bHasMoved);
  if( rc==SQLITE_NOTFOUND ){
    /* If the HAS_MOVED file-control is unimplemented, assume that the file
    ** has not been moved.  That is the historical behavior of SQLite: prior to
    ** version 3.8.3, it never checked */
    rc = SQLITE_OK;
  }else if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bHasMoved ){
    rc = SQLITE_READONLY_DBMOVED;
  }
  return rc;
}


/*
** Shutdown the page cache.  Free all memory and close all files.
**
** If a transaction was in progress when this routine is called, that
** transaction is rolled back.  All outstanding pages are invalidated
** and their memory is freed.  Any attempt to use a page associated
................................................................................
**
** This function always succeeds. If a transaction is active an attempt
** is made to roll it back. If an error occurs during the rollback 
** a hot journal may be left in the filesystem but no error is returned
** to the caller.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerClose(Pager *pPager, sqlite3 *db){
  u8 *pTmp = (u8*)pPager->pTmpSpace;

  assert( db || pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 );
  assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
  disable_simulated_io_errors();
  sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
  pagerFreeMapHdrs(pPager);
  /* pPager->errCode = 0; */
  pPager->exclusiveMode = 0;
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
  {
    u8 *a = 0;
    assert( db || pPager->pWal==0 );

    if( db && 0==(db->flags & SQLITE_NoCkptOnClose) 
     && SQLITE_OK==databaseIsUnmoved(pPager)
    ){
      a = pTmp;
    }
    sqlite3WalClose(pPager->pWal, db, pPager->walSyncFlags, pPager->pageSize,a);
    pPager->pWal = 0;
  }
#endif
  pager_reset(pPager);
  if( MEMDB ){
    pager_unlock(pPager);
  }else{
    /* If it is open, sync the journal file before calling UnlockAndRollback.
    ** If this is not done, then an unsynced portion of the open journal 
................................................................................
  if( pPager->doNotSpill
   && ((pPager->doNotSpill & (SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK|SPILLFLAG_OFF))!=0
      || (pPg->flags & PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)!=0)
  ){
    return SQLITE_OK;
  }

  pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_SPILL]++;
  pPg->pDirty = 0;
  if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
    /* Write a single frame for this page to the log. */
    rc = subjournalPageIfRequired(pPg); 
    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
      rc = pagerWalFrames(pPager, pPg, 0, 0);
    }
................................................................................
  void (*xReinit)(DbPage*) /* Function to reinitialize pages */
){
  u8 *pPtr;
  Pager *pPager = 0;       /* Pager object to allocate and return */
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;      /* Return code */
  int tempFile = 0;        /* True for temp files (incl. in-memory files) */
  int memDb = 0;           /* True if this is an in-memory file */
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_DESERIALIZE
  int memJM = 0;           /* Memory journal mode */
#else
# define memJM 0
#endif
  int readOnly = 0;        /* True if this is a read-only file */
  int journalFileSize;     /* Bytes to allocate for each journal fd */
  char *zPathname = 0;     /* Full path to database file */
  int nPathname = 0;       /* Number of bytes in zPathname */
  int useJournal = (flags & PAGER_OMIT_JOURNAL)==0; /* False to omit journal */
  int pcacheSize = sqlite3PcacheSize();       /* Bytes to allocate for PCache */
  u32 szPageDflt = SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE;  /* Default page size */
................................................................................

  /* Open the pager file.
  */
  if( zFilename && zFilename[0] ){
    int fout = 0;                    /* VFS flags returned by xOpen() */
    rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, pPager->zFilename, pPager->fd, vfsFlags, &fout);
    assert( !memDb );
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_DESERIALIZE
    memJM = (fout&SQLITE_OPEN_MEMORY)!=0;
#endif
    readOnly = (fout&SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY)!=0;

    /* If the file was successfully opened for read/write access,
    ** choose a default page size in case we have to create the
    ** database file. The default page size is the maximum of:
    **
    **    + SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE,
    **    + The value returned by sqlite3OsSectorSize()
................................................................................
  /* pPager->pLast = 0; */
  pPager->nExtra = (u16)nExtra;
  pPager->journalSizeLimit = SQLITE_DEFAULT_JOURNAL_SIZE_LIMIT;
  assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || tempFile );
  setSectorSize(pPager);
  if( !useJournal ){
    pPager->journalMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF;
  }else if( memDb || memJM ){
    pPager->journalMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY;
  }
  /* pPager->xBusyHandler = 0; */
  /* pPager->pBusyHandlerArg = 0; */
  pPager->xReiniter = xReinit;
  setGetterMethod(pPager);
  /* memset(pPager->aHash, 0, sizeof(pPager->aHash)); */
................................................................................
  /* pPager->szMmap = SQLITE_DEFAULT_MMAP_SIZE // will be set by btree.c */

  *ppPager = pPager;
  return SQLITE_OK;
}



























/*
** This function is called after transitioning from PAGER_UNLOCK to
** PAGER_SHARED state. It tests if there is a hot journal present in
** the file-system for the given pager. A hot journal is one that 
** needs to be played back. According to this function, a hot-journal
** file exists if the following criteria are met:
................................................................................
}
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerUnrefPageOne(DbPage *pPg){
  Pager *pPager;
  assert( pPg!=0 );
  assert( pPg->pgno==1 );
  assert( (pPg->flags & PGHDR_MMAP)==0 ); /* Page1 is never memory mapped */
  pPager = pPg->pPager;
  sqlite3PagerResetLockTimeout(pPager);
  sqlite3PcacheRelease(pPg);
  pagerUnlockIfUnused(pPager);
}

/*
** This function is called at the start of every write transaction.
** There must already be a RESERVED or EXCLUSIVE lock on the database 
................................................................................
** or pages with the Pager.noSync flag set.
**
** If successful, or if called on a pager for which it is a no-op, this
** function returns SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, an IO error code is returned.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSync(Pager *pPager, const char *zMaster){
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;


  void *pArg = (void*)zMaster;
  rc = sqlite3OsFileControl(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_SYNC, pArg);
  if( rc==SQLITE_NOTFOUND ) rc = SQLITE_OK;

  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !pPager->noSync ){
    assert( !MEMDB );
    rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->fd, pPager->syncFlags);
  }
  return rc;
}

................................................................................
        rc = sqlite3OsFileControl(fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_BEGIN_ATOMIC_WRITE, 0);
        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit;
      }
      rc = pager_write_pagelist(pPager,sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache));
      if( bBatch ){
        if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
          rc = sqlite3OsFileControl(fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_COMMIT_ATOMIC_WRITE, 0);
        }
        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
          sqlite3OsFileControlHint(fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_ROLLBACK_ATOMIC_WRITE, 0);
        }
      }

      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
        assert( rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED );
        goto commit_phase_one_exit;
      }
................................................................................
  a[9] = pPager->nRead;
  a[10] = pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_WRITE];
  return a;
}
#endif

/*
** Parameter eStat must be one of SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT, _MISS, _WRITE,
** or _WRITE+1.  The SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE+1 case is a translation
** of SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_SPILL.  The _SPILL case is not contiguous because
** it was added later.
**
** Before returning, *pnVal is incremented by the
** current cache hit or miss count, according to the value of eStat. If the 
** reset parameter is non-zero, the cache hit or miss count is zeroed before 
** returning.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerCacheStat(Pager *pPager, int eStat, int reset, int *pnVal){

  assert( eStat==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT
       || eStat==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS
       || eStat==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE
       || eStat==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE+1
  );

  assert( SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT+1==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS );
  assert( SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT+2==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE );
  assert( PAGER_STAT_HIT==0 && PAGER_STAT_MISS==1
           && PAGER_STAT_WRITE==2 && PAGER_STAT_SPILL==3 );

  eStat -= SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT;
  *pnVal += pPager->aStat[eStat];
  if( reset ){
    pPager->aStat[eStat] = 0;
  }
}

/*
** Return true if this is an in-memory or temp-file backed pager.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerIsMemdb(Pager *pPager){
................................................................................
** Return the file handle for the database file associated
** with the pager.  This might return NULL if the file has
** not yet been opened.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_file *sqlite3PagerFile(Pager *pPager){
  return pPager->fd;
}

#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SETLK_TIMEOUT
/*
** Reset the lock timeout for pager.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerResetLockTimeout(Pager *pPager){
  int x = 0;
  sqlite3OsFileControl(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCK_TIMEOUT, &x);
}
#endif

/*
** Return the file handle for the journal file (if it exists).
** This will be either the rollback journal or the WAL file.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_file *sqlite3PagerJrnlFile(Pager *pPager){
#if SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
................................................................................
  if( pPager->pWal ){
    rc = sqlite3WalCheckpoint(pPager->pWal, db, eMode,
        (eMode==SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE ? 0 : pPager->xBusyHandler),
        pPager->pBusyHandlerArg,
        pPager->walSyncFlags, pPager->pageSize, (u8 *)pPager->pTmpSpace,
        pnLog, pnCkpt
    );
    sqlite3PagerResetLockTimeout(pPager);
  }
  return rc;
}

SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerWalCallback(Pager *pPager){
  return sqlite3WalCallback(pPager->pWal);
}
................................................................................
** so.  It is safe to enlarge the wal-index if pWal->writeLock is true
** or pWal->exclusiveMode==WAL_HEAPMEMORY_MODE.
**
** If this call is successful, *ppPage is set to point to the wal-index
** page and SQLITE_OK is returned. If an error (an OOM or VFS error) occurs,
** then an SQLite error code is returned and *ppPage is set to 0.
*/
static SQLITE_NOINLINE int walIndexPageRealloc(
  Wal *pWal,               /* The WAL context */
  int iPage,               /* The page we seek */
  volatile u32 **ppPage    /* Write the page pointer here */
){
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;

  /* Enlarge the pWal->apWiData[] array if required */
  if( pWal->nWiData<=iPage ){
    int nByte = sizeof(u32*)*(iPage+1);
    volatile u32 **apNew;
    apNew = (volatile u32 **)sqlite3_realloc64((void *)pWal->apWiData, nByte);
................................................................................
    memset((void*)&apNew[pWal->nWiData], 0,
           sizeof(u32*)*(iPage+1-pWal->nWiData));
    pWal->apWiData = apNew;
    pWal->nWiData = iPage+1;
  }

  /* Request a pointer to the required page from the VFS */
  assert( pWal->apWiData[iPage]==0 );
  if( pWal->exclusiveMode==WAL_HEAPMEMORY_MODE ){
    pWal->apWiData[iPage] = (u32 volatile *)sqlite3MallocZero(WALINDEX_PGSZ);
    if( !pWal->apWiData[iPage] ) rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
  }else{
    rc = sqlite3OsShmMap(pWal->pDbFd, iPage, WALINDEX_PGSZ, 
        pWal->writeLock, (void volatile **)&pWal->apWiData[iPage]
    );
    assert( pWal->apWiData[iPage]!=0 || rc!=SQLITE_OK || pWal->writeLock==0 );
    testcase( pWal->apWiData[iPage]==0 && rc==SQLITE_OK );
    if( (rc&0xff)==SQLITE_READONLY ){
      pWal->readOnly |= WAL_SHM_RDONLY;
      if( rc==SQLITE_READONLY ){
        rc = SQLITE_OK;

      }
    }
  }

  *ppPage = pWal->apWiData[iPage];
  assert( iPage==0 || *ppPage || rc!=SQLITE_OK );
  return rc;
}
static int walIndexPage(
  Wal *pWal,               /* The WAL context */
  int iPage,               /* The page we seek */
  volatile u32 **ppPage    /* Write the page pointer here */
){
  if( pWal->nWiData<=iPage || (*ppPage = pWal->apWiData[iPage])==0 ){
    return walIndexPageRealloc(pWal, iPage, ppPage);
  }
  return SQLITE_OK;
}

/*
** Return a pointer to the WalCkptInfo structure in the wal-index.
*/
static volatile WalCkptInfo *walCkptInfo(Wal *pWal){
  assert( pWal->nWiData>0 && pWal->apWiData[0] );
................................................................................
*/
static void walIteratorFree(WalIterator *p){
  sqlite3_free(p);
}

/*
** Construct a WalInterator object that can be used to loop over all 
** pages in the WAL following frame nBackfill in ascending order. Frames
** nBackfill or earlier may be included - excluding them is an optimization
** only. The caller must hold the checkpoint lock.
**
** On success, make *pp point to the newly allocated WalInterator object
** return SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, return an error code. If this routine
** returns an error, the value of *pp is undefined.
**
** The calling routine should invoke walIteratorFree() to destroy the
** WalIterator object when it has finished with it.
*/
static int walIteratorInit(Wal *pWal, u32 nBackfill, WalIterator **pp){
  WalIterator *p;                 /* Return value */
  int nSegment;                   /* Number of segments to merge */
  u32 iLast;                      /* Last frame in log */
  int nByte;                      /* Number of bytes to allocate */
  int i;                          /* Iterator variable */
  ht_slot *aTmp;                  /* Temp space used by merge-sort */
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;             /* Return Code */
................................................................................
  aTmp = (ht_slot *)sqlite3_malloc64(
      sizeof(ht_slot) * (iLast>HASHTABLE_NPAGE?HASHTABLE_NPAGE:iLast)
  );
  if( !aTmp ){
    rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
  }

  for(i=walFramePage(nBackfill+1); rc==SQLITE_OK && i<nSegment; i++){
    volatile ht_slot *aHash;
    u32 iZero;
    volatile u32 *aPgno;

    rc = walHashGet(pWal, i, &aHash, &aPgno, &iZero);
    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
      int j;                      /* Counter variable */
................................................................................
      p->aSegment[i].aPgno = (u32 *)aPgno;
    }
  }
  sqlite3_free(aTmp);

  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
    walIteratorFree(p);
    p = 0;
  }
  *pp = p;
  return rc;
}

/*
** Attempt to obtain the exclusive WAL lock defined by parameters lockIdx and
................................................................................

  szPage = walPagesize(pWal);
  testcase( szPage<=32768 );
  testcase( szPage>=65536 );
  pInfo = walCkptInfo(pWal);
  if( pInfo->nBackfill<pWal->hdr.mxFrame ){








    /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-62920-47450 The busy-handler callback is never invoked
    ** in the SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE mode. */
    assert( eMode!=SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE || xBusy==0 );

    /* Compute in mxSafeFrame the index of the last frame of the WAL that is
    ** safe to write into the database.  Frames beyond mxSafeFrame might
    ** overwrite database pages that are in use by active readers and thus
................................................................................
          xBusy = 0;
        }else{
          goto walcheckpoint_out;
        }
      }
    }

    /* Allocate the iterator */
    if( pInfo->nBackfill<mxSafeFrame ){
      rc = walIteratorInit(pWal, pInfo->nBackfill, &pIter);
      assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || pIter==0 );
    }

    if( pIter
     && (rc = walBusyLock(pWal, xBusy, pBusyArg, WAL_READ_LOCK(0),1))==SQLITE_OK
    ){
      i64 nSize;                    /* Current size of database file */
      u32 nBackfill = pInfo->nBackfill;

      pInfo->nBackfillAttempted = mxSafeFrame;

................................................................................
  **     This condition filters out normal hash-table collisions.
  **
  **   (iFrame<=iLast): 
  **     This condition filters out entries that were added to the hash
  **     table after the current read-transaction had started.
  */
  iMinHash = walFramePage(pWal->minFrame);
  for(iHash=walFramePage(iLast); iHash>=iMinHash; iHash--){
    volatile ht_slot *aHash;      /* Pointer to hash table */
    volatile u32 *aPgno;          /* Pointer to array of page numbers */
    u32 iZero;                    /* Frame number corresponding to aPgno[0] */
    int iKey;                     /* Hash slot index */
    int nCollide;                 /* Number of hash collisions remaining */
    int rc;                       /* Error code */

................................................................................
        assert( iFrame>iRead || CORRUPT_DB );
        iRead = iFrame;
      }
      if( (nCollide--)==0 ){
        return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
      }
    }
    if( iRead ) break;
  }

#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPENSIVE_ASSERT
  /* If expensive assert() statements are available, do a linear search
  ** of the wal-index file content. Make sure the results agree with the
  ** result obtained using the hash indexes above.  */
  {
................................................................................
**    eState==FAULT:                   Cursor fault with skipNext as error code.
*/
struct BtCursor {
  u8 eState;                /* One of the CURSOR_XXX constants (see below) */
  u8 curFlags;              /* zero or more BTCF_* flags defined below */
  u8 curPagerFlags;         /* Flags to send to sqlite3PagerGet() */
  u8 hints;                 /* As configured by CursorSetHints() */
  int skipNext;    /* Prev() is noop if negative. Next() is noop if positive.
                   ** Error code if eState==CURSOR_FAULT */
  Btree *pBtree;            /* The Btree to which this cursor belongs */


  Pgno *aOverflow;          /* Cache of overflow page locations */


  void *pKey;               /* Saved key that was cursor last known position */



  /* All fields above are zeroed when the cursor is allocated.  See
  ** sqlite3BtreeCursorZero().  Fields that follow must be manually
  ** initialized. */
#define BTCURSOR_FIRST_UNINIT pBt   /* Name of first uninitialized field */
  BtShared *pBt;            /* The BtShared this cursor points to */
  BtCursor *pNext;          /* Forms a linked list of all cursors */
  CellInfo info;            /* A parse of the cell we are pointing at */
  i64 nKey;                 /* Size of pKey, or last integer key */
  Pgno pgnoRoot;            /* The root page of this tree */
  i8 iPage;                 /* Index of current page in apPage */
  u8 curIntKey;             /* Value of apPage[0]->intKey */
  u16 ix;                   /* Current index for apPage[iPage] */
  u16 aiIdx[BTCURSOR_MAX_DEPTH-1];     /* Current index in apPage[i] */
  struct KeyInfo *pKeyInfo;            /* Arg passed to comparison function */
  MemPage *pPage;                        /* Current page */
  MemPage *apPage[BTCURSOR_MAX_DEPTH-1]; /* Stack of parents of current page */
................................................................................
** CURSOR_FAULT:
**   An unrecoverable error (an I/O error or a malloc failure) has occurred
**   on a different connection that shares the BtShared cache with this
**   cursor.  The error has left the cache in an inconsistent state.
**   Do nothing else with this cursor.  Any attempt to use the cursor
**   should return the error code stored in BtCursor.skipNext
*/

#define CURSOR_VALID             0
#define CURSOR_INVALID           1
#define CURSOR_SKIPNEXT          2
#define CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK       3
#define CURSOR_FAULT             4

/* 
** The database page the PENDING_BYTE occupies. This page is never used.
*/
................................................................................
/*
** Invoke the busy handler for a btree.
*/
static int btreeInvokeBusyHandler(void *pArg){
  BtShared *pBt = (BtShared*)pArg;
  assert( pBt->db );
  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->db->mutex) );
  return sqlite3InvokeBusyHandler(&pBt->db->busyHandler,
                                  sqlite3PagerFile(pBt->pPager));
}

/*
** Open a database file.
** 
** zFilename is the name of the database file.  If zFilename is NULL
** then an ephemeral database is created.  The ephemeral database might
................................................................................
      rc = sqlite3PagerReadFileheader(pBt->pPager,sizeof(zDbHeader),zDbHeader);
    }
    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
      goto btree_open_out;
    }
    pBt->openFlags = (u8)flags;
    pBt->db = db;
    sqlite3PagerSetBusyHandler(pBt->pPager, btreeInvokeBusyHandler, pBt);
    p->pBt = pBt;
  
    pBt->pCursor = 0;
    pBt->pPage1 = 0;
    if( sqlite3PagerIsreadonly(pBt->pPager) ) pBt->btsFlags |= BTS_READ_ONLY;
#if defined(SQLITE_SECURE_DELETE)
    pBt->btsFlags |= BTS_SECURE_DELETE;
................................................................................
    }
  
    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
      unlockBtreeIfUnused(pBt);
    }
  }while( (rc&0xFF)==SQLITE_BUSY && pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_NONE &&
          btreeInvokeBusyHandler(pBt) );
  sqlite3PagerResetLockTimeout(pBt->pPager);

  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
    if( p->inTrans==TRANS_NONE ){
      pBt->nTransaction++;
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
      if( p->sharable ){
        assert( p->lock.pBtree==p && p->lock.iTable==1 );
................................................................................
**
** The simple approach here would be to memset() the entire object
** to zero.  But it turns out that the apPage[] and aiIdx[] arrays
** do not need to be zeroed and they are large, so we can save a lot
** of run-time by skipping the initialization of those elements.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeCursorZero(BtCursor *p){
  memset(p, 0, offsetof(BtCursor, BTCURSOR_FIRST_UNINIT));
}

/*
** Close a cursor.  The read lock on the database file is released
** when the last cursor is closed.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCloseCursor(BtCursor *pCur){
................................................................................
** BtCursor.info structure.  If it is not already valid, call
** btreeParseCell() to fill it in.
**
** BtCursor.info is a cache of the information in the current cell.
** Using this cache reduces the number of calls to btreeParseCell().
*/
#ifndef NDEBUG
  static int cellInfoEqual(CellInfo *a, CellInfo *b){
    if( a->nKey!=b->nKey ) return 0;
    if( a->pPayload!=b->pPayload ) return 0;
    if( a->nPayload!=b->nPayload ) return 0;
    if( a->nLocal!=b->nLocal ) return 0;
    if( a->nSize!=b->nSize ) return 0;
    return 1;
  }
  static void assertCellInfo(BtCursor *pCur){
    CellInfo info;
    memset(&info, 0, sizeof(info));
    btreeParseCell(pCur->pPage, pCur->ix, &info);
    assert( CORRUPT_DB || cellInfoEqual(&info, &pCur->info) );
  }
#else
  #define assertCellInfo(x)
#endif
static SQLITE_NOINLINE void getCellInfo(BtCursor *pCur){
  if( pCur->info.nSize==0 ){
    pCur->curFlags |= BTCF_ValidNKey;
................................................................................
    ** The aOverflow[] array is sized at one entry for each overflow page
    ** in the overflow chain. The page number of the first overflow page is
    ** stored in aOverflow[0], etc. A value of 0 in the aOverflow[] array
    ** means "not yet known" (the cache is lazily populated).
    */
    if( (pCur->curFlags & BTCF_ValidOvfl)==0 ){
      int nOvfl = (pCur->info.nPayload-pCur->info.nLocal+ovflSize-1)/ovflSize;
      if( pCur->aOverflow==0
       || nOvfl*(int)sizeof(Pgno) > sqlite3MallocSize(pCur->aOverflow)
      ){
        Pgno *aNew = (Pgno*)sqlite3Realloc(
            pCur->aOverflow, nOvfl*2*sizeof(Pgno)
        );
        if( aNew==0 ){
          return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
        }else{

          pCur->aOverflow = aNew;
        }
      }
      memset(pCur->aOverflow, 0, nOvfl*sizeof(Pgno));
      pCur->curFlags |= BTCF_ValidOvfl;
    }else{
      /* If the overflow page-list cache has been allocated and the
................................................................................
static void freePage(MemPage *pPage, int *pRC){
  if( (*pRC)==SQLITE_OK ){
    *pRC = freePage2(pPage->pBt, pPage, pPage->pgno);
  }
}

/*
** Free any overflow pages associated with the given Cell.  Store
** size information about the cell in pInfo.

*/
static int clearCell(
  MemPage *pPage,          /* The page that contains the Cell */
  unsigned char *pCell,    /* First byte of the Cell */
  CellInfo *pInfo          /* Size information about the cell */
){
  BtShared *pBt;
................................................................................
    */
    if( pOld->aData[0]!=apOld[0]->aData[0] ){
      rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
      goto balance_cleanup;
    }

    /* Load b.apCell[] with pointers to all cells in pOld.  If pOld
    ** contains overflow cells, include them in the b.apCell[] array
    ** in the correct spot.
    **
    ** Note that when there are multiple overflow cells, it is always the
    ** case that they are sequential and adjacent.  This invariant arises
    ** because multiple overflows can only occurs when inserting divider
    ** cells into a parent on a prior balance, and divider cells are always
    ** adjacent and are inserted in order.  There is an assert() tagged
................................................................................
      ((p->flags&MEM_Static)!=0 ? 1 : 0) == 1
    );
  }
  return 1;
}
#endif

#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
/*
** Check that string value of pMem agrees with its integer or real value.
**
** A single int or real value always converts to the same strings.  But
** many different strings can be converted into the same int or real.
** If a table contains a numeric value and an index is based on the
** corresponding string value, then it is important that the string be
** derived from the numeric value, not the other way around, to ensure
** that the index and table are consistent.  See ticket
** https://www.sqlite.org/src/info/343634942dd54ab (2018-01-31) for
** an example.
**
** This routine looks at pMem to verify that if it has both a numeric
** representation and a string representation then the string rep has
** been derived from the numeric and not the other way around.  It returns
** true if everything is ok and false if there is a problem.
**
** This routine is for use inside of assert() statements only.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemConsistentDualRep(Mem *p){
  char zBuf[100];
  char *z;
  int i, j, incr;
  if( (p->flags & MEM_Str)==0 ) return 1;
  if( (p->flags & (MEM_Int|MEM_Real))==0 ) return 1;
  if( p->flags & MEM_Int ){
    sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zBuf),zBuf,"%lld",p->u.i);
  }else{
    sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zBuf),zBuf,"%!.15g",p->u.r);
  }
  z = p->z;
  i = j = 0;
  incr = 1;
  if( p->enc!=SQLITE_UTF8 ){
    incr = 2;
    if( p->enc==SQLITE_UTF16BE ) z++;
  }
  while( zBuf[j] ){
    if( zBuf[j++]!=z[i] ) return 0;
    i += incr;
  }
  return 1;
}
#endif /* SQLITE_DEBUG */

/*
** If pMem is an object with a valid string representation, this routine
** ensures the internal encoding for the string representation is
** 'desiredEnc', one of SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_UTF16LE or SQLITE_UTF16BE.
**
** If pMem is not a string object, or the encoding of the string
................................................................................
  }else if( pMem->flags & (MEM_Str|MEM_Blob) ){
    return memRealValue(pMem);
  }else{
    /* (double)0 In case of SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT... */
    return (double)0;
  }
}

/*
** Return 1 if pMem represents true, and return 0 if pMem represents false.
** Return the value ifNull if pMem is NULL.  
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeBooleanValue(Mem *pMem, int ifNull){
  if( pMem->flags & MEM_Int ) return pMem->u.i!=0;
  if( pMem->flags & MEM_Null ) return ifNull;
  return sqlite3VdbeRealValue(pMem)!=0.0;
}

/*
** The MEM structure is already a MEM_Real.  Try to also make it a
** MEM_Int if we can.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeIntegerAffinity(Mem *pMem){
  i64 ix;
................................................................................
  assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) );
  assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(pMem) );

  pMem->u.r = sqlite3VdbeRealValue(pMem);
  MemSetTypeFlag(pMem, MEM_Real);
  return SQLITE_OK;
}

/* Compare a floating point value to an integer.  Return true if the two
** values are the same within the precision of the floating point value.
**
** For some versions of GCC on 32-bit machines, if you do the more obvious
** comparison of "r1==(double)i" you sometimes get an answer of false even
** though the r1 and (double)i values are bit-for-bit the same.
*/
static int sqlite3RealSameAsInt(double r1, sqlite3_int64 i){
  double r2 = (double)i;
  return memcmp(&r1, &r2, sizeof(r1))==0;
}

/*
** Convert pMem so that it has types MEM_Real or MEM_Int or both.
** Invalidate any prior representations.
**
** Every effort is made to force the conversion, even if the input
** is a string that does not look completely like a number.  Convert
................................................................................
    assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) );
    rc = sqlite3Atoi64(pMem->z, &pMem->u.i, pMem->n, pMem->enc);
    if( rc==0 ){
      MemSetTypeFlag(pMem, MEM_Int);
    }else{
      i64 i = pMem->u.i;
      sqlite3AtoF(pMem->z, &pMem->u.r, pMem->n, pMem->enc);
      if( rc==1 && sqlite3RealSameAsInt(pMem->u.r, i) ){
        pMem->u.i = i;
        MemSetTypeFlag(pMem, MEM_Int);
      }else{
        MemSetTypeFlag(pMem, MEM_Real);
      }
    }
  }
................................................................................
  }else{
    sqlite3VdbeMemStringify(pVal, enc, 0);
    assert( 0==(1&SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(pVal->z)) );
  }
  assert(pVal->enc==(enc & ~SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED) || pVal->db==0
              || pVal->db->mallocFailed );
  if( pVal->enc==(enc & ~SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED) ){
    assert( sqlite3VdbeMemConsistentDualRep(pVal) );
    return pVal->z;
  }else{
    return 0;
  }
}

/* This function is only available internally, it is not part of the
................................................................................
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE const void *sqlite3ValueText(sqlite3_value* pVal, u8 enc){
  if( !pVal ) return 0;
  assert( pVal->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pVal->db->mutex) );
  assert( (enc&3)==(enc&~SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED) );
  assert( (pVal->flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 );
  if( (pVal->flags&(MEM_Str|MEM_Term))==(MEM_Str|MEM_Term) && pVal->enc==enc ){
    assert( sqlite3VdbeMemConsistentDualRep(pVal) );
    return pVal->z;
  }
  if( pVal->flags&MEM_Null ){
    return 0;
  }
  return valueToText(pVal, enc);
}
................................................................................
SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_double(sqlite3_context *pCtx, double rVal){
  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->pOut->db->mutex) );
  sqlite3VdbeMemSetDouble(pCtx->pOut, rVal);
}
SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_error(sqlite3_context *pCtx, const char *z, int n){
  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->pOut->db->mutex) );
  pCtx->isError = SQLITE_ERROR;

  sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(pCtx->pOut, z, n, SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
}
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_error16(sqlite3_context *pCtx, const void *z, int n){
  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->pOut->db->mutex) );
  pCtx->isError = SQLITE_ERROR;

  sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(pCtx->pOut, z, n, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
}
#endif
SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_int(sqlite3_context *pCtx, int iVal){
  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->pOut->db->mutex) );
  sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(pCtx->pOut, (i64)iVal);
}
................................................................................
  if( n>(u64)pOut->db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] ){
    return SQLITE_TOOBIG;
  }
  sqlite3VdbeMemSetZeroBlob(pCtx->pOut, (int)n);
  return SQLITE_OK;
}
SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_error_code(sqlite3_context *pCtx, int errCode){
  pCtx->isError = errCode ? errCode : -1;

#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
  if( pCtx->pVdbe ) pCtx->pVdbe->rcApp = errCode;
#endif
  if( pCtx->pOut->flags & MEM_Null ){
    sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(pCtx->pOut, sqlite3ErrStr(errCode), -1, 
                         SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_STATIC);
  }
}

/* Force an SQLITE_TOOBIG error. */
SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_error_toobig(sqlite3_context *pCtx){
  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->pOut->db->mutex) );
  pCtx->isError = SQLITE_TOOBIG;

  sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(pCtx->pOut, "string or blob too big", -1, 
                       SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_STATIC);
}

/* An SQLITE_NOMEM error. */
SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_error_nomem(sqlite3_context *pCtx){
  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->pOut->db->mutex) );
  sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(pCtx->pOut);
  pCtx->isError = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;

  sqlite3OomFault(pCtx->pOut->db);
}

/*
** This function is called after a transaction has been committed. It 
** invokes callbacks registered with sqlite3_wal_hook() as required.
*/
................................................................................
  if( pAuxData==0 ){
    pAuxData = sqlite3DbMallocZero(pVdbe->db, sizeof(AuxData));
    if( !pAuxData ) goto failed;
    pAuxData->iAuxOp = pCtx->iOp;
    pAuxData->iAuxArg = iArg;
    pAuxData->pNextAux = pVdbe->pAuxData;
    pVdbe->pAuxData = pAuxData;

    if( pCtx->isError==0 ) pCtx->isError = -1;


  }else if( pAuxData->xDeleteAux ){
    pAuxData->xDeleteAux(pAuxData->pAux);
  }

  pAuxData->pAux = pAux;
  pAuxData->xDeleteAux = xDelete;
  return;
................................................................................
/*
** Return the value of a status counter for a prepared statement
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_stmt_status(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int op, int resetFlag){
  Vdbe *pVdbe = (Vdbe*)pStmt;
  u32 v;
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR
  if( !pStmt 
   || (op!=SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_MEMUSED && (op<0||op>=ArraySize(pVdbe->aCounter)))
  ){
    (void)SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
    return 0;
  }
#endif
  if( op==SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_MEMUSED ){
    sqlite3 *db = pVdbe->db;
    sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
................................................................................
    pRec->u.i = iValue;
    pRec->flags |= MEM_Int;
  }else{
    pRec->u.r = rValue;
    pRec->flags |= MEM_Real;
    if( bTryForInt ) sqlite3VdbeIntegerAffinity(pRec);
  }
  /* TEXT->NUMERIC is many->one.  Hence, it is important to invalidate the
  ** string representation after computing a numeric equivalent, because the
  ** string representation might not be the canonical representation for the
  ** numeric value.  Ticket [343634942dd54ab57b7024] 2018-01-31. */
  pRec->flags &= ~MEM_Str;
}

/*
** Processing is determine by the affinity parameter:
**
** SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER:
** SQLITE_AFF_REAL:
................................................................................
  for(pOp=&aOp[p->pc]; 1; pOp++){
    /* Errors are detected by individual opcodes, with an immediate
    ** jumps to abort_due_to_error. */
    assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );

    assert( pOp>=aOp && pOp<&aOp[p->nOp]);
#ifdef VDBE_PROFILE
    start = sqlite3NProfileCnt ? sqlite3NProfileCnt : sqlite3Hwtime();
#endif
    nVmStep++;
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STMT_SCANSTATUS
    if( p->anExec ) p->anExec[(int)(pOp-aOp)]++;
#endif

    /* Only allow tracing if SQLITE_DEBUG is defined.
................................................................................
** give a NULL output.
*/
case OP_And:              /* same as TK_AND, in1, in2, out3 */
case OP_Or: {             /* same as TK_OR, in1, in2, out3 */
  int v1;    /* Left operand:  0==FALSE, 1==TRUE, 2==UNKNOWN or NULL */
  int v2;    /* Right operand: 0==FALSE, 1==TRUE, 2==UNKNOWN or NULL */

  v1 = sqlite3VdbeBooleanValue(&aMem[pOp->p1], 2);





  v2 = sqlite3VdbeBooleanValue(&aMem[pOp->p2], 2);





  if( pOp->opcode==OP_And ){
    static const unsigned char and_logic[] = { 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 2, 0, 2, 2 };
    v1 = and_logic[v1*3+v2];
  }else{
    static const unsigned char or_logic[] = { 0, 1, 2, 1, 1, 1, 2, 1, 2 };
    v1 = or_logic[v1*3+v2];
  }
................................................................................
    MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Null);
  }else{
    pOut->u.i = v1;
    MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Int);
  }
  break;
}

/* Opcode: IsTrue P1 P2 P3 P4 *
** Synopsis: r[P2] = coalesce(r[P1]==TRUE,P3) ^ P4
**
** This opcode implements the IS TRUE, IS FALSE, IS NOT TRUE, and
** IS NOT FALSE operators.
**
** Interpret the value in register P1 as a boolean value.  Store that
** boolean (a 0 or 1) in register P2.  Or if the value in register P1 is 
** NULL, then the P3 is stored in register P2.  Invert the answer if P4
** is 1.
**
** The logic is summarized like this:
**
** <ul> 
** <li> If P3==0 and P4==0  then  r[P2] := r[P1] IS TRUE
** <li> If P3==1 and P4==1  then  r[P2] := r[P1] IS FALSE
** <li> If P3==0 and P4==1  then  r[P2] := r[P1] IS NOT TRUE
** <li> If P3==1 and P4==0  then  r[P2] := r[P1] IS NOT FALSE
** </ul>
*/
case OP_IsTrue: {               /* in1, out2 */
  assert( pOp->p4type==P4_INT32 );
  assert( pOp->p4.i==0 || pOp->p4.i==1 );
  assert( pOp->p3==0 || pOp->p3==1 );
  sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(&aMem[pOp->p2],
      sqlite3VdbeBooleanValue(&aMem[pOp->p1], pOp->p3) ^ pOp->p4.i);
  break;
}

/* Opcode: Not P1 P2 * * *
** Synopsis: r[P2]= !r[P1]
**
** Interpret the value in register P1 as a boolean value.  Store the
** boolean complement in register P2.  If the value in register P1 is 
** NULL, then a NULL is stored in P2.
*/
case OP_Not: {                /* same as TK_NOT, in1, out2 */
  pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
  pOut = &aMem[pOp->p2];

  if( (pIn1->flags & MEM_Null)==0 ){
    sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(pOut, !sqlite3VdbeBooleanValue(pIn1,0));
  }else{
    sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(pOut);
  }
  break;
}

/* Opcode: BitNot P1 P2 * * *
** Synopsis: r[P1]= ~r[P1]
**
................................................................................

/* Opcode: If P1 P2 P3 * *
**
** Jump to P2 if the value in register P1 is true.  The value
** is considered true if it is numeric and non-zero.  If the value
** in P1 is NULL then take the jump if and only if P3 is non-zero.
*/
case OP_If:  {               /* jump, in1 */
  int c;
  c = sqlite3VdbeBooleanValue(&aMem[pOp->p1], pOp->p3);
  VdbeBranchTaken(c!=0, 2);
  if( c ) goto jump_to_p2;
  break;
}

/* Opcode: IfNot P1 P2 P3 * *
**
** Jump to P2 if the value in register P1 is False.  The value
** is considered false if it has a numeric value of zero.  If the value
** in P1 is NULL then take the jump if and only if P3 is non-zero.
*/

case OP_IfNot: {            /* jump, in1 */
  int c;
  c = !sqlite3VdbeBooleanValue(&aMem[pOp->p1], !pOp->p3);










  VdbeBranchTaken(c!=0, 2);

  if( c ) goto jump_to_p2;

  break;
}

/* Opcode: IsNull P1 P2 * * *
** Synopsis: if r[P1]==NULL goto P2
**
** Jump to P2 if the value in register P1 is NULL.
................................................................................
** Store in register r[P3] the byte offset into the database file that is the
** start of the payload for the record at which that cursor P1 is currently
** pointing.
**
** P2 is the column number for the argument to the sqlite_offset() function.
** This opcode does not use P2 itself, but the P2 value is used by the
** code generator.  The P1, P2, and P3 operands to this opcode are the
** same as for OP_Column.
**
** This opcode is only available if SQLite is compiled with the
** -DSQLITE_ENABLE_OFFSET_SQL_FUNC option.
*/
case OP_Offset: {          /* out3 */
  VdbeCursor *pC;    /* The VDBE cursor */
  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor );
................................................................................
  VdbeFrame *pFrame;     /* Root frame of VDBE */

  v = 0;
  res = 0;
  pOut = out2Prerelease(p, pOp);
  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor );
  pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
  if( !pC->isTable ){
    rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
    goto abort_due_to_error;
  }
  assert( pC!=0 );
  assert( pC->eCurType==CURTYPE_BTREE );
  assert( pC->uc.pCursor!=0 );
  {
    /* The next rowid or record number (different terms for the same
    ** thing) is obtained in a two-step algorithm.
    **
................................................................................
  sqlite3_context *pCtx;

  assert( pOp->p4type==P4_FUNCDEF );
  n = pOp->p5;
  assert( pOp->p3>0 && pOp->p3<=(p->nMem+1 - p->nCursor) );
  assert( n==0 || (pOp->p2>0 && pOp->p2+n<=(p->nMem+1 - p->nCursor)+1) );
  assert( pOp->p3<pOp->p2 || pOp->p3>=pOp->p2+n );
  pCtx = sqlite3DbMallocRawNN(db, n*sizeof(sqlite3_value*) +
               (sizeof(pCtx[0]) + sizeof(Mem) - sizeof(sqlite3_value*)));
  if( pCtx==0 ) goto no_mem;
  pCtx->pMem = 0;
  pCtx->pOut = (Mem*)&(pCtx->argv[n]);
  sqlite3VdbeMemInit(pCtx->pOut, db, MEM_Null);
  pCtx->pFunc = pOp->p4.pFunc;
  pCtx->iOp = (int)(pOp - aOp);
  pCtx->pVdbe = p;
  pCtx->skipFlag = 0;
  pCtx->isError = 0;
  pCtx->argc = n;
  pOp->p4type = P4_FUNCCTX;
  pOp->p4.pCtx = pCtx;
  pOp->opcode = OP_AggStep;
  /* Fall through into OP_AggStep */
}
case OP_AggStep: {
  int i;
  sqlite3_context *pCtx;
  Mem *pMem;


  assert( pOp->p4type==P4_FUNCCTX );
  pCtx = pOp->p4.pCtx;
  pMem = &aMem[pOp->p3];

  /* If this function is inside of a trigger, the register array in aMem[]
  ** might change from one evaluation to the next.  The next block of code
................................................................................
  for(i=0; i<pCtx->argc; i++){
    assert( memIsValid(pCtx->argv[i]) );
    REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p2+i, pCtx->argv[i]);
  }
#endif

  pMem->n++;
  assert( pCtx->pOut->flags==MEM_Null );
  assert( pCtx->isError==0 );

  assert( pCtx->skipFlag==0 );
  (pCtx->pFunc->xSFunc)(pCtx,pCtx->argc,pCtx->argv); /* IMP: R-24505-23230 */
  if( pCtx->isError ){
    if( pCtx->isError>0 ){
      sqlite3VdbeError(p, "%s", sqlite3_value_text(pCtx->pOut));
      rc = pCtx->isError;
    }





    if( pCtx->skipFlag ){
      assert( pOp[-1].opcode==OP_CollSeq );
      i = pOp[-1].p1;
      if( i ) sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(&aMem[i], 1);
      pCtx->skipFlag = 0;
    }
    sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pCtx->pOut);
    pCtx->pOut->flags = MEM_Null;
    pCtx->isError = 0;
    if( rc ) goto abort_due_to_error;
  }
  assert( pCtx->pOut->flags==MEM_Null );
  assert( pCtx->skipFlag==0 );
  break;
}

/* Opcode: AggFinal P1 P2 * P4 *
** Synopsis: accum=r[P1] N=P2
**
** Execute the finalizer function for an aggregate.  P1 is
................................................................................
    pDest->flags = MEM_Null|MEM_Zero;
    pDest->u.nZero = 0;
  }else{
    MemSetTypeFlag(pDest, MEM_Null);
  }
  rc = pModule->xColumn(pCur->uc.pVCur, &sContext, pOp->p2);
  sqlite3VtabImportErrmsg(p, pVtab);
  if( sContext.isError>0 ){
    sqlite3VdbeError(p, "%s", sqlite3_value_text(pDest));
    rc = sContext.isError;
  }
  sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(pDest, encoding);
  REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p3, pDest);
  UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(pDest);

  if( sqlite3VdbeMemTooBig(pDest) ){
................................................................................
  assert( pOp->p3<pOp->p2 || pOp->p3>=pOp->p2+n );
  pCtx = sqlite3DbMallocRawNN(db, sizeof(*pCtx) + (n-1)*sizeof(sqlite3_value*));
  if( pCtx==0 ) goto no_mem;
  pCtx->pOut = 0;
  pCtx->pFunc = pOp->p4.pFunc;
  pCtx->iOp = (int)(pOp - aOp);
  pCtx->pVdbe = p;
  pCtx->isError = 0;
  pCtx->argc = n;
  pOp->p4type = P4_FUNCCTX;
  pOp->p4.pCtx = pCtx;
  assert( OP_PureFunc == OP_PureFunc0+2 );
  assert( OP_Function == OP_Function0+2 );
  pOp->opcode += 2;
  /* Fall through into OP_Function */
................................................................................
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
  for(i=0; i<pCtx->argc; i++){
    assert( memIsValid(pCtx->argv[i]) );
    REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p2+i, pCtx->argv[i]);
  }
#endif
  MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Null);
  assert( pCtx->isError==0 );
  (*pCtx->pFunc->xSFunc)(pCtx, pCtx->argc, pCtx->argv);/* IMP: R-24505-23230 */

  /* If the function returned an error, throw an exception */
  if( pCtx->isError ){
    if( pCtx->isError>0 ){
      sqlite3VdbeError(p, "%s", sqlite3_value_text(pOut));
      rc = pCtx->isError;
    }
    sqlite3VdbeDeleteAuxData(db, &p->pAuxData, pCtx->iOp, pOp->p1);
    pCtx->isError = 0;
    if( rc ) goto abort_due_to_error;
  }

  /* Copy the result of the function into register P3 */
  if( pOut->flags & (MEM_Str|MEM_Blob) ){
    sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(pOut, encoding);
    if( sqlite3VdbeMemTooBig(pOut) ) goto too_big;
................................................................................
** first time they are evaluated for this run.
**
** If P3 is not zero, then it is an address to jump to if an SQLITE_CORRUPT
** error is encountered.
*/
case OP_Trace:
case OP_Init: {          /* jump */

  int i;
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE
  char *zTrace;
#endif

  /* If the P4 argument is not NULL, then it must be an SQL comment string.
  ** The "--" string is broken up to prevent false-positives with srcck1.c.
  **
  ** This assert() provides evidence for:
  ** EVIDENCE-OF: R-50676-09860 The callback can compute the same text that
  ** would have been returned by the legacy sqlite3_trace() interface by
................................................................................
** readability.  From this point on down, the normal indentation rules are
** restored.
*****************************************************************************/
    }

#ifdef VDBE_PROFILE
    {
      u64 endTime = sqlite3NProfileCnt ? sqlite3NProfileCnt : sqlite3Hwtime();
      if( endTime>start ) pOrigOp->cycles += endTime - start;
      pOrigOp->cnt++;
    }
#endif

    /* The following code adds nothing to the actual functionality
    ** of the program.  It is only here for testing and debugging.
................................................................................
  ** Z is a string literal if it doesn't match any column names.  In that
  ** case, we need to return right away and not make any changes to
  ** pExpr.
  **
  ** Because no reference was made to outer contexts, the pNC->nRef
  ** fields are not changed in any context.
  */
  if( cnt==0 && zTab==0 ){
    assert( pExpr->op==TK_ID );
    if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr,EP_DblQuoted) ){
      pExpr->op = TK_STRING;
      pExpr->pTab = 0;
      return WRC_Prune;
    }
    if( sqlite3ExprIdToTrueFalse(pExpr) ){
      return WRC_Prune;
    }
  }

  /*
  ** cnt==0 means there was not match.  cnt>1 means there were two or
  ** more matches.  Either way, we have an error.
  */
  if( cnt!=1 ){
................................................................................
      }
      break;
    }
    case TK_VARIABLE: {
      notValid(pParse, pNC, "parameters", NC_IsCheck|NC_PartIdx|NC_IdxExpr);
      break;
    }
    case TK_IS:
    case TK_ISNOT: {
      Expr *pRight;
      assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_Reduced) );
      /* Handle special cases of "x IS TRUE", "x IS FALSE", "x IS NOT TRUE",
      ** and "x IS NOT FALSE". */
      if( (pRight = pExpr->pRight)->op==TK_ID ){
        int rc = resolveExprStep(pWalker, pRight);
        if( rc==WRC_Abort ) return WRC_Abort;
        if( pRight->op==TK_TRUEFALSE ){
          pExpr->op2 = pExpr->op;
          pExpr->op = TK_TRUTH;
          return WRC_Continue;
        }
      }
      /* Fall thru */
    }
    case TK_BETWEEN:
    case TK_EQ:
    case TK_NE:
    case TK_LT:
    case TK_LE:
    case TK_GT:
    case TK_GE: {


      int nLeft, nRight;
      if( pParse->db->mallocFailed ) break;
      assert( pExpr->pLeft!=0 );
      nLeft = sqlite3ExprVectorSize(pExpr->pLeft);
      if( pExpr->op==TK_BETWEEN ){
        nRight = sqlite3ExprVectorSize(pExpr->x.pList->a[0].pExpr);
        if( nRight==nLeft ){
................................................................................
** This callback is used by multiple expression walkers.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3SelectWalkFail(Walker *pWalker, Select *NotUsed){
  UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
  pWalker->eCode = 0;
  return WRC_Abort;
}

/*
** If the input expression is an ID with the name "true" or "false"
** then convert it into an TK_TRUEFALSE term.  Return non-zero if
** the conversion happened, and zero if the expression is unaltered.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprIdToTrueFalse(Expr *pExpr){
  assert( pExpr->op==TK_ID || pExpr->op==TK_STRING );
  if( sqlite3StrICmp(pExpr->u.zToken, "true")==0
   || sqlite3StrICmp(pExpr->u.zToken, "false")==0
  ){
    pExpr->op = TK_TRUEFALSE;
    return 1;
  }
  return 0;
}

/*
** The argument must be a TK_TRUEFALSE Expr node.  Return 1 if it is TRUE
** and 0 if it is FALSE.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprTruthValue(const Expr *pExpr){
  assert( pExpr->op==TK_TRUEFALSE );
  assert( sqlite3StrICmp(pExpr->u.zToken,"true")==0
       || sqlite3StrICmp(pExpr->u.zToken,"false")==0 );
  return pExpr->u.zToken[4]==0;
}


/*
** These routines are Walker callbacks used to check expressions to
** see if they are "constant" for some definition of constant.  The
** Walker.eCode value determines the type of "constant" we are looking
** for.
**
................................................................................
      if( pWalker->eCode>=4 || ExprHasProperty(pExpr,EP_ConstFunc) ){
        return WRC_Continue;
      }else{
        pWalker->eCode = 0;
        return WRC_Abort;
      }
    case TK_ID:
      /* Convert "true" or "false" in a DEFAULT clause into the
      ** appropriate TK_TRUEFALSE operator */
      if( sqlite3ExprIdToTrueFalse(pExpr) ){
        return WRC_Prune;
      }
      /* Fall thru */
    case TK_COLUMN:
    case TK_AGG_FUNCTION:
    case TK_AGG_COLUMN:
      testcase( pExpr->op==TK_ID );
      testcase( pExpr->op==TK_COLUMN );
      testcase( pExpr->op==TK_AGG_FUNCTION );
      testcase( pExpr->op==TK_AGG_COLUMN );
................................................................................
      return sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumn(pParse, pExpr->pTab,
                               pExpr->iColumn, iTab, target,
                               pExpr->op2);
    }
    case TK_INTEGER: {
      codeInteger(pParse, pExpr, 0, target);
      return target;
    }
    case TK_TRUEFALSE: {
      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, sqlite3ExprTruthValue(pExpr), target);
      return target;
    }
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
    case TK_FLOAT: {
      assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_IntValue) );
      codeReal(v, pExpr->u.zToken, 0, target);
      return target;
    }
................................................................................
    case TK_NOT: {
      assert( TK_BITNOT==OP_BitNot );   testcase( op==TK_BITNOT );
      assert( TK_NOT==OP_Not );         testcase( op==TK_NOT );
      r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, &regFree1);
      testcase( regFree1==0 );
      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, op, r1, inReg);
      break;
    }
    case TK_TRUTH: {
      int isTrue;    /* IS TRUE or IS NOT TRUE */
      int bNormal;   /* IS TRUE or IS FALSE */
      r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, &regFree1);
      testcase( regFree1==0 );
      isTrue = sqlite3ExprTruthValue(pExpr->pRight);
      bNormal = pExpr->op2==TK_IS;
      testcase( isTrue && bNormal);
      testcase( !isTrue && bNormal);
      sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_IsTrue, r1, inReg, !isTrue, isTrue ^ bNormal);
      break;
    }
    case TK_ISNULL:
    case TK_NOTNULL: {
      int addr;
      assert( TK_ISNULL==OP_IsNull );   testcase( op==TK_ISNULL );
      assert( TK_NOTNULL==OP_NotNull ); testcase( op==TK_NOTNULL );
      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 1, target);
................................................................................
      sqlite3ExprCachePop(pParse);
      break;
    }
    case TK_NOT: {
      testcase( jumpIfNull==0 );
      sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, dest, jumpIfNull);
      break;
    }
    case TK_TRUTH: {
      int isNot;      /* IS NOT TRUE or IS NOT FALSE */
      int isTrue;     /* IS TRUE or IS NOT TRUE */
      testcase( jumpIfNull==0 );
      isNot = pExpr->op2==TK_ISNOT;
      isTrue = sqlite3ExprTruthValue(pExpr->pRight);
      testcase( isTrue && isNot );
      testcase( !isTrue && isNot );
      if( isTrue ^ isNot ){
        sqlite3ExprIfTrue(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, dest,
                          isNot ? SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL : 0);
      }else{
        sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, dest,
                           isNot ? SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL : 0);
      }
      break;
    }
    case TK_IS:
    case TK_ISNOT:
      testcase( op==TK_IS );
      testcase( op==TK_ISNOT );
      op = (op==TK_IS) ? TK_EQ : TK_NE;
      jumpIfNull = SQLITE_NULLEQ;
................................................................................
      sqlite3ExprCachePop(pParse);
      break;
    }
    case TK_NOT: {
      testcase( jumpIfNull==0 );
      sqlite3ExprIfTrue(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, dest, jumpIfNull);
      break;
    }
    case TK_TRUTH: {
      int isNot;   /* IS NOT TRUE or IS NOT FALSE */
      int isTrue;  /* IS TRUE or IS NOT TRUE */
      testcase( jumpIfNull==0 );
      isNot = pExpr->op2==TK_ISNOT;
      isTrue = sqlite3ExprTruthValue(pExpr->pRight);
      testcase( isTrue && isNot );
      testcase( !isTrue && isNot );
      if( isTrue ^ isNot ){
        /* IS TRUE and IS NOT FALSE */
        sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, dest,
                           isNot ? 0 : SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL);

      }else{
        /* IS FALSE and IS NOT TRUE */
        sqlite3ExprIfTrue(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, dest,
                          isNot ? 0 : SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL);
      }
      break;
    }
    case TK_IS:
    case TK_ISNOT:
      testcase( pExpr->op==TK_IS );
      testcase( pExpr->op==TK_ISNOT );
      op = (pExpr->op==TK_IS) ? TK_NE : TK_EQ;
      jumpIfNull = SQLITE_NULLEQ;
................................................................................
  if( pE2->op==TK_NOTNULL && pE1->op!=TK_ISNULL && pE1->op!=TK_IS ){
    Expr *pX = sqlite3ExprSkipCollate(pE1->pLeft);
    testcase( pX!=pE1->pLeft );
    if( sqlite3ExprCompare(pParse, pX, pE2->pLeft, iTab)==0 ) return 1;
  }
  return 0;
}

/*
** This is the Expr node callback for sqlite3ExprImpliesNotNullRow().
** If the expression node requires that the table at pWalker->iCur
** have a non-NULL column, then set pWalker->eCode to 1 and abort.
*/
static int impliesNotNullRow(Walker *pWalker, Expr *pExpr){
  /* This routine is only called for WHERE clause expressions and so it
  ** cannot have any TK_AGG_COLUMN entries because those are only found
  ** in HAVING clauses.  We can get a TK_AGG_FUNCTION in a WHERE clause,
  ** but that is an illegal construct and the query will be rejected at
  ** a later stage of processing, so the TK_AGG_FUNCTION case does not
  ** need to be considered here. */
  assert( pExpr->op!=TK_AGG_COLUMN );
  testcase( pExpr->op==TK_AGG_FUNCTION );

  if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_FromJoin) ) return WRC_Prune;
  switch( pExpr->op ){
    case TK_ISNULL:
    case TK_IS:
    case TK_OR:
    case TK_CASE:
    case TK_IN:
    case TK_FUNCTION:
      testcase( pExpr->op==TK_ISNULL );
      testcase( pExpr->op==TK_IS );
      testcase( pExpr->op==TK_OR );
      testcase( pExpr->op==TK_CASE );
      testcase( pExpr->op==TK_IN );
      testcase( pExpr->op==TK_FUNCTION );
      return WRC_Prune;
    case TK_COLUMN:
      if( pWalker->u.iCur==pExpr->iTable ){
        pWalker->eCode = 1;
        return WRC_Abort;
      }
      return WRC_Prune;
    default:
      return WRC_Continue;
  }
}

/*
** Return true (non-zero) if expression p can only be true if at least
** one column of table iTab is non-null.  In other words, return true
** if expression p will always be NULL or false if every column of iTab
** is NULL.
**
** False negatives are acceptable.  In other words, it is ok to return
** zero even if expression p will never be true of every column of iTab
** is NULL.  A false negative is merely a missed optimization opportunity.
**
** False positives are not allowed, however.  A false positive may result
** in an incorrect answer.
**
** Terms of p that are marked with EP_FromJoin (and hence that come from
** the ON or USING clauses of LEFT JOINS) are excluded from the analysis.
**
** This routine is used to check if a LEFT JOIN can be converted into
** an ordinary JOIN.  The p argument is the WHERE clause.  If the WHERE
** clause requires that some column of the right table of the LEFT JOIN
** be non-NULL, then the LEFT JOIN can be safely converted into an
** ordinary join.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprImpliesNonNullRow(Expr *p, int iTab){
  Walker w;
  w.xExprCallback = impliesNotNullRow;
  w.xSelectCallback = 0;
  w.xSelectCallback2 = 0;
  w.eCode = 0;
  w.u.iCur = iTab;
  sqlite3WalkExpr(&w, p);
  return w.eCode;
}

/*
** An instance of the following structure is used by the tree walker
** to determine if an expression can be evaluated by reference to the
** index only, without having to do a search for the corresponding
** table entry.  The IdxCover.pIdx field is the index.  IdxCover.iCur
** is the cursor for the table.
................................................................................
  if( v==0 || NEVER(pTab==0) ){
    return;
  }
  if( pTab->tnum==0 ){
    /* Do not gather statistics on views or virtual tables */
    return;
  }
  if( sqlite3_strlike("sqlite\\_%", pTab->zName, '\\')==0 ){
    /* Do not gather statistics on system tables */
    return;
  }
  assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(db) );
  iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema);
  assert( iDb>=0 );
  assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) );
................................................................................
**
**     ATTACH DATABASE x AS y KEY z
**
**     SELECT sqlite_attach(x, y, z)
**
** If the optional "KEY z" syntax is omitted, an SQL NULL is passed as the
** third argument.
**
** If the db->init.reopenMemdb flags is set, then instead of attaching a
** new database, close the database on db->init.iDb and reopen it as an
** empty MemDB.
*/
static void attachFunc(
  sqlite3_context *context,
  int NotUsed,
  sqlite3_value **argv
){
  int i;
................................................................................
  unsigned int flags;
  Db *aNew;                 /* New array of Db pointers */
  Db *pNew;                 /* Db object for the newly attached database */
  char *zErrDyn = 0;
  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs;

  UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);

  zFile = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
  zName = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]);
  if( zFile==0 ) zFile = "";
  if( zName==0 ) zName = "";

#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_DESERIALIZE
# define REOPEN_AS_MEMDB(db)  (db->init.reopenMemdb)
#else
# define REOPEN_AS_MEMDB(db)  (0)
#endif

  if( REOPEN_AS_MEMDB(db) ){
    /* This is not a real ATTACH.  Instead, this routine is being called
    ** from sqlite3_deserialize() to close database db->init.iDb and
    ** reopen it as a MemDB */
    pVfs = sqlite3_vfs_find("memdb");
    if( pVfs==0 ) return;
    pNew = &db->aDb[db->init.iDb];
    if( pNew->pBt ) sqlite3BtreeClose(pNew->pBt);
    pNew->pBt = 0;
    pNew->pSchema = 0;
    rc = sqlite3BtreeOpen(pVfs, "x", db, &pNew->pBt, 0, SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB);
  }else{
    /* This is a real ATTACH
    **
    ** Check for the following errors:
    **
    **     * Too many attached databases,
    **     * Transaction currently open
    **     * Specified database name already being used.
    */
    if( db->nDb>=db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_ATTACHED]+2 ){
      zErrDyn = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "too many attached databases - max %d", 
        db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_ATTACHED]
      );
      goto attach_error;
    }
    for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
      char *z = db->aDb[i].zDbSName;
      assert( z && zName );
      if( sqlite3StrICmp(z, zName)==0 ){
        zErrDyn = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "database %s is already in use", zName);
        goto attach_error;
      }
    }
  
    /* Allocate the new entry in the db->aDb[] array and initialize the schema
    ** hash tables.
    */
    if( db->aDb==db->aDbStatic ){
      aNew = sqlite3DbMallocRawNN(db, sizeof(db->aDb[0])*3 );
      if( aNew==0 ) return;
      memcpy(aNew, db->aDb, sizeof(db->aDb[0])*2);
    }else{
      aNew = sqlite3DbRealloc(db, db->aDb, sizeof(db->aDb[0])*(db->nDb+1) );
      if( aNew==0 ) return;
    }
    db->aDb = aNew;
    pNew = &db->aDb[db->nDb];
    memset(pNew, 0, sizeof(*pNew));
  
    /* Open the database file. If the btree is successfully opened, use
    ** it to obtain the database schema. At this point the schema may
    ** or may not be initialized.
    */
    flags = db->openFlags;
    rc = sqlite3ParseUri(db->pVfs->zName, zFile, &flags, &pVfs, &zPath, &zErr);
    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
      if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ) sqlite3OomFault(db);
      sqlite3_result_error(context, zErr, -1);
      sqlite3_free(zErr);
      return;
    }
    assert( pVfs );
    flags |= SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB;
    rc = sqlite3BtreeOpen(pVfs, zPath, db, &pNew->pBt, 0, flags);
    sqlite3_free( zPath );
    db->nDb++;
  }
  db->skipBtreeMutex = 0;
  if( rc==SQLITE_CONSTRAINT ){
    rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
    zErrDyn = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "database is already attached");
  }else if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
    Pager *pPager;
    pNew->pSchema = sqlite3SchemaGet(db, pNew->pBt);
................................................................................
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS
    sqlite3BtreeSetPagerFlags(pNew->pBt,
                      PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_FULL | (db->flags & PAGER_FLAGS_MASK));
#endif
    sqlite3BtreeLeave(pNew->pBt);
  }
  pNew->safety_level = SQLITE_DEFAULT_SYNCHRONOUS+1;
  if( !REOPEN_AS_MEMDB(db) ) pNew->zDbSName = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, zName);
  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pNew->zDbSName==0 ){
    rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
  }


#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
................................................................................
        break;
    }
  }
#endif

  /* If the file was opened successfully, read the schema for the new database.
  ** If this fails, or if opening the file failed, then close the file and 
  ** remove the entry from the db->aDb[] array. i.e. put everything back the
  ** way we found it.
  */
  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
    sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(db);
    db->init.iDb = 0;
    rc = sqlite3Init(db, &zErrDyn);
    sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(db);
    assert( zErrDyn==0 || rc!=SQLITE_OK );
  }
#ifdef SQLITE_USER_AUTHENTICATION
  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
    u8 newAuth = 0;
    rc = sqlite3UserAuthCheckLogin(db, zName, &newAuth);
    if( newAuth<db->auth.authLevel ){
      rc = SQLITE_AUTH_USER;
    }
  }
#endif
  if( rc ){
    if( !REOPEN_AS_MEMDB(db) ){
      int iDb = db->nDb - 1;
      assert( iDb>=2 );
      if( db->aDb[iDb].pBt ){
        sqlite3BtreeClose(db->aDb[iDb].pBt);
        db->aDb[iDb].pBt = 0;
        db->aDb[iDb].pSchema = 0;
      }
      sqlite3ResetAllSchemasOfConnection(db);
      db->nDb = iDb;
      if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM || rc==SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM ){
        sqlite3OomFault(db);
        sqlite3DbFree(db, zErrDyn);
        zErrDyn = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "out of memory");
      }else if( zErrDyn==0 ){
        zErrDyn = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "unable to open database: %s", zFile);
      }
    }
    goto attach_error;
  }
  
  return;

attach_error:
................................................................................
      return 1;
    }
    if( sqlite3FixExprList(pFix, pSelect->pOrderBy) ){
      return 1;
    }
    if( sqlite3FixExpr(pFix, pSelect->pLimit) ){
      return 1;
    }
    if( pSelect->pWith ){
      int i;
      for(i=0; i<pSelect->pWith->nCte; i++){
        if( sqlite3FixSelect(pFix, pSelect->pWith->a[i].pSelect) ){
          return 1;
        }
      }
    }
    pSelect = pSelect->pPrior;
  }
  return 0;
}
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FixExpr(
  DbFixer *pFix,     /* Context of the fixation */
................................................................................
** This routine is called by the parser while in the middle of
** parsing a CREATE TABLE statement.  A "NOT NULL" constraint has
** been seen on a column.  This routine sets the notNull flag on
** the column currently under construction.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AddNotNull(Parse *pParse, int onError){
  Table *p;
  Column *pCol;
  p = pParse->pNewTable;
  if( p==0 || NEVER(p->nCol<1) ) return;
  pCol = &p->aCol[p->nCol-1];
  pCol->notNull = (u8)onError;
  p->tabFlags |= TF_HasNotNull;

  /* Set the uniqNotNull flag on any UNIQUE or PK indexes already created
  ** on this column.  */
  if( pCol->colFlags & COLFLAG_UNIQUE ){
    Index *pIdx;
    for(pIdx=p->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
      assert( pIdx->nKeyCol==1 && pIdx->onError!=OE_None );
      if( pIdx->aiColumn[0]==p->nCol-1 ){
        pIdx->uniqNotNull = 1;
      }
    }
  }
}

/*
** Scan the column type name zType (length nType) and return the
** associated affinity type.
**
** This routine does a case-independent search of zType for the 
................................................................................
  if( p!=0 ){
    pCol = &(p->aCol[p->nCol-1]);
    if( !sqlite3ExprIsConstantOrFunction(pExpr, db->init.busy) ){
      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "default value of column [%s] is not constant",
          pCol->zName);
    }else{
      /* A copy of pExpr is used instead of the original, as pExpr contains
      ** tokens that point to volatile memory.
      */
      Expr x;
      sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pCol->pDflt);
      memset(&x, 0, sizeof(x));
      x.op = TK_SPAN;
      x.u.zToken = sqlite3DbSpanDup(db, zStart, zEnd);
      x.pLeft = pExpr;
................................................................................
  if( pEnd==0 && pSelect==0 ){
    return;
  }
  assert( !db->mallocFailed );
  p = pParse->pNewTable;
  if( p==0 ) return;



  /* If the db->init.busy is 1 it means we are reading the SQL off the
  ** "sqlite_master" or "sqlite_temp_master" table on the disk.
  ** So do not write to the disk again.  Extract the root page number
  ** for the table from the db->init.newTnum field.  (The page number
  ** should have been put there by the sqliteOpenCb routine.)
  **
  ** If the root page number is 1, that means this is the sqlite_master
  ** table itself.  So mark it read-only.
  */
  if( db->init.busy ){
    if( pSelect ){
      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "");
      return;
    }
    p->tnum = db->init.newTnum;
    if( p->tnum==1 ) p->tabFlags |= TF_Readonly;
  }

  /* Special processing for WITHOUT ROWID Tables */
  if( tabOpts & TF_WithoutRowid ){
    if( (p->tabFlags & TF_Autoincrement) ){
................................................................................
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(Parse *pParse, Table *pTable){
  Table *pSelTab;   /* A fake table from which we get the result set */
  Select *pSel;     /* Copy of the SELECT that implements the view */
  int nErr = 0;     /* Number of errors encountered */
  int n;            /* Temporarily holds the number of cursors assigned */
  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;  /* Database connection for malloc errors */
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
  int rc;
#endif
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
  sqlite3_xauth xAuth;       /* Saved xAuth pointer */
#endif

  assert( pTable );
................................................................................

  /* If pList==0, it means this routine was called to make a primary
  ** key out of the last column added to the table under construction.
  ** So create a fake list to simulate this.
  */
  if( pList==0 ){
    Token prevCol;
    Column *pCol = &pTab->aCol[pTab->nCol-1];
    pCol->colFlags |= COLFLAG_UNIQUE;
    sqlite3TokenInit(&prevCol, pCol->zName);
    pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, 0,
              sqlite3ExprAlloc(db, TK_ID, &prevCol, 0));
    if( pList==0 ) goto exit_create_index;
    assert( pList->nExpr==1 );
    sqlite3ExprListSetSortOrder(pList, sortOrder);
  }else{
    sqlite3ExprListCheckLength(pParse, pList, "index");
................................................................................
}

/*
** Indicate that the accumulator load should be skipped on this
** iteration of the aggregate loop.
*/
static void sqlite3SkipAccumulatorLoad(sqlite3_context *context){
  assert( context->isError<=0 );
  context->isError = -1;
  context->skipFlag = 1;
}

/*
** Implementation of the non-aggregate min() and max() functions
*/
static void minmaxFunc(
................................................................................
** Implementation of the length() function
*/
static void lengthFunc(
  sqlite3_context *context,
  int argc,
  sqlite3_value **argv
){


  assert( argc==1 );
  UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc);
  switch( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0]) ){
    case SQLITE_BLOB:
    case SQLITE_INTEGER:
    case SQLITE_FLOAT: {
      sqlite3_result_int(context, sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]));
      break;
    }
    case SQLITE_TEXT: {
      const unsigned char *z = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
      const unsigned char *z0;
      unsigned char c;
      if( z==0 ) return;
      z0 = z;
      while( (c = *z)!=0 ){
        z++;

        if( c>=0xc0 ){
          while( (*z & 0xc0)==0x80 ){ z++; z0++; }
        }
      }
      sqlite3_result_int(context, (int)(z-z0));
      break;
    }
    default: {
      sqlite3_result_null(context);
      break;
    }
  }
................................................................................
  unsigned char *zOut;              /* The output */
  int nStr;                /* Size of zStr */
  int nPattern;            /* Size of zPattern */
  int nRep;                /* Size of zRep */
  i64 nOut;                /* Maximum size of zOut */
  int loopLimit;           /* Last zStr[] that might match zPattern[] */
  int i, j;                /* Loop counters */
  unsigned cntExpand;      /* Number zOut expansions */
  sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context);

  assert( argc==3 );
  UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc);
  zStr = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
  if( zStr==0 ) return;
  nStr = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]);
  assert( zStr==sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]) );  /* No encoding change */
................................................................................
  nOut = nStr + 1;
  assert( nOut<SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH );
  zOut = contextMalloc(context, (i64)nOut);
  if( zOut==0 ){
    return;
  }
  loopLimit = nStr - nPattern;  
  cntExpand = 0;
  for(i=j=0; i<=loopLimit; i++){
    if( zStr[i]!=zPattern[0] || memcmp(&zStr[i], zPattern, nPattern) ){
      zOut[j++] = zStr[i];
    }else{

      if( nRep>nPattern ){
        nOut += nRep - nPattern;
        testcase( nOut-1==db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] );
        testcase( nOut-2==db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] );
        if( nOut-1>db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] ){
          sqlite3_result_error_toobig(context);
          sqlite3_free(zOut);
          return;
        }
        cntExpand++;
        if( (cntExpand&(cntExpand-1))==0 ){
          /* Grow the size of the output buffer only on substitutions
          ** whose index is a power of two: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, ... */
          u8 *zOld;
          zOld = zOut;
          zOut = sqlite3_realloc64(zOut, (int)nOut + (nOut - nStr - 1));
          if( zOut==0 ){
            sqlite3_result_error_nomem(context);
            sqlite3_free(zOld);
            return;
          }
        }
      }
      memcpy(&zOut[j], zRep, nRep);
      j += nRep;
      i += nPattern-1;
    }
  }
  assert( j+nStr-i+1<=nOut );
  memcpy(&zOut[j], &zStr[i], nStr-i);
  j += nStr - i;
  assert( j<=nOut );
  zOut[j] = 0;
  sqlite3_result_text(context, (char*)zOut, j, sqlite3_free);
}

................................................................................
**
** There is at most one AutoincInfo structure per table even if the
** same table is autoincremented multiple times due to inserts within
** triggers.  A new AutoincInfo structure is created if this is the
** first use of table pTab.  On 2nd and subsequent uses, the original
** AutoincInfo structure is used.
**
** Four consecutive registers are allocated:
**
**   (1)  The name of the pTab table.
**   (2)  The maximum ROWID of pTab.
**   (3)  The rowid in sqlite_sequence of pTab
**   (4)  The original value of the max ROWID in pTab, or NULL if none
**
** The 2nd register is the one that is returned.  That is all the
** insert routine needs to know about.
*/
static int autoIncBegin(
  Parse *pParse,      /* Parsing context */
  int iDb,            /* Index of the database holding pTab */
................................................................................
      if( pInfo==0 ) return 0;
      pInfo->pNext = pToplevel->pAinc;
      pToplevel->pAinc = pInfo;
      pInfo->pTab = pTab;
      pInfo->iDb = iDb;
      pToplevel->nMem++;                  /* Register to hold name of table */
      pInfo->regCtr = ++pToplevel->nMem;  /* Max rowid register */
      pToplevel->nMem +=2;       /* Rowid in sqlite_sequence + orig max val */
    }
    memId = pInfo->regCtr;
  }
  return memId;
}

/*
................................................................................
  assert( sqlite3IsToplevel(pParse) );

  assert( v );   /* We failed long ago if this is not so */
  for(p = pParse->pAinc; p; p = p->pNext){
    static const int iLn = VDBE_OFFSET_LINENO(2);
    static const VdbeOpList autoInc[] = {
      /* 0  */ {OP_Null,    0,  0, 0},
      /* 1  */ {OP_Rewind,  0, 10, 0},
      /* 2  */ {OP_Column,  0,  0, 0},
      /* 3  */ {OP_Ne,      0,  9, 0},
      /* 4  */ {OP_Rowid,   0,  0, 0},
      /* 5  */ {OP_Column,  0,  1, 0},
      /* 6  */ {OP_AddImm,  0,  0, 0},
      /* 7  */ {OP_Copy,    0,  0, 0},
      /* 8  */ {OP_Goto,    0, 11, 0},
      /* 9  */ {OP_Next,    0,  2, 0},
      /* 10 */ {OP_Integer, 0,  0, 0},
      /* 11 */ {OP_Close,   0,  0, 0} 
    };
    VdbeOp *aOp;
    pDb = &db->aDb[p->iDb];
    memId = p->regCtr;
    assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, 0, pDb->pSchema) );
    sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, 0, p->iDb, pDb->pSchema->pSeqTab, OP_OpenRead);
    sqlite3VdbeLoadString(v, memId-1, p->pTab->zName);
    aOp = sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(v, ArraySize(autoInc), autoInc, iLn);
    if( aOp==0 ) break;
    aOp[0].p2 = memId;
    aOp[0].p3 = memId+2;
    aOp[2].p3 = memId;
    aOp[3].p1 = memId-1;
    aOp[3].p3 = memId;
    aOp[3].p5 = SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL;
    aOp[4].p2 = memId+1;
    aOp[5].p3 = memId;
    aOp[6].p1 = memId;
    aOp[7].p2 = memId+2;
    aOp[7].p1 = memId;
    aOp[10].p2 = memId;
  }
}

/*
** Update the maximum rowid for an autoincrement calculation.
**
** This routine should be called when the regRowid register holds a
................................................................................
    VdbeOp *aOp;
    Db *pDb = &db->aDb[p->iDb];
    int iRec;
    int memId = p->regCtr;

    iRec = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
    assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, 0, pDb->pSchema) );
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Le, memId+2, sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)+7, memId);
    VdbeCoverage(v);
    sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, 0, p->iDb, pDb->pSchema->pSeqTab, OP_OpenWrite);
    aOp = sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(v, ArraySize(autoIncEnd), autoIncEnd, iLn);
    if( aOp==0 ) break;
    aOp[0].p1 = memId+1;
    aOp[1].p2 = memId+1;
    aOp[2].p1 = memId-1;
    aOp[2].p3 = iRec;
................................................................................
#define sqlite3_prepare_v3             sqlite3_api->prepare_v3
#define sqlite3_prepare16_v3           sqlite3_api->prepare16_v3
#define sqlite3_bind_pointer           sqlite3_api->bind_pointer
#define sqlite3_result_pointer         sqlite3_api->result_pointer
#define sqlite3_value_pointer          sqlite3_api->value_pointer
/* Version 3.22.0 and later */
#define sqlite3_vtab_nochange          sqlite3_api->vtab_nochange
#define sqlite3_value_nochange         sqlite3_api->value_nochange
#define sqlite3_vtab_collation         sqlite3_api->vtab_collation
#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_CORE) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION) */

#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION)
  /* This case when the file really is being compiled as a loadable 
  ** extension */
# define SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT1     const sqlite3_api_routines *sqlite3_api=0;
# define SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT2(v)  sqlite3_api=v;
................................................................................
  const char *zExtra   /* Error information */
){
  sqlite3 *db = pData->db;
  if( !db->mallocFailed && (db->flags & SQLITE_WriteSchema)==0 ){
    char *z;
    if( zObj==0 ) zObj = "?";
    z = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "malformed database schema (%s)", zObj);
    if( zExtra && zExtra[0] ) z = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%z - %s", z, zExtra);
    sqlite3DbFree(db, *pData->pzErrMsg);
    *pData->pzErrMsg = z;
  }
  pData->rc = db->mallocFailed ? SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT : SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
}

/*
................................................................................
/*
** Trace output macros
*/
#if SELECTTRACE_ENABLED
/***/ int sqlite3SelectTrace = 0;
# define SELECTTRACE(K,P,S,X)  \
  if(sqlite3SelectTrace&(K))   \

    sqlite3DebugPrintf("%s/%p: ",(S)->zSelName,(S)),\
    sqlite3DebugPrintf X
#else
# define SELECTTRACE(K,P,S,X)
#endif


/*
................................................................................
        setJoinExpr(p->x.pList->a[i].pExpr, iTable);
      }
    }
    setJoinExpr(p->pLeft, iTable);
    p = p->pRight;
  } 
}

/* Undo the work of setJoinExpr().  In the expression tree p, convert every
** term that is marked with EP_FromJoin and iRightJoinTable==iTable into
** an ordinary term that omits the EP_FromJoin mark.
**
** This happens when a LEFT JOIN is simplified into an ordinary JOIN.
*/
static void unsetJoinExpr(Expr *p, int iTable){
  while( p ){
    if( ExprHasProperty(p, EP_FromJoin)
     && (iTable<0 || p->iRightJoinTable==iTable) ){
      ExprClearProperty(p, EP_FromJoin);
    }
    if( p->op==TK_FUNCTION && p->x.pList ){
      int i;
      for(i=0; i<p->x.pList->nExpr; i++){
        unsetJoinExpr(p->x.pList->a[i].pExpr, iTable);
      }
    }
    unsetJoinExpr(p->pLeft, iTable);
    p = p->pRight;
  } 
}

/*
** This routine processes the join information for a SELECT statement.
** ON and USING clauses are converted into extra terms of the WHERE clause.
** NATURAL joins also create extra WHERE clause terms.
**
** The terms of a FROM clause are contained in the Select.pSrc structure.
................................................................................
    bSeq = 0;
  }else{
    addr = 1 + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Sort, iTab, addrBreak); VdbeCoverage(v);
    codeOffset(v, p->iOffset, addrContinue);
    iSortTab = iTab;
    bSeq = 1;
  }
  for(i=0, iCol=nKey+bSeq-1; i<nSortData; i++){
    if( aOutEx[i].u.x.iOrderByCol==0 ) iCol++;
  }
  for(i=nSortData-1; i>=0; i--){
    int iRead;
    if( aOutEx[i].u.x.iOrderByCol ){
      iRead = aOutEx[i].u.x.iOrderByCol-1;
    }else{
      iRead = iCol--;
    }
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, iSortTab, iRead, regRow+i);
    VdbeComment((v, "%s", aOutEx[i].zName ? aOutEx[i].zName : aOutEx[i].zSpan));
  }
  switch( eDest ){
    case SRT_Table:
    case SRT_EphemTab: {
................................................................................
      ** (the only way this can happen is if the compound sub-query is
      ** currently part of pSub->pSrc). See ticket [d11a6e908f].  */
      ExprList *pOrderBy = pSub->pOrderBy;
      for(i=0; i<pOrderBy->nExpr; i++){
        pOrderBy->a[i].u.x.iOrderByCol = 0;
      }
      assert( pParent->pOrderBy==0 );

      pParent->pOrderBy = pOrderBy;
      pSub->pOrderBy = 0;
    }
    pWhere = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pSub->pWhere, 0);
    if( isLeftJoin>0 ){
      setJoinExpr(pWhere, iNewParent);
    }
................................................................................
**           to suppress it. **)
**
**   (2) The inner query is the recursive part of a common table expression.
**
**   (3) The inner query has a LIMIT clause (since the changes to the WHERE
**       close would change the meaning of the LIMIT).
**
**   (4) The inner query is the right operand of a LEFT JOIN and the
**       expression to be pushed down does not come from the ON clause
**       on that LEFT JOIN.
**
**   (5) The WHERE clause expression originates in the ON or USING clause
**       of a LEFT JOIN where iCursor is not the right-hand table of that
**       left join.  An example:
**
**           SELECT *
**           FROM (SELECT 1 AS a1 UNION ALL SELECT 2) AS aa
**           JOIN (SELECT 1 AS b2 UNION ALL SELECT 2) AS bb ON (a1=b2)
**           LEFT JOIN (SELECT 8 AS c3 UNION ALL SELECT 9) AS cc ON (b2=2);
**
**       The correct answer is three rows:  (1,1,NULL),(2,2,8),(2,2,9).
**       But if the (b2=2) term were to be pushed down into the bb subquery,
**       then the (1,1,NULL) row would be suppressed.
**
** Return 0 if no changes are made and non-zero if one or more WHERE clause
** terms are duplicated into the subquery.
*/
static int pushDownWhereTerms(
  Parse *pParse,        /* Parse context (for malloc() and error reporting) */
  Select *pSubq,        /* The subquery whose WHERE clause is to be augmented */
  Expr *pWhere,         /* The WHERE clause of the outer query */
  int iCursor,          /* Cursor number of the subquery */
  int isLeftJoin        /* True if pSubq is the right term of a LEFT JOIN */
){
  Expr *pNew;
  int nChng = 0;
  if( pWhere==0 ) return 0;
  if( pSubq->selFlags & SF_Recursive ) return 0;  /* restriction (2) */

#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
................................................................................
  }
#endif

  if( pSubq->pLimit!=0 ){
    return 0; /* restriction (3) */
  }
  while( pWhere->op==TK_AND ){
    nChng += pushDownWhereTerms(pParse, pSubq, pWhere->pRight,
                                iCursor, isLeftJoin);
    pWhere = pWhere->pLeft;
  }
  if( isLeftJoin
   && (ExprHasProperty(pWhere,EP_FromJoin)==0
         || pWhere->iRightJoinTable!=iCursor)
  ){
    return 0; /* restriction (4) */
  }
  if( ExprHasProperty(pWhere,EP_FromJoin) && pWhere->iRightJoinTable!=iCursor ){
    return 0; /* restriction (5) */
  }
  if( sqlite3ExprIsTableConstant(pWhere, iCursor) ){
    nChng++;
    while( pSubq ){
      SubstContext x;
      pNew = sqlite3ExprDup(pParse->db, pWhere, 0);
      unsetJoinExpr(pNew, -1);
      x.pParse = pParse;
      x.iTable = iCursor;
      x.iNewTable = iCursor;
      x.isLeftJoin = 0;
      x.pEList = pSubq->pEList;
      pNew = substExpr(&x, pNew);
      if( pSubq->selFlags & SF_Aggregate ){
................................................................................
    );
  }
}
#else
# define explainSimpleCount(a,b,c)
#endif









/*
** sqlite3WalkExpr() callback used by havingToWhere().
**
** If the node passed to the callback is a TK_AND node, return 
** WRC_Continue to tell sqlite3WalkExpr() to iterate through child nodes.
**
** Otherwise, return WRC_Prune. In this case, also check if the 
** sub-expression matches the criteria for being moved to the WHERE
** clause. If so, add it to the WHERE clause and replace the sub-expression
** within the HAVING expression with a constant "1".
*/
static int havingToWhereExprCb(Walker *pWalker, Expr *pExpr){
  if( pExpr->op!=TK_AND ){
    Select *pS = pWalker->u.pSelect;
    if( sqlite3ExprIsConstantOrGroupBy(pWalker->pParse, pExpr, pS->pGroupBy) ){
      sqlite3 *db = pWalker->pParse->db;
      Expr *pNew = sqlite3ExprAlloc(db, TK_INTEGER, &sqlite3IntTokens[1], 0);
      if( pNew ){
        Expr *pWhere = pS->pWhere;
        SWAP(Expr, *pNew, *pExpr);
        pNew = sqlite3ExprAnd(db, pWhere, pNew);
        pS->pWhere = pNew;
        pWalker->eCode = 1;
      }
    }
    return WRC_Prune;
  }
  return WRC_Continue;
}

................................................................................
**
**   SELECT * FROM <tables> WHERE a=? AND b=? GROUP BY b HAVING c=?
**
** A term of the HAVING expression is eligible for transfer if it consists
** entirely of constants and expressions that are also GROUP BY terms that
** use the "BINARY" collation sequence.
*/
static void havingToWhere(Parse *pParse, Select *p){






  Walker sWalker;




  memset(&sWalker, 0, sizeof(sWalker));
  sWalker.pParse = pParse;
  sWalker.xExprCallback = havingToWhereExprCb;
  sWalker.u.pSelect = p;
  sqlite3WalkExpr(&sWalker, p->pHaving);
#if SELECTTRACE_ENABLED
  if( sWalker.eCode && (sqlite3SelectTrace & 0x100)!=0 ){
    SELECTTRACE(0x100,pParse,p,("Move HAVING terms into WHERE:\n"));
    sqlite3TreeViewSelect(0, p, 0);
  }
#endif
}

/*
** Check to see if the pThis entry of pTabList is a self-join of a prior view.
** If it is, then return the SrcList_item for the prior view.  If it is not,
** then return 0.
*/
................................................................................
  db = pParse->db;
  if( p==0 || db->mallocFailed || pParse->nErr ){
    return 1;
  }
  if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_SELECT, 0, 0, 0) ) return 1;
  memset(&sAggInfo, 0, sizeof(sAggInfo));
#if SELECTTRACE_ENABLED

  SELECTTRACE(1,pParse,p, ("begin processing:\n"));
  if( sqlite3SelectTrace & 0x100 ){
    sqlite3TreeViewSelect(0, p, 0);
  }
#endif

  assert( p->pOrderBy==0 || pDest->eDest!=SRT_DistFifo );
................................................................................
  ** does not already exist */
  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
  if( v==0 ) goto select_end;
  if( pDest->eDest==SRT_Output ){
    generateColumnNames(pParse, p);
  }

  /* Try to various optimizations (flattening subqueries, and strength
  ** reduction of join operators) in the FROM clause up into the main query
  */
#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW)
  for(i=0; !p->pPrior && i<pTabList->nSrc; i++){
    struct SrcList_item *pItem = &pTabList->a[i];
    Select *pSub = pItem->pSelect;
    Table *pTab = pItem->pTab;

    /* Convert LEFT JOIN into JOIN if there are terms of the right table
    ** of the LEFT JOIN used in the WHERE clause.
    */
    if( (pItem->fg.jointype & JT_LEFT)!=0
     && sqlite3ExprImpliesNonNullRow(p->pWhere, pItem->iCursor)
     && OptimizationEnabled(db, SQLITE_SimplifyJoin)
    ){
      SELECTTRACE(0x100,pParse,p,
                ("LEFT-JOIN simplifies to JOIN on term %d\n",i));
      pItem->fg.jointype &= ~(JT_LEFT|JT_OUTER);
      unsetJoinExpr(p->pWhere, pItem->iCursor);
    }

    /* No futher action if this term of the FROM clause is no a subquery */
    if( pSub==0 ) continue;

    /* Catch mismatch in the declared columns of a view and the number of
    ** columns in the SELECT on the RHS */
    if( pTab->nCol!=pSub->pEList->nExpr ){
      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "expected %d columns for '%s' but got %d",
                      pTab->nCol, pTab->zName, pSub->pEList->nExpr);
................................................................................
  ** procedure.
  */
  if( p->pPrior ){
    rc = multiSelect(pParse, p, pDest);
    explainSetInteger(pParse->iSelectId, iRestoreSelectId);
#if SELECTTRACE_ENABLED
    SELECTTRACE(1,pParse,p,("end compound-select processing\n"));

#endif
    return rc;
  }
#endif

  /* For each term in the FROM clause, do two things:
  ** (1) Authorized unreferenced tables
................................................................................
    ** an exact limit.
    */
    pParse->nHeight += sqlite3SelectExprHeight(p);

    /* Make copies of constant WHERE-clause terms in the outer query down
    ** inside the subquery.  This can help the subquery to run more efficiently.
    */
    if( OptimizationEnabled(db, SQLITE_PushDown)
     && pushDownWhereTerms(pParse, pSub, p->pWhere, pItem->iCursor,
                           (pItem->fg.jointype & JT_OUTER)!=0)
    ){
#if SELECTTRACE_ENABLED
      if( sqlite3SelectTrace & 0x100 ){
        SELECTTRACE(0x100,pParse,p,("After WHERE-clause push-down:\n"));
        sqlite3TreeViewSelect(0, p, 0);
      }
#endif
    }else{
      SELECTTRACE(0x100,pParse,p,("Push-down not possible\n"));
    }

    zSavedAuthContext = pParse->zAuthContext;
    pParse->zAuthContext = pItem->zName;

    /* Generate code to implement the subquery
    **
................................................................................
  if( !isAgg && pGroupBy==0 ){
    /* No aggregate functions and no GROUP BY clause */
    u16 wctrlFlags = (sDistinct.isTnct ? WHERE_WANT_DISTINCT : 0);
    assert( WHERE_USE_LIMIT==SF_FixedLimit );
    wctrlFlags |= p->selFlags & SF_FixedLimit;

    /* Begin the database scan. */
    SELECTTRACE(1,pParse,p,("WhereBegin\n"));
    pWInfo = sqlite3WhereBegin(pParse, pTabList, pWhere, sSort.pOrderBy,
                               p->pEList, wctrlFlags, p->nSelectRow);
    if( pWInfo==0 ) goto select_end;
    if( sqlite3WhereOutputRowCount(pWInfo) < p->nSelectRow ){
      p->nSelectRow = sqlite3WhereOutputRowCount(pWInfo);
    }
    if( sDistinct.isTnct && sqlite3WhereIsDistinct(pWInfo) ){
................................................................................
    sAggInfo.nSortingColumn = pGroupBy ? pGroupBy->nExpr : 0;
    sAggInfo.pGroupBy = pGroupBy;
    sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggList(&sNC, pEList);
    sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggList(&sNC, sSort.pOrderBy);
    if( pHaving ){
      if( pGroupBy ){
        assert( pWhere==p->pWhere );
        assert( pHaving==p->pHaving );
        assert( pGroupBy==p->pGroupBy );
        havingToWhere(pParse, p);
        pWhere = p->pWhere;
      }
      sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggregates(&sNC, pHaving);
    }
    sAggInfo.nAccumulator = sAggInfo.nColumn;
    if( p->pGroupBy==0 && p->pHaving==0 && sAggInfo.nFunc==1 ){
      minMaxFlag = minMaxQuery(db, sAggInfo.aFunc[0].pExpr, &pMinMaxOrderBy);
................................................................................

      /* Begin a loop that will extract all source rows in GROUP BY order.
      ** This might involve two separate loops with an OP_Sort in between, or
      ** it might be a single loop that uses an index to extract information
      ** in the right order to begin with.
      */
      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, regReset, addrReset);
      SELECTTRACE(1,pParse,p,("WhereBegin\n"));
      pWInfo = sqlite3WhereBegin(pParse, pTabList, pWhere, pGroupBy, 0,
          WHERE_GROUPBY | (orderByGrp ? WHERE_SORTBYGROUP : 0), 0
      );
      if( pWInfo==0 ) goto select_end;
      if( sqlite3WhereIsOrdered(pWInfo)==pGroupBy->nExpr ){
        /* The optimizer is able to deliver rows in group by order so
        ** we do not have to sort.  The OP_OpenEphemeral table will be
................................................................................
        ** minMaxFlag will have been previously set to either
        ** WHERE_ORDERBY_MIN or WHERE_ORDERBY_MAX and pMinMaxOrderBy will
        ** be an appropriate ORDER BY expression for the optimization.
        */
        assert( minMaxFlag==WHERE_ORDERBY_NORMAL || pMinMaxOrderBy!=0 );
        assert( pMinMaxOrderBy==0 || pMinMaxOrderBy->nExpr==1 );

        SELECTTRACE(1,pParse,p,("WhereBegin\n"));
        pWInfo = sqlite3WhereBegin(pParse, pTabList, pWhere, pMinMaxOrderBy,
                                   0, minMaxFlag, 0);
        if( pWInfo==0 ){
          goto select_end;
        }
        updateAccumulator(pParse, &sAggInfo);
        if( sqlite3WhereIsOrdered(pWInfo)>0 ){
................................................................................
select_end:
  explainSetInteger(pParse->iSelectId, iRestoreSelectId);
  sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pMinMaxOrderBy);
  sqlite3DbFree(db, sAggInfo.aCol);
  sqlite3DbFree(db, sAggInfo.aFunc);
#if SELECTTRACE_ENABLED
  SELECTTRACE(1,pParse,p,("end processing\n"));

#endif
  return rc;
}

/************** End of select.c **********************************************/
/************** Begin file table.c *******************************************/
/*
................................................................................

  /* printf("SQL: [%s]\n", zSql); fflush(stdout); */
  rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0);
  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
  while( SQLITE_ROW==(rc = sqlite3_step(pStmt)) ){
    const char *zSubSql = (const char*)sqlite3_column_text(pStmt,0);
    assert( sqlite3_strnicmp(zSql,"SELECT",6)==0 );
    assert( sqlite3_strnicmp(zSubSql,"SELECT",6)!=0 || CORRUPT_DB );
    if( zSubSql && zSubSql[0]!='S' ){
      rc = execSql(db, pzErrMsg, zSubSql);
      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) break;
    }
  }
  assert( rc!=SQLITE_ROW );
  if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ) rc = SQLITE_OK;
  if( rc ){
................................................................................
      testcase( pStart->wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL );
      pX = pStart->pExpr;
      assert( pX!=0 );
      testcase( pStart->leftCursor!=iCur ); /* transitive constraints */
      if( sqlite3ExprIsVector(pX->pRight) ){
        r1 = rTemp = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
        codeExprOrVector(pParse, pX->pRight, r1, 1);
        testcase( pX->op==TK_GT );
        testcase( pX->op==TK_GE );
        testcase( pX->op==TK_LT );
        testcase( pX->op==TK_LE );
        op = aMoveOp[((pX->op - TK_GT - 1) & 0x3) | 0x1];
        assert( pX->op!=TK_GT || op==OP_SeekGE );
        assert( pX->op!=TK_GE || op==OP_SeekGE );
        assert( pX->op!=TK_LT || op==OP_SeekLE );
        assert( pX->op!=TK_LE || op==OP_SeekLE );
      }else{
        r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pX->pRight, &rTemp);
        disableTerm(pLevel, pStart);
        op = aMoveOp[(pX->op - TK_GT)];
      }
      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, op, iCur, addrBrk, r1);
      VdbeComment((v, "pk"));
................................................................................
        continue;
      }
      if( iLoop<3 && (pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_VARSELECT) ){
        if( iNext==0 ) iNext = 3;
        continue;
      }

      if( (pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_LIKECOND)!=0 ){
        /* If the TERM_LIKECOND flag is set, that means that the range search
        ** is sufficient to guarantee that the LIKE operator is true, so we
        ** can skip the call to the like(A,B) function.  But this only works
        ** for strings.  So do not skip the call to the function on the pass
        ** that compares BLOBs. */
#ifdef SQLITE_LIKE_DOESNT_MATCH_BLOBS
        continue;
#else
        u32 x = pLevel->iLikeRepCntr;
        if( x>0 ){
          skipLikeAddr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, (x&1)?OP_IfNot:OP_If,(int)(x>>1));
        }
        VdbeCoverage(v);
#endif
      }
#ifdef WHERETRACE_ENABLED /* 0xffff */
      if( sqlite3WhereTrace ){
        VdbeNoopComment((v, "WhereTerm[%d] (%p) priority=%d",
                         pWC->nTerm-j, pTerm, iLoop));
................................................................................
    pE = pTerm->pExpr;
    assert( !ExprHasProperty(pE, EP_FromJoin) );
    assert( (pTerm->prereqRight & pLevel->notReady)!=0 );
    pAlt = sqlite3WhereFindTerm(pWC, iCur, pTerm->u.leftColumn, notReady,
                    WO_EQ|WO_IN|WO_IS, 0);
    if( pAlt==0 ) continue;
    if( pAlt->wtFlags & (TERM_CODED) ) continue;
    if( (pAlt->eOperator & WO_IN) 
     && (pAlt->pExpr->flags & EP_xIsSelect)
     && (pAlt->pExpr->x.pSelect->pEList->nExpr>1)
    ){
      continue;
    }
    testcase( pAlt->eOperator & WO_EQ );
    testcase( pAlt->eOperator & WO_IS );
    testcase( pAlt->eOperator & WO_IN );
    VdbeModuleComment((v, "begin transitive constraint"));
    sEAlt = *pAlt->pExpr;
    sEAlt.pLeft = pE->pLeft;
    sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, &sEAlt, addrCont, SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL);
................................................................................
    mask |= sqlite3WhereExprUsage(pMaskSet, pS->pWhere);
    mask |= sqlite3WhereExprUsage(pMaskSet, pS->pHaving);
    if( ALWAYS(pSrc!=0) ){
      int i;
      for(i=0; i<pSrc->nSrc; i++){
        mask |= exprSelectUsage(pMaskSet, pSrc->a[i].pSelect);
        mask |= sqlite3WhereExprUsage(pMaskSet, pSrc->a[i].pOn);
        if( pSrc->a[i].fg.isTabFunc ){
          mask |= sqlite3WhereExprListUsage(pMaskSet, pSrc->a[i].u1.pFuncArg);
        }
      }
    }
    pS = pS->pPrior;
  }
  return mask;
}

................................................................................

      pNew = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, pExpr->op, pLeft, pRight);
      transferJoinMarkings(pNew, pExpr);
      idxNew = whereClauseInsert(pWC, pNew, TERM_DYNAMIC);
      exprAnalyze(pSrc, pWC, idxNew);
    }
    pTerm = &pWC->a[idxTerm];
    pTerm->wtFlags |= TERM_CODED|TERM_VIRTUAL;  /* Disable the original */
    pTerm->eOperator = 0;
  }

  /* If there is a vector IN term - e.g. "(a, b) IN (SELECT ...)" - create
  ** a virtual term for each vector component. The expression object
  ** used by each such virtual term is pExpr (the full vector IN(...) 
  ** expression). The WhereTerm.iField variable identifies the index within
................................................................................
    }else if( eOp & (WO_EQ|WO_IS) ){
      int iCol = pProbe->aiColumn[saved_nEq];
      pNew->wsFlags |= WHERE_COLUMN_EQ;
      assert( saved_nEq==pNew->u.btree.nEq );
      if( iCol==XN_ROWID 
       || (iCol>=0 && nInMul==0 && saved_nEq==pProbe->nKeyCol-1)
      ){
        if( iCol==XN_ROWID || pProbe->uniqNotNull 
         || (pProbe->nKeyCol==1 && pProbe->onError && eOp==WO_EQ) 
        ){
          pNew->wsFlags |= WHERE_ONEROW;
        }else{
          pNew->wsFlags |= WHERE_UNQ_WANTED;
        }
      }
    }else if( eOp & WO_ISNULL ){
      pNew->wsFlags |= WHERE_COLUMN_NULL;
    }else if( eOp & (WO_GT|WO_GE) ){
      testcase( eOp & WO_GT );
      testcase( eOp & WO_GE );
................................................................................
  ** preserves SQLite's legacy behaviour in the following two cases:
  **
  **   FROM ... WHERE random()>0;           -- eval random() once per row
  **   FROM ... WHERE (SELECT random())>0;  -- eval random() once overall
  */
  for(ii=0; ii<sWLB.pWC->nTerm; ii++){
    WhereTerm *pT = &sWLB.pWC->a[ii];
    if( pT->wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL ) continue;
    if( pT->prereqAll==0 && (nTabList==0 || exprIsDeterministic(pT->pExpr)) ){
      sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pT->pExpr, pWInfo->iBreak, SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL);
      pT->wtFlags |= TERM_CODED;
    }
  }

  if( wctrlFlags & WHERE_WANT_DISTINCT ){
................................................................................
  if( stateno>YY_MAX_SHIFT ) return stateno;
  assert( stateno <= YY_SHIFT_COUNT );
#if defined(YYCOVERAGE)
  yycoverage[stateno][iLookAhead] = 1;
#endif
  do{
    i = yy_shift_ofst[stateno];
    assert( i>=0 );
    assert( i+YYNTOKEN<=(int)sizeof(yy_lookahead)/sizeof(yy_lookahead[0]) );
    assert( iLookAhead!=YYNOCODE );
    assert( iLookAhead < YYNTOKEN );
    i += iLookAhead;
    if( yy_lookahead[i]!=iLookAhead ){
#ifdef YYFALLBACK
      YYCODETYPE iFallback;            /* Fallback token */
      if( iLookAhead<sizeof(yyFallback)/sizeof(yyFallback[0])
................................................................................
  Expr *p = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_UMINUS, yymsp[-1].minor.yy314, 0);
  sqlite3AddDefaultValue(pParse,p,yymsp[-2].minor.yy0.z,yymsp[0].minor.yy336);
}
        break;
      case 34: /* ccons ::= DEFAULT scanpt ID|INDEXED */
{
  Expr *p = tokenExpr(pParse, TK_STRING, yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
  if( p ){
    sqlite3ExprIdToTrueFalse(p);
    testcase( p->op==TK_TRUEFALSE && sqlite3ExprTruthValue(p) );
  }
  sqlite3AddDefaultValue(pParse,p,yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z,yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z+yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n);
}
        break;
      case 35: /* ccons ::= NOT NULL onconf */
{sqlite3AddNotNull(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy4);}
        break;
      case 36: /* ccons ::= PRIMARY KEY sortorder onconf autoinc */
................................................................................
  ** then extract the first few alphanumeric characters from within that
  ** comment to be the zSelName value.  Otherwise, the label is #N where
  ** is an integer that is incremented with each SELECT statement seen.
  */
  if( yymsp[-8].minor.yy387!=0 ){
    const char *z = s.z+6;
    int i;
    sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(yymsp[-8].minor.yy387->zSelName), yymsp[-8].minor.yy387->zSelName,"#%d",++pParse->nSelect);

    while( z[0]==' ' ) z++;
    if( z[0]=='/' && z[1]=='*' ){
      z += 2;
      while( z[0]==' ' ) z++;
      for(i=0; sqlite3Isalnum(z[i]); i++){}
      sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(yymsp[-8].minor.yy387->zSelName), yymsp[-8].minor.yy387->zSelName, "%.*s", i, z);
    }
................................................................................
    if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.isPCacheInit==0 ){
      rc = sqlite3PcacheInitialize();
    }
    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
      sqlite3GlobalConfig.isPCacheInit = 1;
      rc = sqlite3OsInit();
    }
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_DESERIALIZE
    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
      rc = sqlite3MemdbInit();
    }
#endif
    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
      sqlite3PCacheBufferSetup( sqlite3GlobalConfig.pPage, 
          sqlite3GlobalConfig.szPage, sqlite3GlobalConfig.nPage);
      sqlite3GlobalConfig.isInit = 1;
#ifdef SQLITE_EXTRA_INIT
      bRunExtraInit = 1;
#endif
................................................................................
  ** been compiled correctly.  It is important to run this code, but
  ** we don't want to run it too often and soak up CPU cycles for no
  ** reason.  So we run it once during initialization.
  */
#ifndef NDEBUG
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
  /* This section of code's only "output" is via assert() statements. */
  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
    u64 x = (((u64)1)<<63)-1;
    double y;
    assert(sizeof(x)==8);
    assert(sizeof(x)==sizeof(y));
    memcpy(&y, &x, 8);
    assert( sqlite3IsNaN(y) );
  }
................................................................................
#else
    /* SQLITE_NOLFS       */ 0,
#endif
    /* SQLITE_AUTH        */ "authorization denied",
    /* SQLITE_FORMAT      */ 0,
    /* SQLITE_RANGE       */ "column index out of range",
    /* SQLITE_NOTADB      */ "file is not a database",
    /* SQLITE_NOTICE      */ "notification message",
    /* SQLITE_WARNING     */ "warning message",
  };
  const char *zErr = "unknown error";
  switch( rc ){
    case SQLITE_ABORT_ROLLBACK: {
      zErr = "abort due to ROLLBACK";
      break;
    }
    case SQLITE_ROW: {
      zErr = "another row available";
      break;
    }
    case SQLITE_DONE: {
      zErr = "no more rows available";
      break;
    }
    default: {
      rc &= 0xff;
      if( ALWAYS(rc>=0) && rc<ArraySize(aMsg) && aMsg[rc]!=0 ){
        zErr = aMsg[rc];
      }
      break;
................................................................................
}

/*
** This routine implements a busy callback that sleeps and tries
** again until a timeout value is reached.  The timeout value is
** an integer number of milliseconds passed in as the first
** argument.
**
** Return non-zero to retry the lock.  Return zero to stop trying
** and cause SQLite to return SQLITE_BUSY.
*/
static int sqliteDefaultBusyCallback(
  void *ptr,               /* Database connection */
  int count,               /* Number of times table has been busy */
  sqlite3_file *pFile      /* The file on which the lock occurred */
){
#if SQLITE_OS_WIN || HAVE_USLEEP
  /* This case is for systems that have support for sleeping for fractions of
  ** a second.  Examples:  All windows systems, unix systems with usleep() */
  static const u8 delays[] =
     { 1, 2, 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 25,  25,  50,  50, 100 };
  static const u8 totals[] =
     { 0, 1, 3,  8, 18, 33, 53, 78, 103, 128, 178, 228 };
# define NDELAY ArraySize(delays)
  sqlite3 *db = (sqlite3 *)ptr;
  int tmout = db->busyTimeout;
  int delay, prior;

#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SETLK_TIMEOUT
  if( sqlite3OsFileControl(pFile,SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCK_TIMEOUT,&tmout)==SQLITE_OK ){
    if( count ){
      tmout = 0;
      sqlite3OsFileControl(pFile, SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCK_TIMEOUT, &tmout);
      return 0;
    }else{
      return 1;
    }
  }
#else
  UNUSED_PARAMETER(pFile);
#endif
  assert( count>=0 );
  if( count < NDELAY ){
    delay = delays[count];
    prior = totals[count];
  }else{
    delay = delays[NDELAY-1];
    prior = totals[NDELAY-1] + delay*(count-(NDELAY-1));
  }
  if( prior + delay > tmout ){
    delay = tmout - prior;
    if( delay<=0 ) return 0;
  }
  sqlite3OsSleep(db->pVfs, delay*1000);
  return 1;
#else
  /* This case for unix systems that lack usleep() support.  Sleeping
  ** must be done in increments of whole seconds */
  sqlite3 *db = (sqlite3 *)ptr;
  int tmout = ((sqlite3 *)ptr)->busyTimeout;
  UNUSED_PARAMETER(pFile);
  if( (count+1)*1000 > tmout ){
    return 0;
  }
  sqlite3OsSleep(db->pVfs, 1000000);
  return 1;
#endif
}

/*
** Invoke the given busy handler.
**
** This routine is called when an operation failed to acquire a
** lock on VFS file pFile.
**
** If this routine returns non-zero, the lock is retried.  If it
** returns 0, the operation aborts with an SQLITE_BUSY error.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3InvokeBusyHandler(BusyHandler *p, sqlite3_file *pFile){
  int rc;
  if( p->xBusyHandler==0 || p->nBusy<0 ) return 0;
  if( p->bExtraFileArg ){
    /* Add an extra parameter with the pFile pointer to the end of the
    ** callback argument list */
    int (*xTra)(void*,int,sqlite3_file*);
    xTra = (int(*)(void*,int,sqlite3_file*))p->xBusyHandler;
    rc = xTra(p->pBusyArg, p->nBusy, pFile);
  }else{
    /* Legacy style busy handler callback */
    rc = p->xBusyHandler(p->pBusyArg, p->nBusy);
  }
  if( rc==0 ){
    p->nBusy = -1;
  }else{
    p->nBusy++;
  }
  return rc; 
}
................................................................................
  int (*xBusy)(void*,int),
  void *pArg
){
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR
  if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) ) return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
#endif
  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
  db->busyHandler.xBusyHandler = xBusy;
  db->busyHandler.pBusyArg = pArg;
  db->busyHandler.nBusy = 0;
  db->busyHandler.bExtraFileArg = 0;
  db->busyTimeout = 0;
  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
  return SQLITE_OK;
}

#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PROGRESS_CALLBACK
/*
................................................................................
** specified number of milliseconds before returning 0.
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_busy_timeout(sqlite3 *db, int ms){
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR
  if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) ) return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
#endif
  if( ms>0 ){
    sqlite3_busy_handler(db, (int(*)(void*,int))sqliteDefaultBusyCallback,
                             (void*)db);
    db->busyTimeout = ms;
    db->busyHandler.bExtraFileArg = 1;
  }else{
    sqlite3_busy_handler(db, 0, 0);
  }
  return SQLITE_OK;
}

/*
................................................................................
      rc = SQLITE_OK;
    }else if( op==SQLITE_FCNTL_VFS_POINTER ){
      *(sqlite3_vfs**)pArg = sqlite3PagerVfs(pPager);
      rc = SQLITE_OK;
    }else if( op==SQLITE_FCNTL_JOURNAL_POINTER ){
      *(sqlite3_file**)pArg = sqlite3PagerJrnlFile(pPager);
      rc = SQLITE_OK;
    }else{
      rc = sqlite3OsFileControl(fd, op, pArg);


    }
    sqlite3BtreeLeave(pBtree);
  }
  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
  return rc;
}

................................................................................
  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;
  int rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_INSERT_SEGMENTS, &pStmt, 0);
  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
    sqlite3_bind_int64(pStmt, 1, iBlock);
    sqlite3_bind_blob(pStmt, 2, z, n, SQLITE_STATIC);
    sqlite3_step(pStmt);
    rc = sqlite3_reset(pStmt);
    sqlite3_bind_null(pStmt, 2);
  }
  return rc;
}

/*
** Find the largest relative level number in the table. If successful, set
** *pnMax to this value and return SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, if an error occurs,
................................................................................
      char *zEnd = sqlite3_mprintf("%lld %lld", iEndBlock, nLeafData);
      if( !zEnd ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
      sqlite3_bind_text(pStmt, 5, zEnd, -1, sqlite3_free);
    }
    sqlite3_bind_blob(pStmt, 6, zRoot, nRoot, SQLITE_STATIC);
    sqlite3_step(pStmt);
    rc = sqlite3_reset(pStmt);
    sqlite3_bind_null(pStmt, 6);
  }
  return rc;
}

/*
** Return the size of the common prefix (if any) shared by zPrev and
** zNext, in bytes. For example, 
................................................................................
    *pRC = rc;
    return;
  }
  sqlite3_bind_int(pStmt, 1, FTS_STAT_DOCTOTAL);
  sqlite3_bind_blob(pStmt, 2, pBlob, nBlob, SQLITE_STATIC);
  sqlite3_step(pStmt);
  *pRC = sqlite3_reset(pStmt);
  sqlite3_bind_null(pStmt, 2);
  sqlite3_free(a);
}

/*
** Merge the entire database so that there is one segment for each 
** iIndex/iLangid combination.
*/
................................................................................
    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
      sqlite3_bind_int64(pChomp, 1, iNewStart);
      sqlite3_bind_blob(pChomp, 2, root.a, root.n, SQLITE_STATIC);
      sqlite3_bind_int64(pChomp, 3, iAbsLevel);
      sqlite3_bind_int(pChomp, 4, iIdx);
      sqlite3_step(pChomp);
      rc = sqlite3_reset(pChomp);
      sqlite3_bind_null(pChomp, 2);
    }
  }

  sqlite3_free(root.a);
  sqlite3_free(block.a);
  return rc;
}
................................................................................

  rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_REPLACE_STAT, &pReplace, 0);
  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
    sqlite3_bind_int(pReplace, 1, FTS_STAT_INCRMERGEHINT);
    sqlite3_bind_blob(pReplace, 2, pHint->a, pHint->n, SQLITE_STATIC);
    sqlite3_step(pReplace);
    rc = sqlite3_reset(pReplace);
    sqlite3_bind_null(pReplace, 2);
  }

  return rc;
}

/*
** Load an incr-merge hint from the database. The incr-merge hint, if one 
................................................................................
  sqlite3_vtab *pVtab,            /* FTS3 vtab object */
  int nArg,                       /* Size of argument array */
  sqlite3_value **apVal,          /* Array of arguments */
  sqlite_int64 *pRowid            /* OUT: The affected (or effected) rowid */
){
  Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table *)pVtab;
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;             /* Return Code */

  u32 *aSzIns = 0;                /* Sizes of inserted documents */
  u32 *aSzDel = 0;                /* Sizes of deleted documents */
  int nChng = 0;                  /* Net change in number of documents */
  int bInsertDone = 0;

  /* At this point it must be known if the %_stat table exists or not.
  ** So bHasStat may not be 2.  */
................................................................................
    goto update_out;
  }

  /* If this is a DELETE or UPDATE operation, remove the old record. */
  if( sqlite3_value_type(apVal[0])!=SQLITE_NULL ){
    assert( sqlite3_value_type(apVal[0])==SQLITE_INTEGER );
    rc = fts3DeleteByRowid(p, apVal[0], &nChng, aSzDel);

  }
  
  /* If this is an INSERT or UPDATE operation, insert the new record. */
  if( nArg>1 && rc==SQLITE_OK ){
    int iLangid = sqlite3_value_int(apVal[2 + p->nColumn + 2]);
    if( bInsertDone==0 ){
      rc = fts3InsertData(p, apVal, pRowid);
      if( rc==SQLITE_CONSTRAINT && p->zContentTbl==0 ){
        rc = FTS_CORRUPT_VTAB;
      }
    }
    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
      rc = fts3PendingTermsDocid(p, 0, iLangid, *pRowid);
    }
    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
      assert( p->iPrevDocid==*pRowid );
      rc = fts3InsertTerms(p, iLangid, apVal, aSzIns);
    }
    if( p->bHasDocsize ){
................................................................................
    }else{
      sqlite3_bind_null(p, 1);
    }
    sqlite3_bind_blob(p, 2, pNode->zData, pRtree->iNodeSize, SQLITE_STATIC);
    sqlite3_step(p);
    pNode->isDirty = 0;
    rc = sqlite3_reset(p);
    sqlite3_bind_null(p, 2);
    if( pNode->iNode==0 && rc==SQLITE_OK ){
      pNode->iNode = sqlite3_last_insert_rowid(pRtree->db);
      nodeHashInsert(pRtree, pNode);
    }
  }
  return rc;
}
................................................................................

    while( p->rc==SQLITE_OK && SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pXInfo) ){
      int bKey = sqlite3_column_int(pXInfo, 5);
      if( bKey ){
        int iCid = sqlite3_column_int(pXInfo, 1);
        int bDesc = sqlite3_column_int(pXInfo, 3);
        const char *zCollate = (const char*)sqlite3_column_text(pXInfo, 4);
        zCols = rbuMPrintf(p, "%z%sc%d %s COLLATE %Q", zCols, zComma, 
            iCid, pIter->azTblType[iCid], zCollate
        );
        zPk = rbuMPrintf(p, "%z%sc%d%s", zPk, zComma, iCid, bDesc?" DESC":"");
        zComma = ", ";
      }
    }
    zCols = rbuMPrintf(p, "%z, id INTEGER", zCols);
................................................................................
      );

      if( pIter->eType==RBU_PK_IPK && pIter->abTblPk[iCol] ){
        /* If the target table column is an "INTEGER PRIMARY KEY", add
        ** "PRIMARY KEY" to the imposter table column declaration. */
        zPk = "PRIMARY KEY ";
      }
      zSql = rbuMPrintf(p, "%z%s\"%w\" %s %sCOLLATE %Q%s", 
          zSql, zComma, zCol, pIter->azTblType[iCol], zPk, zColl,
          (pIter->abNotNull[iCol] ? " NOT NULL" : "")
      );
      zComma = ", ";
    }

    if( pIter->eType==RBU_PK_WITHOUT_ROWID ){
................................................................................
  pCsr->iOffset = (i64)pCsr->szPage * (pCsr->iPageno - 1);

  /* If connected to a ZIPVFS backend, override the page size and
  ** offset with actual values obtained from ZIPVFS.
  */
  fd = sqlite3PagerFile(pPager);
  x[0] = pCsr->iPageno;
  if( sqlite3OsFileControl(fd, 230440, &x)==SQLITE_OK ){
    pCsr->iOffset = x[0];
    pCsr->szPage = (int)x[1];
  }
}

/*
** Move a statvfs cursor to the next entry in the file.
................................................................................
**
** As in the changeset format, each field of the single record that is part
** of a patchset change is associated with the correspondingly positioned
** table column, counting from left to right within the CREATE TABLE 
** statement.
**
** For a DELETE change, all fields within the record except those associated
** with PRIMARY KEY columns are omitted. The PRIMARY KEY fields contain the
** values identifying the row to delete.
**
** For an UPDATE change, all fields except those associated with PRIMARY KEY
** columns and columns that are modified by the UPDATE are set to "undefined".
** PRIMARY KEY fields contain the values identifying the table row to update,
** and fields associated with modified columns contain the new column values.
**
** The records associated with INSERT changes are in the same format as for
................................................................................
** The buffer that the argument points to contains a serialized SQL value.
** Return the number of bytes of space occupied by the value (including
** the type byte).
*/
static int sessionSerialLen(u8 *a){
  int e = *a;
  int n;
  if( e==0 || e==0xFF ) return 1;
  if( e==SQLITE_NULL ) return 1;
  if( e==SQLITE_INTEGER || e==SQLITE_FLOAT ) return 9;
  return sessionVarintGet(&a[1], &n) + 1 + n;
}

/*
** Based on the primary key values stored in change aRecord, calculate a
................................................................................
  int iCol;                       /* Used to iterate through table columns */

  for(iCol=0; iCol<pTab->nCol; iCol++){
    if( pTab->abPK[iCol] ){
      int n1 = sessionSerialLen(a1);
      int n2 = sessionSerialLen(a2);

      if( n1!=n2 || memcmp(a1, a2, n1) ){
        return 0;
      }
      a1 += n1;
      a2 += n2;
    }else{
      if( bLeftPkOnly==0 ) a1 += sessionSerialLen(a1);
      if( bRightPkOnly==0 ) a2 += sessionSerialLen(a2);
................................................................................
        a += sessionVarintGet(a, &n);
        if( sqlite3_value_bytes(pVal)!=n ) return 0;
        if( eType==SQLITE_TEXT ){
          z = sqlite3_value_text(pVal);
        }else{
          z = sqlite3_value_blob(pVal);
        }
        if( n>0 && memcmp(a, z, n) ) return 0;
        a += n;
      }
    }
  }

  return 1;
}
................................................................................
  int op,                         /* One of SQLITE_UPDATE, INSERT, DELETE */
  sqlite3_session *pSession,      /* Session object pTab is attached to */
  SessionTable *pTab              /* Table that change applies to */
){
  int iHash; 
  int bNull = 0; 
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
  SessionStat1Ctx stat1 = {0};

  if( pSession->rc ) return;

  /* Load table details if required */
  if( sessionInitTable(pSession, pTab) ) return;

  /* Check the number of columns in this xPreUpdate call matches the 
................................................................................
  int nSql = -1;

  if( 0==sqlite3_stricmp("sqlite_stat1", zTab) ){
    zSql = sqlite3_mprintf(
        "SELECT tbl, ?2, stat FROM %Q.sqlite_stat1 WHERE tbl IS ?1 AND "
        "idx IS (CASE WHEN ?2=X'' THEN NULL ELSE ?2 END)", zDb
    );
    if( zSql==0 ) rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
  }else{
    int i;
    const char *zSep = "";
    SessionBuffer buf = {0, 0, 0};

    sessionAppendStr(&buf, "SELECT * FROM ", &rc);
    sessionAppendIdent(&buf, zDb, &rc);
................................................................................
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;

  for(i=0; i<nCol && rc==SQLITE_OK; i++){
    int eType = 0;                /* Type of value (SQLITE_NULL, TEXT etc.) */
    if( abPK && abPK[i]==0 ) continue;
    rc = sessionInputBuffer(pIn, 9);
    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
      if( pIn->iNext>=pIn->nData ){
        rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
      }else{
        eType = pIn->aData[pIn->iNext++];


        assert( apOut[i]==0 );
        if( eType ){
          apOut[i] = sqlite3ValueNew(0);
          if( !apOut[i] ) rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
        }
      }
    }

    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
      u8 *aVal = &pIn->aData[pIn->iNext];
      if( eType==SQLITE_TEXT || eType==SQLITE_BLOB ){
        int nByte;
        pIn->iNext += sessionVarintGet(aVal, &nByte);
        rc = sessionInputBuffer(pIn, nByte);
        if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
          if( nByte<0 || nByte>pIn->nData-pIn->iNext ){
            rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
          }else{
            u8 enc = (eType==SQLITE_TEXT ? SQLITE_UTF8 : 0);
            rc = sessionValueSetStr(apOut[i],&pIn->aData[pIn->iNext],nByte,enc);

            pIn->iNext += nByte;
          }
        }
      }
      if( eType==SQLITE_INTEGER || eType==SQLITE_FLOAT ){
        sqlite3_int64 v = sessionGetI64(aVal);
        if( eType==SQLITE_INTEGER ){
          sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(apOut[i], v);
        }else{
          double d;
................................................................................
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
  int nCol = 0;
  int nRead = 0;

  rc = sessionInputBuffer(pIn, 9);
  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
    nRead += sessionVarintGet(&pIn->aData[pIn->iNext + nRead], &nCol);
    /* The hard upper limit for the number of columns in an SQLite
    ** database table is, according to sqliteLimit.h, 32676. So 
    ** consider any table-header that purports to have more than 65536 
    ** columns to be corrupt. This is convenient because otherwise, 
    ** if the (nCol>65536) condition below were omitted, a sufficiently 
    ** large value for nCol may cause nRead to wrap around and become 
    ** negative. Leading to a crash. */
    if( nCol<0 || nCol>65536 ){
      rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
    }else{
      rc = sessionInputBuffer(pIn, nRead+nCol+100);
      nRead += nCol;
    }
  }

  while( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
    while( (pIn->iNext + nRead)<pIn->nData && pIn->aData[pIn->iNext + nRead] ){
      nRead++;
    }
    if( (pIn->iNext + nRead)<pIn->nData ) break;
................................................................................
  assert( p->rc==SQLITE_OK );

  rc = sessionChangesetBufferTblhdr(&p->in, &nCopy);
  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
    int nByte;
    int nVarint;
    nVarint = sessionVarintGet(&p->in.aData[p->in.iNext], &p->nCol);
    if( p->nCol>0 ){
      nCopy -= nVarint;
      p->in.iNext += nVarint;
      nByte = p->nCol * sizeof(sqlite3_value*) * 2 + nCopy;
      p->tblhdr.nBuf = 0;
      sessionBufferGrow(&p->tblhdr, nByte, &rc);
    }else{
      rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
    }
  }

  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
    int iPK = sizeof(sqlite3_value*)*p->nCol*2;
    memset(p->tblhdr.aBuf, 0, iPK);
    memcpy(&p->tblhdr.aBuf[iPK], &p->in.aData[p->in.iNext], nCopy);
    p->in.iNext += nCopy;
................................................................................
** successfully advanced to the next change in the changeset, an SQLite 
** error code if an error occurs, or SQLITE_DONE if there are no further 
** changes in the changeset.
*/
static int sessionChangesetNext(
  sqlite3_changeset_iter *p,      /* Changeset iterator */
  u8 **paRec,                     /* If non-NULL, store record pointer here */
  int *pnRec,                     /* If non-NULL, store size of record here */
  int *pbNew                      /* If non-NULL, true if new table */
){
  int i;
  u8 op;

  assert( (paRec==0 && pnRec==0) || (paRec && pnRec) );

  /* If the iterator is in the error-state, return immediately. */
................................................................................
  }

  sessionDiscardData(&p->in);
  p->in.iCurrent = p->in.iNext;

  op = p->in.aData[p->in.iNext++];
  while( op=='T' || op=='P' ){
    if( pbNew ) *pbNew = 1;
    p->bPatchset = (op=='P');
    if( sessionChangesetReadTblhdr(p) ) return p->rc;
    if( (p->rc = sessionInputBuffer(&p->in, 2)) ) return p->rc;
    p->in.iCurrent = p->in.iNext;
    if( p->in.iNext>=p->in.nData ) return SQLITE_DONE;
    op = p->in.aData[p->in.iNext++];
  }

  if( p->zTab==0 ){
    /* The first record in the changeset is not a table header. Must be a
    ** corrupt changeset. */
    assert( p->in.iNext==1 );
    return (p->rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT);
  }

  p->op = op;
  p->bIndirect = p->in.aData[p->in.iNext++];
  if( p->op!=SQLITE_UPDATE && p->op!=SQLITE_DELETE && p->op!=SQLITE_INSERT ){
    return (p->rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT);
  }

................................................................................
    if( p->bPatchset && p->op==SQLITE_UPDATE ){
      /* If this is an UPDATE that is part of a patchset, then all PK and
      ** modified fields are present in the new.* record. The old.* record
      ** is currently completely empty. This block shifts the PK fields from
      ** new.* to old.*, to accommodate the code that reads these arrays.  */
      for(i=0; i<p->nCol; i++){
        assert( p->apValue[i]==0 );

        if( p->abPK[i] ){
          p->apValue[i] = p->apValue[i+p->nCol];
          if( p->apValue[i]==0 ) return (p->rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT);
          p->apValue[i+p->nCol] = 0;
        }
      }
    }
  }

  return SQLITE_ROW;
................................................................................
** change in the changeset. This function may return SQLITE_ROW, SQLITE_DONE
** or SQLITE_CORRUPT.
**
** This function may not be called on iterators passed to a conflict handler
** callback by changeset_apply().
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_next(sqlite3_changeset_iter *p){
  return sessionChangesetNext(p, 0, 0, 0);
}

/*
** The following function extracts information on the current change
** from a changeset iterator. It may only be called after changeset_next()
** has returned SQLITE_ROW.
*/
................................................................................
  sqlite3_stmt *pSelect;          /* SELECT statement */
  int nCol;                       /* Size of azCol[] and abPK[] arrays */
  const char **azCol;             /* Array of column names */
  u8 *abPK;                       /* Boolean array - true if column is in PK */
  int bStat1;                     /* True if table is sqlite_stat1 */
  int bDeferConstraints;          /* True to defer constraints */
  SessionBuffer constraints;      /* Deferred constraints are stored here */
  SessionBuffer rebase;           /* Rebase information (if any) here */
  int bRebaseStarted;             /* If table header is already in rebase */
};

/*
** Formulate a statement to DELETE a row from database db. Assuming a table
** structure like this:
**
**     CREATE TABLE x(a, b, c, d, PRIMARY KEY(a, c));
................................................................................
  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
    rc = sessionPrepare(db, &p->pDelete,
        "DELETE FROM main.sqlite_stat1 WHERE tbl=?1 AND idx IS "
        "CASE WHEN length(?2)=0 AND typeof(?2)='blob' THEN NULL ELSE ?2 END "
        "AND (?4 OR stat IS ?3)"
    );
  }

  return rc;
}

/*
** A wrapper around sqlite3_bind_value() that detects an extra problem. 
** See comments in the body of this function for details.
*/
................................................................................
  ** in the code below. */
  assert( xValue==sqlite3changeset_old || xValue==sqlite3changeset_new );

  for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<nCol; i++){
    if( !abPK || abPK[i] ){
      sqlite3_value *pVal;
      (void)xValue(pIter, i, &pVal);
      if( pVal==0 ){
        /* The value in the changeset was "undefined". This indicates a
        ** corrupt changeset blob.  */
        rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
      }else{
        rc = sessionBindValue(pStmt, i+1, pVal);
      }
    }
  }
  return rc;
}

/*
** SQL statement pSelect is as generated by the sessionSelectRow() function.
................................................................................
      nCol, abPK, pSelect
  );

  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
    rc = sqlite3_step(pSelect);
    if( rc!=SQLITE_ROW ) rc = sqlite3_reset(pSelect);
  }

  return rc;
}

/*
** This function is called from within sqlite3changset_apply_v2() when
** a conflict is encountered and resolved using conflict resolution
** mode eType (either SQLITE_CHANGESET_OMIT or SQLITE_CHANGESET_REPLACE)..
** It adds a conflict resolution record to the buffer in 
** SessionApplyCtx.rebase, which will eventually be returned to the caller
** of apply_v2() as the "rebase" buffer.
**
** Return SQLITE_OK if successful, or an SQLite error code otherwise.
*/
static int sessionRebaseAdd(
  SessionApplyCtx *p,             /* Apply context */
  int eType,                      /* Conflict resolution (OMIT or REPLACE) */
  sqlite3_changeset_iter *pIter   /* Iterator pointing at current change */
){
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
  int i;
  int eOp = pIter->op;
  if( p->bRebaseStarted==0 ){
    /* Append a table-header to the rebase buffer */
    const char *zTab = pIter->zTab;
    sessionAppendByte(&p->rebase, 'T', &rc);
    sessionAppendVarint(&p->rebase, p->nCol, &rc);
    sessionAppendBlob(&p->rebase, p->abPK, p->nCol, &rc);
    sessionAppendBlob(&p->rebase, (u8*)zTab, (int)strlen(zTab)+1, &rc);
    p->bRebaseStarted = 1;
  }

  assert( eType==SQLITE_CHANGESET_REPLACE||eType==SQLITE_CHANGESET_OMIT );
  assert( eOp==SQLITE_DELETE || eOp==SQLITE_INSERT || eOp==SQLITE_UPDATE );

  sessionAppendByte(&p->rebase, 
      (eOp==SQLITE_DELETE ? SQLITE_DELETE : SQLITE_INSERT), &rc
  );
  sessionAppendByte(&p->rebase, (eType==SQLITE_CHANGESET_REPLACE), &rc);
  for(i=0; i<p->nCol; i++){
    sqlite3_value *pVal = 0;
    if( eOp==SQLITE_DELETE || (eOp==SQLITE_UPDATE && p->abPK[i]) ){
      sqlite3changeset_old(pIter, i, &pVal);
    }else{
      sqlite3changeset_new(pIter, i, &pVal);
    }
    sessionAppendValue(&p->rebase, pVal, &rc);
  }

  return rc;
}

/*
** Invoke the conflict handler for the change that the changeset iterator
** currently points to.
................................................................................
  }else if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
    if( p->bDeferConstraints && eType==SQLITE_CHANGESET_CONFLICT ){
      /* Instead of invoking the conflict handler, append the change blob
      ** to the SessionApplyCtx.constraints buffer. */
      u8 *aBlob = &pIter->in.aData[pIter->in.iCurrent];
      int nBlob = pIter->in.iNext - pIter->in.iCurrent;
      sessionAppendBlob(&p->constraints, aBlob, nBlob, &rc);
      return SQLITE_OK;
    }else{
      /* No other row with the new.* primary key. */
      res = xConflict(pCtx, eType+1, pIter);
      if( res==SQLITE_CHANGESET_REPLACE ) rc = SQLITE_MISUSE;
    }
  }

................................................................................
        rc = SQLITE_ABORT;
        break;

      default:
        rc = SQLITE_MISUSE;
        break;
    }
    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
      rc = sessionRebaseAdd(p, res, pIter);
    }
  }

  return rc;
}

/*
** Attempt to apply the change that the iterator passed as the first argument
................................................................................
  void *pCtx                      /* First argument passed to xConflict */
){
  int bReplace = 0;
  int bRetry = 0;
  int rc;

  rc = sessionApplyOneOp(pIter, pApply, xConflict, pCtx, &bReplace, &bRetry);
  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){

    /* If the bRetry flag is set, the change has not been applied due to an
    ** SQLITE_CHANGESET_DATA problem (i.e. this is an UPDATE or DELETE and
    ** a row with the correct PK is present in the db, but one or more other
    ** fields do not contain the expected values) and the conflict handler 
    ** returned SQLITE_CHANGESET_REPLACE. In this case retry the operation,
    ** but pass NULL as the final argument so that sessionApplyOneOp() ignores
    ** the SQLITE_CHANGESET_DATA problem.  */
    if( bRetry ){
      assert( pIter->op==SQLITE_UPDATE || pIter->op==SQLITE_DELETE );
      rc = sessionApplyOneOp(pIter, pApply, xConflict, pCtx, 0, 0);
    }

    /* If the bReplace flag is set, the change is an INSERT that has not
    ** been performed because the database already contains a row with the
    ** specified primary key and the conflict handler returned
    ** SQLITE_CHANGESET_REPLACE. In this case remove the conflicting row
    ** before reattempting the INSERT.  */
    else if( bReplace ){
      assert( pIter->op==SQLITE_INSERT );
      rc = sqlite3_exec(db, "SAVEPOINT replace_op", 0, 0, 0);
      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
        rc = sessionBindRow(pIter, 
            sqlite3changeset_new, pApply->nCol, pApply->abPK, pApply->pDelete);
        sqlite3_bind_int(pApply->pDelete, pApply->nCol+1, 1);
      }
      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
        sqlite3_step(pApply->pDelete);
        rc = sqlite3_reset(pApply->pDelete);
      }
      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
        rc = sessionApplyOneOp(pIter, pApply, xConflict, pCtx, 0, 0);
      }
      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
        rc = sqlite3_exec(db, "RELEASE replace_op", 0, 0, 0);
      }
    }
  }

  return rc;
}

/*
................................................................................
    const char *zTab              /* Table name */
  ),
  int(*xConflict)(
    void *pCtx,                   /* Copy of fifth arg to _apply() */
    int eConflict,                /* DATA, MISSING, CONFLICT, CONSTRAINT */
    sqlite3_changeset_iter *p     /* Handle describing change and conflict */
  ),
  void *pCtx,                     /* First argument passed to xConflict */
  void **ppRebase, int *pnRebase  /* OUT: Rebase information */
){
  int schemaMismatch = 0;
  int rc;                         /* Return code */
  const char *zTab = 0;           /* Name of current table */
  int nTab = 0;                   /* Result of sqlite3Strlen30(zTab) */
  SessionApplyCtx sApply;         /* changeset_apply() context object */
  int bPatchset;
................................................................................
      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) break;

      sqlite3_free((char*)sApply.azCol);  /* cast works around VC++ bug */
      sqlite3_finalize(sApply.pDelete);
      sqlite3_finalize(sApply.pUpdate); 
      sqlite3_finalize(sApply.pInsert);
      sqlite3_finalize(sApply.pSelect);

      sApply.db = db;
      sApply.pDelete = 0;
      sApply.pUpdate = 0;
      sApply.pInsert = 0;
      sApply.pSelect = 0;
      sApply.nCol = 0;
      sApply.azCol = 0;
      sApply.abPK = 0;
      sApply.bStat1 = 0;
      sApply.bDeferConstraints = 1;
      sApply.bRebaseStarted = 0;
      memset(&sApply.constraints, 0, sizeof(SessionBuffer));

      /* If an xFilter() callback was specified, invoke it now. If the 
      ** xFilter callback returns zero, skip this table. If it returns
      ** non-zero, proceed. */
      schemaMismatch = (xFilter && (0==xFilter(pCtx, zNew)));
      if( schemaMismatch ){
        zTab = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", zNew);
................................................................................
  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
    rc = sqlite3_exec(db, "RELEASE changeset_apply", 0, 0, 0);
  }else{
    sqlite3_exec(db, "ROLLBACK TO changeset_apply", 0, 0, 0);
    sqlite3_exec(db, "RELEASE changeset_apply", 0, 0, 0);
  }

  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bPatchset==0 && ppRebase && pnRebase ){
    *ppRebase = (void*)sApply.rebase.aBuf;
    *pnRebase = sApply.rebase.nBuf;
    sApply.rebase.aBuf = 0;
  }
  sqlite3_finalize(sApply.pInsert);
  sqlite3_finalize(sApply.pDelete);
  sqlite3_finalize(sApply.pUpdate);
  sqlite3_finalize(sApply.pSelect);
  sqlite3_free((char*)sApply.azCol);  /* cast works around VC++ bug */
  sqlite3_free((char*)sApply.constraints.aBuf);
  sqlite3_free((char*)sApply.rebase.aBuf);
  sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqlite3_db_mutex(db));
  return rc;
}

/*
** Apply the changeset passed via pChangeset/nChangeset to the main 
** database attached to handle "db".
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_apply_v2(
  sqlite3 *db,                    /* Apply change to "main" db of this handle */
  int nChangeset,                 /* Size of changeset in bytes */
  void *pChangeset,               /* Changeset blob */
  int(*xFilter)(
    void *pCtx,                   /* Copy of sixth arg to _apply() */
    const char *zTab              /* Table name */
  ),
  int(*xConflict)(
    void *pCtx,                   /* Copy of sixth arg to _apply() */
    int eConflict,                /* DATA, MISSING, CONFLICT, CONSTRAINT */
    sqlite3_changeset_iter *p     /* Handle describing change and conflict */
  ),
  void *pCtx,                     /* First argument passed to xConflict */
  void **ppRebase, int *pnRebase
){
  sqlite3_changeset_iter *pIter;  /* Iterator to skip through changeset */  
  int rc = sqlite3changeset_start(&pIter, nChangeset, pChangeset);
  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
    rc = sessionChangesetApply(
        db, pIter, xFilter, xConflict, pCtx, ppRebase, pnRebase
    );
  }
  return rc;
}

/*
** Apply the changeset passed via pChangeset/nChangeset to the main database
** attached to handle "db". Invoke the supplied conflict handler callback
** to resolve any conflicts encountered while applying the change.
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_apply(
................................................................................
  int(*xConflict)(
    void *pCtx,                   /* Copy of fifth arg to _apply() */
    int eConflict,                /* DATA, MISSING, CONFLICT, CONSTRAINT */
    sqlite3_changeset_iter *p     /* Handle describing change and conflict */
  ),
  void *pCtx                      /* First argument passed to xConflict */
){

  return sqlite3changeset_apply_v2(

      db, nChangeset, pChangeset, xFilter, xConflict, pCtx, 0, 0


  );
}

/*
** Apply the changeset passed via xInput/pIn to the main database
** attached to handle "db". Invoke the supplied conflict handler callback
** to resolve any conflicts encountered while applying the change.
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_apply_v2_strm(
  sqlite3 *db,                    /* Apply change to "main" db of this handle */
  int (*xInput)(void *pIn, void *pData, int *pnData), /* Input function */
  void *pIn,                                          /* First arg for xInput */
  int(*xFilter)(
    void *pCtx,                   /* Copy of sixth arg to _apply() */
    const char *zTab              /* Table name */
  ),
  int(*xConflict)(
    void *pCtx,                   /* Copy of sixth arg to _apply() */
    int eConflict,                /* DATA, MISSING, CONFLICT, CONSTRAINT */
    sqlite3_changeset_iter *p     /* Handle describing change and conflict */
  ),
  void *pCtx,                     /* First argument passed to xConflict */
  void **ppRebase, int *pnRebase
){
  sqlite3_changeset_iter *pIter;  /* Iterator to skip through changeset */  
  int rc = sqlite3changeset_start_strm(&pIter, xInput, pIn);
  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
    rc = sessionChangesetApply(
        db, pIter, xFilter, xConflict, pCtx, ppRebase, pnRebase
    );
  }
  return rc;
}
SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_apply_strm(
  sqlite3 *db,                    /* Apply change to "main" db of this handle */
  int (*xInput)(void *pIn, void *pData, int *pnData), /* Input function */
  void *pIn,                                          /* First arg for xInput */
  int(*xFilter)(
    void *pCtx,                   /* Copy of sixth arg to _apply() */
    const char *zTab              /* Table name */
................................................................................
  int(*xConflict)(
    void *pCtx,                   /* Copy of sixth arg to _apply() */
    int eConflict,                /* DATA, MISSING, CONFLICT, CONSTRAINT */
    sqlite3_changeset_iter *p     /* Handle describing change and conflict */
  ),
  void *pCtx                      /* First argument passed to xConflict */
){

  return sqlite3changeset_apply_v2_strm(

      db, xInput, pIn, xFilter, xConflict, pCtx, 0, 0


  );
}

/*
** sqlite3_changegroup handle.
*/
struct sqlite3_changegroup {
  int rc;                         /* Error code */
................................................................................
/*
** This function is called to merge two changes to the same row together as
** part of an sqlite3changeset_concat() operation. A new change object is
** allocated and a pointer to it stored in *ppNew.
*/
static int sessionChangeMerge(
  SessionTable *pTab,             /* Table structure */
  int bRebase,                    /* True for a rebase hash-table */
  int bPatchset,                  /* True for patchsets */
  SessionChange *pExist,          /* Existing change */
  int op2,                        /* Second change operation */
  int bIndirect,                  /* True if second change is indirect */
  u8 *aRec,                       /* Second change record */
  int nRec,                       /* Number of bytes in aRec */
  SessionChange **ppNew           /* OUT: Merged change */
){
  SessionChange *pNew = 0;
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;

  if( !pExist ){
    pNew = (SessionChange *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(SessionChange) + nRec);
    if( !pNew ){
      return SQLITE_NOMEM;
    }
    memset(pNew, 0, sizeof(SessionChange));
    pNew->op = op2;
    pNew->bIndirect = bIndirect;

    pNew->aRecord = (u8*)&pNew[1];
    if( bIndirect==0 || bRebase==0 ){
      pNew->nRecord = nRec;
      memcpy(pNew->aRecord, aRec, nRec);
    }else{
      int i;
      u8 *pIn = aRec;
      u8 *pOut = pNew->aRecord;
      for(i=0; i<pTab->nCol; i++){
        int nIn = sessionSerialLen(pIn);
        if( *pIn==0 ){
          *pOut++ = 0;
        }else if( pTab->abPK[i]==0 ){
          *pOut++ = 0xFF;
        }else{
          memcpy(pOut, pIn, nIn);
          pOut += nIn;
        }
        pIn += nIn;
      }
      pNew->nRecord = pOut - pNew->aRecord;
    }
  }else if( bRebase ){
    if( pExist->op==SQLITE_DELETE && pExist->bIndirect ){
      *ppNew = pExist;
    }else{
      int nByte = nRec + pExist->nRecord + sizeof(SessionChange);
      pNew = (SessionChange*)sqlite3_malloc(nByte);
      if( pNew==0 ){
        rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
      }else{
        int i;
        u8 *a1 = pExist->aRecord;
        u8 *a2 = aRec;
        u8 *pOut;

        memset(pNew, 0, nByte);
        pNew->bIndirect = bIndirect || pExist->bIndirect;
        pNew->op = op2;
        pOut = pNew->aRecord = (u8*)&pNew[1];

        for(i=0; i<pTab->nCol; i++){
          int n1 = sessionSerialLen(a1);
          int n2 = sessionSerialLen(a2);
          if( *a1==0xFF || (pTab->abPK[i]==0 && bIndirect) ){
            *pOut++ = 0xFF;
          }else if( *a2==0 ){
            memcpy(pOut, a1, n1);
            pOut += n1;
          }else{
            memcpy(pOut, a2, n2);
            pOut += n2;
          }
          a1 += n1;
          a2 += n2;
        }
        pNew->nRecord = pOut - pNew->aRecord;
      }
      sqlite3_free(pExist);
    }
  }else{
    int op1 = pExist->op;

    /* 
    **   op1=INSERT, op2=INSERT      ->      Unsupported. Discard op2.
    **   op1=INSERT, op2=UPDATE      ->      INSERT.
    **   op1=INSERT, op2=DELETE      ->      (none)
................................................................................
        pNew->nRecord = (int)(aCsr - pNew->aRecord);
      }
      sqlite3_free(pExist);
    }
  }

  *ppNew = pNew;
  return rc;
}

/*
** Add all changes in the changeset traversed by the iterator passed as
** the first argument to the changegroup hash tables.
*/
static int sessionChangesetToHash(
  sqlite3_changeset_iter *pIter,   /* Iterator to read from */
  sqlite3_changegroup *pGrp,       /* Changegroup object to add changeset to */
  int bRebase                      /* True if hash table is for rebasing */
){
  u8 *aRec;
  int nRec;
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
  SessionTable *pTab = 0;


  while( SQLITE_ROW==sessionChangesetNext(pIter, &aRec, &nRec, 0) ){
    const char *zNew;
    int nCol;
    int op;
    int iHash;
    int bIndirect;
    SessionChange *pChange;
    SessionChange *pExist = 0;
................................................................................
        pExist = *pp;
        *pp = (*pp)->pNext;
        pTab->nEntry--;
        break;
      }
    }

    rc = sessionChangeMerge(pTab, bRebase, 
        pIter->bPatchset, pExist, op, bIndirect, aRec, nRec, &pChange
    );
    if( rc ) break;
    if( pChange ){
      pChange->pNext = pTab->apChange[iHash];
      pTab->apChange[iHash] = pChange;
      pTab->nEntry++;
................................................................................
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3changegroup_add(sqlite3_changegroup *pGrp, int nData, void *pData){
  sqlite3_changeset_iter *pIter;  /* Iterator opened on pData/nData */
  int rc;                         /* Return code */

  rc = sqlite3changeset_start(&pIter, nData, pData);
  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
    rc = sessionChangesetToHash(pIter, pGrp, 0);
  }
  sqlite3changeset_finalize(pIter);
  return rc;
}

/*
** Obtain a buffer containing a changeset representing the concatenation
................................................................................
  void *pIn
){
  sqlite3_changeset_iter *pIter;  /* Iterator opened on pData/nData */
  int rc;                         /* Return code */

  rc = sqlite3changeset_start_strm(&pIter, xInput, pIn);
  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
    rc = sessionChangesetToHash(pIter, pGrp, 0);
  }
  sqlite3changeset_finalize(pIter);
  return rc;
}

/*
** Streaming versions of changegroup_output().
................................................................................
  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
    rc = sqlite3changegroup_output_strm(pGrp, xOutput, pOut);
  }
  sqlite3changegroup_delete(pGrp);

  return rc;
}

/*
** Changeset rebaser handle.
*/
struct sqlite3_rebaser {
  sqlite3_changegroup grp;        /* Hash table */
};

/*
** Buffers a1 and a2 must both contain a sessions module record nCol
** fields in size. This function appends an nCol sessions module 
** record to buffer pBuf that is a copy of a1, except that for
** each field that is undefined in a1[], swap in the field from a2[].
*/
static void sessionAppendRecordMerge(
  SessionBuffer *pBuf,            /* Buffer to append to */
  int nCol,                       /* Number of columns in each record */
  u8 *a1, int n1,                 /* Record 1 */
  u8 *a2, int n2,                 /* Record 2 */
  int *pRc                        /* IN/OUT: error code */
){
  sessionBufferGrow(pBuf, n1+n2, pRc);
  if( *pRc==SQLITE_OK ){
    int i;
    u8 *pOut = &pBuf->aBuf[pBuf->nBuf];
    for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){
      int nn1 = sessionSerialLen(a1);
      int nn2 = sessionSerialLen(a2);
      if( *a1==0 || *a1==0xFF ){
        memcpy(pOut, a2, nn2);
        pOut += nn2;
      }else{
        memcpy(pOut, a1, nn1);
        pOut += nn1;
      }
      a1 += nn1;
      a2 += nn2;
    }

    pBuf->nBuf = pOut-pBuf->aBuf;
    assert( pBuf->nBuf<=pBuf->nAlloc );
  }
}

/*
** This function is called when rebasing a local UPDATE change against one 
** or more remote UPDATE changes. The aRec/nRec buffer contains the current
** old.* and new.* records for the change. The rebase buffer (a single
** record) is in aChange/nChange. The rebased change is appended to buffer
** pBuf.
**
** Rebasing the UPDATE involves: 
**
**   * Removing any changes to fields for which the corresponding field
**     in the rebase buffer is set to "replaced" (type 0xFF). If this
**     means the UPDATE change updates no fields, nothing is appended
**     to the output buffer.
**
**   * For each field modified by the local change for which the 
**     corresponding field in the rebase buffer is not "undefined" (0x00)
**     or "replaced" (0xFF), the old.* value is replaced by the value
**     in the rebase buffer.
*/
static void sessionAppendPartialUpdate(
  SessionBuffer *pBuf,            /* Append record here */
  sqlite3_changeset_iter *pIter,  /* Iterator pointed at local change */
  u8 *aRec, int nRec,             /* Local change */
  u8 *aChange, int nChange,       /* Record to rebase against */
  int *pRc                        /* IN/OUT: Return Code */
){
  sessionBufferGrow(pBuf, 2+nRec+nChange, pRc);
  if( *pRc==SQLITE_OK ){
    int bData = 0;
    u8 *pOut = &pBuf->aBuf[pBuf->nBuf];
    int i;
    u8 *a1 = aRec;
    u8 *a2 = aChange;

    *pOut++ = SQLITE_UPDATE;
    *pOut++ = pIter->bIndirect;
    for(i=0; i<pIter->nCol; i++){
      int n1 = sessionSerialLen(a1);
      int n2 = sessionSerialLen(a2);
      if( pIter->abPK[i] || a2[0]==0 ){
        if( !pIter->abPK[i] ) bData = 1;
        memcpy(pOut, a1, n1);
        pOut += n1;
      }else if( a2[0]!=0xFF ){
        bData = 1;
        memcpy(pOut, a2, n2);
        pOut += n2;
      }else{
        *pOut++ = '\0';
      }
      a1 += n1;
      a2 += n2;
    }
    if( bData ){
      a2 = aChange;
      for(i=0; i<pIter->nCol; i++){
        int n1 = sessionSerialLen(a1);
        int n2 = sessionSerialLen(a2);
        if( pIter->abPK[i] || a2[0]!=0xFF ){
          memcpy(pOut, a1, n1);
          pOut += n1;
        }else{
          *pOut++ = '\0';
        }
        a1 += n1;
        a2 += n2;
      }
      pBuf->nBuf = (pOut - pBuf->aBuf);
    }
  }
}

/*
** pIter is configured to iterate through a changeset. This function rebases 
** that changeset according to the current configuration of the rebaser 
** object passed as the first argument. If no error occurs and argument xOutput
** is not NULL, then the changeset is returned to the caller by invoking
** xOutput zero or more times and SQLITE_OK returned. Or, if xOutput is NULL,
** then (*ppOut) is set to point to a buffer containing the rebased changeset
** before this function returns. In this case (*pnOut) is set to the size of
** the buffer in bytes.  It is the responsibility of the caller to eventually
** free the (*ppOut) buffer using sqlite3_free(). 
**
** If an error occurs, an SQLite error code is returned. If ppOut and
** pnOut are not NULL, then the two output parameters are set to 0 before
** returning.
*/
static int sessionRebase(
  sqlite3_rebaser *p,             /* Rebaser hash table */
  sqlite3_changeset_iter *pIter,  /* Input data */
  int (*xOutput)(void *pOut, const void *pData, int nData),
  void *pOut,                     /* Context for xOutput callback */
  int *pnOut,                     /* OUT: Number of bytes in output changeset */
  void **ppOut                    /* OUT: Inverse of pChangeset */
){
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
  u8 *aRec = 0;
  int nRec = 0;
  int bNew = 0;
  SessionTable *pTab = 0;
  SessionBuffer sOut = {0,0,0};

  while( SQLITE_ROW==sessionChangesetNext(pIter, &aRec, &nRec, &bNew) ){
    SessionChange *pChange = 0;
    int bDone = 0;

    if( bNew ){
      const char *zTab = pIter->zTab;
      for(pTab=p->grp.pList; pTab; pTab=pTab->pNext){
        if( 0==sqlite3_stricmp(pTab->zName, zTab) ) break;
      }
      bNew = 0;

      /* A patchset may not be rebased */
      if( pIter->bPatchset ){
        rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
      }

      /* Append a table header to the output for this new table */
      sessionAppendByte(&sOut, pIter->bPatchset ? 'P' : 'T', &rc);
      sessionAppendVarint(&sOut, pIter->nCol, &rc);
      sessionAppendBlob(&sOut, pIter->abPK, pIter->nCol, &rc);
      sessionAppendBlob(&sOut,(u8*)pIter->zTab,(int)strlen(pIter->zTab)+1,&rc);
    }

    if( pTab && rc==SQLITE_OK ){
      int iHash = sessionChangeHash(pTab, 0, aRec, pTab->nChange);

      for(pChange=pTab->apChange[iHash]; pChange; pChange=pChange->pNext){
        if( sessionChangeEqual(pTab, 0, aRec, 0, pChange->aRecord) ){
          break;
        }
      }
    }

    if( pChange ){
      assert( pChange->op==SQLITE_DELETE || pChange->op==SQLITE_INSERT );
      switch( pIter->op ){
        case SQLITE_INSERT:
          if( pChange->op==SQLITE_INSERT ){
            bDone = 1;
            if( pChange->bIndirect==0 ){
              sessionAppendByte(&sOut, SQLITE_UPDATE, &rc);
              sessionAppendByte(&sOut, pIter->bIndirect, &rc);
              sessionAppendBlob(&sOut, pChange->aRecord, pChange->nRecord, &rc);
              sessionAppendBlob(&sOut, aRec, nRec, &rc);
            }
          }
          break;

        case SQLITE_UPDATE:
          bDone = 1;
          if( pChange->op==SQLITE_DELETE ){
            if( pChange->bIndirect==0 ){
              u8 *pCsr = aRec;
              sessionSkipRecord(&pCsr, pIter->nCol);
              sessionAppendByte(&sOut, SQLITE_INSERT, &rc);
              sessionAppendByte(&sOut, pIter->bIndirect, &rc);
              sessionAppendRecordMerge(&sOut, pIter->nCol,
                  pCsr, nRec-(pCsr-aRec), 
                  pChange->aRecord, pChange->nRecord, &rc
              );
            }
          }else{
            sessionAppendPartialUpdate(&sOut, pIter,
                aRec, nRec, pChange->aRecord, pChange->nRecord, &rc
            );
          }
          break;

        default:
          assert( pIter->op==SQLITE_DELETE );
          bDone = 1;
          if( pChange->op==SQLITE_INSERT ){
            sessionAppendByte(&sOut, SQLITE_DELETE, &rc);
            sessionAppendByte(&sOut, pIter->bIndirect, &rc);
            sessionAppendRecordMerge(&sOut, pIter->nCol,
                pChange->aRecord, pChange->nRecord, aRec, nRec, &rc
            );
          }
          break;
      }
    }

    if( bDone==0 ){
      sessionAppendByte(&sOut, pIter->op, &rc);
      sessionAppendByte(&sOut, pIter->bIndirect, &rc);
      sessionAppendBlob(&sOut, aRec, nRec, &rc);
    }
    if( rc==SQLITE_OK && xOutput && sOut.nBuf>SESSIONS_STRM_CHUNK_SIZE ){
      rc = xOutput(pOut, sOut.aBuf, sOut.nBuf);
      sOut.nBuf = 0;
    }
    if( rc ) break;
  }

  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
    sqlite3_free(sOut.aBuf);
    memset(&sOut, 0, sizeof(sOut));
  }

  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
    if( xOutput ){
      if( sOut.nBuf>0 ){
        rc = xOutput(pOut, sOut.aBuf, sOut.nBuf);
      }
    }else{
      *ppOut = (void*)sOut.aBuf;
      *pnOut = sOut.nBuf;
      sOut.aBuf = 0;
    }
  }
  sqlite3_free(sOut.aBuf);
  return rc;
}

/* 
** Create a new rebaser object.
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3rebaser_create(sqlite3_rebaser **ppNew){
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
  sqlite3_rebaser *pNew;

  pNew = sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(sqlite3_rebaser));
  if( pNew==0 ){
    rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
  }else{
    memset(pNew, 0, sizeof(sqlite3_rebaser));
  }
  *ppNew = pNew;
  return rc;
}

/* 
** Call this one or more times to configure a rebaser.
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3rebaser_configure(
  sqlite3_rebaser *p, 
  int nRebase, const void *pRebase
){
  sqlite3_changeset_iter *pIter = 0;   /* Iterator opened on pData/nData */
  int rc;                              /* Return code */
  rc = sqlite3changeset_start(&pIter, nRebase, (void*)pRebase);
  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
    rc = sessionChangesetToHash(pIter, &p->grp, 1);
  }
  sqlite3changeset_finalize(pIter);
  return rc;
}

/* 
** Rebase a changeset according to current rebaser configuration 
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3rebaser_rebase(
  sqlite3_rebaser *p,
  int nIn, const void *pIn, 
  int *pnOut, void **ppOut 
){
  sqlite3_changeset_iter *pIter = 0;   /* Iterator to skip through input */  
  int rc = sqlite3changeset_start(&pIter, nIn, (void*)pIn);

  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
    rc = sessionRebase(p, pIter, 0, 0, pnOut, ppOut);
    sqlite3changeset_finalize(pIter);
  }

  return rc;
}

/* 
** Rebase a changeset according to current rebaser configuration 
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3rebaser_rebase_strm(
  sqlite3_rebaser *p,
  int (*xInput)(void *pIn, void *pData, int *pnData),
  void *pIn,
  int (*xOutput)(void *pOut, const void *pData, int nData),
  void *pOut
){
  sqlite3_changeset_iter *pIter = 0;   /* Iterator to skip through input */  
  int rc = sqlite3changeset_start_strm(&pIter, xInput, pIn);

  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
    rc = sessionRebase(p, pIter, xOutput, pOut, 0, 0);
    sqlite3changeset_finalize(pIter);
  }

  return rc;
}

/* 
** Destroy a rebaser object 
*/
SQLITE_API void sqlite3rebaser_delete(sqlite3_rebaser *p){
  if( p ){
    sessionDeleteTable(p->grp.pList);
    sqlite3_free(p);
  }
}

#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_SESSION && SQLITE_ENABLE_PREUPDATE_HOOK */

/************** End of sqlite3session.c **************************************/
/************** Begin file json1.c *******************************************/
/*
** 2015-08-12
................................................................................
  if( stateno>fts5YY_MAX_SHIFT ) return stateno;
  assert( stateno <= fts5YY_SHIFT_COUNT );
#if defined(fts5YYCOVERAGE)
  fts5yycoverage[stateno][iLookAhead] = 1;
#endif
  do{
    i = fts5yy_shift_ofst[stateno];
    assert( i>=0 );
    assert( i+fts5YYNFTS5TOKEN<=(int)sizeof(fts5yy_lookahead)/sizeof(fts5yy_lookahead[0]) );
    assert( iLookAhead!=fts5YYNOCODE );
    assert( iLookAhead < fts5YYNFTS5TOKEN );
    i += iLookAhead;
    if( fts5yy_lookahead[i]!=iLookAhead ){
#ifdef fts5YYFALLBACK
      fts5YYCODETYPE iFallback;            /* Fallback token */
      if( iLookAhead<sizeof(fts5yyFallback)/sizeof(fts5yyFallback[0])
................................................................................
    }

    if( sCtx.pPhrase==0 ){
      /* This happens when parsing a token or quoted phrase that contains
      ** no token characters at all. (e.g ... MATCH '""'). */
      sCtx.pPhrase = sqlite3Fts5MallocZero(&pParse->rc, sizeof(Fts5ExprPhrase));
    }else if( sCtx.pPhrase->nTerm ){
      sCtx.pPhrase->aTerm[sCtx.pPhrase->nTerm-1].bPrefix = (u8)bPrefix;
    }
    pParse->apPhrase[pParse->nPhrase-1] = sCtx.pPhrase;
  }

  return sCtx.pPhrase;
}

................................................................................
    if( p->rc ) return;
  }

  sqlite3_bind_int64(p->pWriter, 1, iRowid);
  sqlite3_bind_blob(p->pWriter, 2, pData, nData, SQLITE_STATIC);
  sqlite3_step(p->pWriter);
  p->rc = sqlite3_reset(p->pWriter);
  sqlite3_bind_null(p->pWriter, 2);
}

/*
** Execute the following SQL:
**
**     DELETE FROM %_data WHERE id BETWEEN $iFirst AND $iLast
*/
................................................................................
  sqlite3_bind_blob(pIdxSelect, 2, pTerm, nTerm, SQLITE_STATIC);
  if( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pIdxSelect) ){
    i64 val = sqlite3_column_int(pIdxSelect, 0);
    iPg = (int)(val>>1);
    bDlidx = (val & 0x0001);
  }
  p->rc = sqlite3_reset(pIdxSelect);
  sqlite3_bind_null(pIdxSelect, 2);

  if( iPg<pSeg->pgnoFirst ){
    iPg = pSeg->pgnoFirst;
    bDlidx = 0;
  }

  pIter->iLeafPgno = iPg - 1;
................................................................................
        sqlite3_stmt *pIdxSelect = fts5IdxSelectStmt(p);
        if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){
          u8 aBlob[2] = {0xff, 0xff};
          sqlite3_bind_int(pIdxSelect, 1, iSegid);
          sqlite3_bind_blob(pIdxSelect, 2, aBlob, 2, SQLITE_STATIC);
          assert( sqlite3_step(pIdxSelect)!=SQLITE_ROW );
          p->rc = sqlite3_reset(pIdxSelect);
          sqlite3_bind_null(pIdxSelect, 2);
        }
      }
#endif
    }
  }

  return iSegid;
................................................................................
    const char *z = (pWriter->btterm.n>0?(const char*)pWriter->btterm.p:"");
    /* The following was already done in fts5WriteInit(): */
    /* sqlite3_bind_int(p->pIdxWriter, 1, pWriter->iSegid); */
    sqlite3_bind_blob(p->pIdxWriter, 2, z, pWriter->btterm.n, SQLITE_STATIC);
    sqlite3_bind_int64(p->pIdxWriter, 3, bFlag + ((i64)pWriter->iBtPage<<1));
    sqlite3_step(p->pIdxWriter);
    p->rc = sqlite3_reset(p->pIdxWriter);
    sqlite3_bind_null(p->pIdxWriter, 2);
  }
  pWriter->iBtPage = 0;
}

/*
** This is called once for each leaf page except the first that contains
** at least one term. Argument (nTerm/pTerm) is the split-key - a term that
................................................................................
static void fts5SourceIdFunc(
  sqlite3_context *pCtx,          /* Function call context */
  int nArg,                       /* Number of args */
  sqlite3_value **apUnused        /* Function arguments */
){
  assert( nArg==0 );
  UNUSED_PARAM2(nArg, apUnused);
  sqlite3_result_text(pCtx, "fts5: 2018-04-02 11:04:16 736b53f57f70b23172c30880186dce7ad9baa3b74e3838cae5847cffb98f5cd2", -1, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
}

static int fts5Init(sqlite3 *db){
  static const sqlite3_module fts5Mod = {
    /* iVersion      */ 2,
    /* xCreate       */ fts5CreateMethod,
    /* xConnect      */ fts5ConnectMethod,
................................................................................
    sqlite3_stmt *pReplace = 0;
    rc = fts5StorageGetStmt(p, FTS5_STMT_REPLACE_DOCSIZE, &pReplace, 0);
    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
      sqlite3_bind_int64(pReplace, 1, iRowid);
      sqlite3_bind_blob(pReplace, 2, pBuf->p, pBuf->n, SQLITE_STATIC);
      sqlite3_step(pReplace);
      rc = sqlite3_reset(pReplace);
      sqlite3_bind_null(pReplace, 2);
    }
  }
  return rc;
}

/*
** Load the contents of the "averages" record from disk into the 
................................................................................
    if( pVal ){
      sqlite3_bind_value(pReplace, 2, pVal);
    }else{
      sqlite3_bind_int(pReplace, 2, iVal);
    }
    sqlite3_step(pReplace);
    rc = sqlite3_reset(pReplace);
    sqlite3_bind_null(pReplace, 1);
  }
  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pVal ){
    int iNew = p->pConfig->iCookie + 1;
    rc = sqlite3Fts5IndexSetCookie(p->pIndex, iNew);
    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
      p->pConfig->iCookie = iNew;
    }
................................................................................
#endif
  return rc;
}
#endif /* SQLITE_CORE */
#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_STMTVTAB) */

/************** End of stmt.c ************************************************/
#if __LINE__!=209832
#undef SQLITE_SOURCE_ID
#define SQLITE_SOURCE_ID      "2018-04-02 11:04:16 736b53f57f70b23172c30880186dce7ad9baa3b74e3838cae5847cffb98falt2"
#endif
/* Return the source-id for this library */
SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_sourceid(void){ return SQLITE_SOURCE_ID; }
/************************** End of sqlite3.c ******************************/

** been edited in any way since it was last checked in, then the last
** four hexadecimal digits of the hash may be modified.
**
** See also: [sqlite3_libversion()],
** [sqlite3_libversion_number()], [sqlite3_sourceid()],
** [sqlite_version()] and [sqlite_source_id()].
*/
#define SQLITE_VERSION        "3.22.0"
#define SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER 3022000
#define SQLITE_SOURCE_ID      "2018-01-22 18:45:57 0c55d179733b46d8d0ba4d88e01a25e10677046ee3da1d5b1581e86726f2171d"

/*
** CAPI3REF: Run-Time Library Version Numbers
** KEYWORDS: sqlite3_version sqlite3_sourceid
**
** These interfaces provide the same information as the [SQLITE_VERSION],
** [SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER], and [SQLITE_SOURCE_ID] C preprocessor macros
................................................................................
** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_ROLLBACK_ATOMIC_WRITE] opcode causes all write
** operations since the previous successful call to 
** [SQLITE_FCNTL_BEGIN_ATOMIC_WRITE] to be rolled back.
** ^This file control takes the file descriptor out of batch write mode
** so that all subsequent write operations are independent.
** ^SQLite will never invoke SQLITE_FCNTL_ROLLBACK_ATOMIC_WRITE without
** a prior successful call to [SQLITE_FCNTL_BEGIN_ATOMIC_WRITE].






** </ul>
*/
#define SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCKSTATE               1
#define SQLITE_FCNTL_GET_LOCKPROXYFILE       2
#define SQLITE_FCNTL_SET_LOCKPROXYFILE       3
#define SQLITE_FCNTL_LAST_ERRNO              4
#define SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT               5
................................................................................
#define SQLITE_FCNTL_VFS_POINTER            27
#define SQLITE_FCNTL_JOURNAL_POINTER        28
#define SQLITE_FCNTL_WIN32_GET_HANDLE       29
#define SQLITE_FCNTL_PDB                    30
#define SQLITE_FCNTL_BEGIN_ATOMIC_WRITE     31
#define SQLITE_FCNTL_COMMIT_ATOMIC_WRITE    32
#define SQLITE_FCNTL_ROLLBACK_ATOMIC_WRITE  33


/* deprecated names */
#define SQLITE_GET_LOCKPROXYFILE      SQLITE_FCNTL_GET_LOCKPROXYFILE
#define SQLITE_SET_LOCKPROXYFILE      SQLITE_FCNTL_SET_LOCKPROXYFILE
#define SQLITE_LAST_ERRNO             SQLITE_FCNTL_LAST_ERRNO


................................................................................
**
** <dt>SQLITE_DBCONFIG_NO_CKPT_ON_CLOSE</dt>
** <dd> Usually, when a database in wal mode is closed or detached from a 
** database handle, SQLite checks if this will mean that there are now no 
** connections at all to the database. If so, it performs a checkpoint 
** operation before closing the connection. This option may be used to
** override this behaviour. The first parameter passed to this operation
** is an integer - non-zero to disable checkpoints-on-close, or zero (the

** default) to enable them. The second parameter is a pointer to an integer
** into which is written 0 or 1 to indicate whether checkpoints-on-close
** have been disabled - 0 if they are not disabled, 1 if they are.
** </dd>

** <dt>SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_QPSG</dt>
** <dd>^(The SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_QPSG option activates or deactivates
** the [query planner stability guarantee] (QPSG).  When the QPSG is active,
** a single SQL query statement will always use the same algorithm regardless
** of values of [bound parameters].)^ The QPSG disables some query optimizations
** that look at the values of bound parameters, which can make some queries
** slower.  But the QPSG has the advantage of more predictable behavior.  With
** the QPSG active, SQLite will always use the same query plan in the field as
** was used during testing in the lab.





** </dd>

** <dt>SQLITE_DBCONFIG_TRIGGER_EQP</dt>
** <dd> By default, the output of EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN commands does not 
** include output for any operations performed by trigger programs. This
** option is used to set or clear (the default) a flag that governs this
** behavior. The first parameter passed to this operation is an integer -
** non-zero to enable output for trigger programs, or zero to disable it.

** The second parameter is a pointer to an integer into which is written 
** 0 or 1 to indicate whether output-for-triggers has been disabled - 0 if 
** it is not disabled, 1 if it is.  
** </dd>
** </dl>
*/
#define SQLITE_DBCONFIG_MAINDBNAME            1000 /* const char* */
................................................................................
SQLITE_API void sqlite3_free_table(char **result);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Formatted String Printing Functions
**
** These routines are work-alikes of the "printf()" family of functions
** from the standard C library.
** These routines understand most of the common K&R formatting options,

** plus some additional non-standard formats, detailed below.
** Note that some of the more obscure formatting options from recent
** C-library standards are omitted from this implementation.
**
** ^The sqlite3_mprintf() and sqlite3_vmprintf() routines write their
** results into memory obtained from [sqlite3_malloc()].
** The strings returned by these two routines should be
** released by [sqlite3_free()].  ^Both routines return a
** NULL pointer if [sqlite3_malloc()] is unable to allocate enough
** memory to hold the resulting string.
**
** ^(The sqlite3_snprintf() routine is similar to "snprintf()" from
** the standard C library.  The result is written into the
** buffer supplied as the second parameter whose size is given by
** the first parameter. Note that the order of the
** first two parameters is reversed from snprintf().)^  This is an
................................................................................
** guarantees that the buffer is always zero-terminated.  ^The first
** parameter "n" is the total size of the buffer, including space for
** the zero terminator.  So the longest string that can be completely
** written will be n-1 characters.
**
** ^The sqlite3_vsnprintf() routine is a varargs version of sqlite3_snprintf().
**
** These routines all implement some additional formatting
** options that are useful for constructing SQL statements.
** All of the usual printf() formatting options apply.  In addition, there
** is are "%q", "%Q", "%w" and "%z" options.
**
** ^(The %q option works like %s in that it substitutes a nul-terminated
** string from the argument list.  But %q also doubles every '\'' character.
** %q is designed for use inside a string literal.)^  By doubling each '\''
** character it escapes that character and allows it to be inserted into
** the string.
**
** For example, assume the string variable zText contains text as follows:
**
** <blockquote><pre>
**  char *zText = "It's a happy day!";
** </pre></blockquote>
**
** One can use this text in an SQL statement as follows:
**
** <blockquote><pre>
**  char *zSQL = sqlite3_mprintf("INSERT INTO table VALUES('%q')", zText);
**  sqlite3_exec(db, zSQL, 0, 0, 0);
**  sqlite3_free(zSQL);
** </pre></blockquote>
**
** Because the %q format string is used, the '\'' character in zText
** is escaped and the SQL generated is as follows:
**
** <blockquote><pre>
**  INSERT INTO table1 VALUES('It''s a happy day!')
** </pre></blockquote>
**
** This is correct.  Had we used %s instead of %q, the generated SQL
** would have looked like this:
**
** <blockquote><pre>
**  INSERT INTO table1 VALUES('It's a happy day!');
** </pre></blockquote>
**
** This second example is an SQL syntax error.  As a general rule you should
** always use %q instead of %s when inserting text into a string literal.
**
** ^(The %Q option works like %q except it also adds single quotes around
** the outside of the total string.  Additionally, if the parameter in the
** argument list is a NULL pointer, %Q substitutes the text "NULL" (without
** single quotes).)^  So, for example, one could say:
**
** <blockquote><pre>
**  char *zSQL = sqlite3_mprintf("INSERT INTO table VALUES(%Q)", zText);
**  sqlite3_exec(db, zSQL, 0, 0, 0);
**  sqlite3_free(zSQL);
** </pre></blockquote>
**
** The code above will render a correct SQL statement in the zSQL
** variable even if the zText variable is a NULL pointer.
**
** ^(The "%w" formatting option is like "%q" except that it expects to
** be contained within double-quotes instead of single quotes, and it
** escapes the double-quote character instead of the single-quote
** character.)^  The "%w" formatting option is intended for safely inserting
** table and column names into a constructed SQL statement.
**
** ^(The "%z" formatting option works like "%s" but with the
** addition that after the string has been read and copied into
** the result, [sqlite3_free()] is called on the input string.)^
*/
SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_mprintf(const char*,...);
SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_vmprintf(const char*, va_list);
SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_snprintf(int,char*,const char*, ...);
SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_vsnprintf(int,char*,const char*, va_list);

/*
................................................................................
** a schema change, on the first  [sqlite3_step()] call following any change
** to the [sqlite3_bind_text | bindings] of that [parameter]. 
** ^The specific value of WHERE-clause [parameter] might influence the 
** choice of query plan if the parameter is the left-hand side of a [LIKE]
** or [GLOB] operator or if the parameter is compared to an indexed column
** and the [SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3] compile-time option is enabled.
** </li>

**
** <p>^sqlite3_prepare_v3() differs from sqlite3_prepare_v2() only in having
** the extra prepFlags parameter, which is a bit array consisting of zero or
** more of the [SQLITE_PREPARE_PERSISTENT|SQLITE_PREPARE_*] flags.  ^The
** sqlite3_prepare_v2() interface works exactly the same as
** sqlite3_prepare_v3() with a zero prepFlags parameter.
** </ol>
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_prepare(
  sqlite3 *db,            /* Database handle */
  const char *zSql,       /* SQL statement, UTF-8 encoded */
  int nByte,              /* Maximum length of zSql in bytes. */
  sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt,  /* OUT: Statement handle */
  const char **pzTail     /* OUT: Pointer to unused portion of zSql */
................................................................................
** wal file in wal mode databases, or the number of pages written to the
** database file in rollback mode databases. Any pages written as part of
** transaction rollback or database recovery operations are not included.
** If an IO or other error occurs while writing a page to disk, the effect
** on subsequent SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE requests is undefined.)^ ^The
** highwater mark associated with SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE is always 0.
** </dd>









**
** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_DEFERRED_FKS]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_DBSTATUS_DEFERRED_FKS</dt>
** <dd>This parameter returns zero for the current value if and only if
** all foreign key constraints (deferred or immediate) have been
** resolved.)^  ^The highwater mark is always 0.
** </dd>
** </dl>
................................................................................
#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_MISS_SIZE  5
#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_MISS_FULL  6
#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT            7
#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS           8
#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE          9
#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_DEFERRED_FKS        10
#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_USED_SHARED   11

#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_MAX                 11   /* Largest defined DBSTATUS */


/*
** CAPI3REF: Prepared Statement Status
** METHOD: sqlite3_stmt
**
** ^(Each prepared statement maintains various
................................................................................
** transaction open on the database, or if the database is not a wal mode
** database.
**
** SQLITE_OK is returned if successful, or an SQLite error code otherwise.
*/
SQLITE_API SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL int sqlite3_snapshot_recover(sqlite3 *db, const char *zDb);



























































































































/*
** Undo the hack that converts floating point types to integer for
** builds on processors without floating point support.
*/
#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
# undef double
#endif
................................................................................
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif


/*
** CAPI3REF: Session Object Handle



*/
typedef struct sqlite3_session sqlite3_session;

/*
** CAPI3REF: Changeset Iterator Handle



*/
typedef struct sqlite3_changeset_iter sqlite3_changeset_iter;

/*
** CAPI3REF: Create A New Session Object

**
** Create a new session object attached to database handle db. If successful,
** a pointer to the new object is written to *ppSession and SQLITE_OK is
** returned. If an error occurs, *ppSession is set to NULL and an SQLite
** error code (e.g. SQLITE_NOMEM) is returned.
**
** It is possible to create multiple session objects attached to a single
................................................................................
  sqlite3 *db,                    /* Database handle */
  const char *zDb,                /* Name of db (e.g. "main") */
  sqlite3_session **ppSession     /* OUT: New session object */
);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Delete A Session Object

**
** Delete a session object previously allocated using 
** [sqlite3session_create()]. Once a session object has been deleted, the
** results of attempting to use pSession with any other session module
** function are undefined.
**
** Session objects must be deleted before the database handle to which they
................................................................................
** [sqlite3session_create()] for details.
*/
SQLITE_API void sqlite3session_delete(sqlite3_session *pSession);


/*
** CAPI3REF: Enable Or Disable A Session Object

**
** Enable or disable the recording of changes by a session object. When
** enabled, a session object records changes made to the database. When
** disabled - it does not. A newly created session object is enabled.
** Refer to the documentation for [sqlite3session_changeset()] for further
** details regarding how enabling and disabling a session object affects
** the eventual changesets.
................................................................................
** The return value indicates the final state of the session object: 0 if 
** the session is disabled, or 1 if it is enabled.
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3session_enable(sqlite3_session *pSession, int bEnable);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Set Or Clear the Indirect Change Flag

**
** Each change recorded by a session object is marked as either direct or
** indirect. A change is marked as indirect if either:
**
** <ul>
**   <li> The session object "indirect" flag is set when the change is
**        made, or
................................................................................
** The return value indicates the final state of the indirect flag: 0 if 
** it is clear, or 1 if it is set.
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3session_indirect(sqlite3_session *pSession, int bIndirect);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Attach A Table To A Session Object

**
** If argument zTab is not NULL, then it is the name of a table to attach
** to the session object passed as the first argument. All subsequent changes 
** made to the table while the session object is enabled will be recorded. See 
** documentation for [sqlite3session_changeset()] for further details.
**
** Or, if argument zTab is NULL, then changes are recorded for all tables
................................................................................
SQLITE_API int sqlite3session_attach(
  sqlite3_session *pSession,      /* Session object */
  const char *zTab                /* Table name */
);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Set a table filter on a Session Object.

**
** The second argument (xFilter) is the "filter callback". For changes to rows 
** in tables that are not attached to the Session object, the filter is called
** to determine whether changes to the table's rows should be tracked or not. 
** If xFilter returns 0, changes is not tracked. Note that once a table is 
** attached, xFilter will not be called again.
*/
................................................................................
    const char *zTab              /* Table name */
  ),
  void *pCtx                      /* First argument passed to xFilter */
);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Generate A Changeset From A Session Object

**
** Obtain a changeset containing changes to the tables attached to the 
** session object passed as the first argument. If successful, 
** set *ppChangeset to point to a buffer containing the changeset 
** and *pnChangeset to the size of the changeset in bytes before returning
** SQLITE_OK. If an error occurs, set both *ppChangeset and *pnChangeset to
** zero and return an SQLite error code.
................................................................................
SQLITE_API int sqlite3session_changeset(
  sqlite3_session *pSession,      /* Session object */
  int *pnChangeset,               /* OUT: Size of buffer at *ppChangeset */
  void **ppChangeset              /* OUT: Buffer containing changeset */
);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Load The Difference Between Tables Into A Session 

**
** If it is not already attached to the session object passed as the first
** argument, this function attaches table zTbl in the same manner as the
** [sqlite3session_attach()] function. If zTbl does not exist, or if it
** does not have a primary key, this function is a no-op (but does not return
** an error).
**
................................................................................
  const char *zTbl,
  char **pzErrMsg
);


/*
** CAPI3REF: Generate A Patchset From A Session Object

**
** The differences between a patchset and a changeset are that:
**
** <ul>
**   <li> DELETE records consist of the primary key fields only. The 
**        original values of other fields are omitted.
**   <li> The original values of any modified fields are omitted from 
................................................................................
** guaranteed that a call to sqlite3session_changeset() will return a 
** changeset containing zero changes.
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3session_isempty(sqlite3_session *pSession);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Create An Iterator To Traverse A Changeset 

**
** Create an iterator used to iterate through the contents of a changeset.
** If successful, *pp is set to point to the iterator handle and SQLITE_OK
** is returned. Otherwise, if an error occurs, *pp is set to zero and an
** SQLite error code is returned.
**
** The following functions can be used to advance and query a changeset 
................................................................................
  int nChangeset,                 /* Size of changeset blob in bytes */
  void *pChangeset                /* Pointer to blob containing changeset */
);


/*
** CAPI3REF: Advance A Changeset Iterator

**
** This function may only be used with iterators created by function
** [sqlite3changeset_start()]. If it is called on an iterator passed to
** a conflict-handler callback by [sqlite3changeset_apply()], SQLITE_MISUSE
** is returned and the call has no effect.
**
** Immediately after an iterator is created by sqlite3changeset_start(), it
................................................................................
** codes include SQLITE_CORRUPT (if the changeset buffer is corrupt) or 
** SQLITE_NOMEM.
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_next(sqlite3_changeset_iter *pIter);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Obtain The Current Operation From A Changeset Iterator

**
** The pIter argument passed to this function may either be an iterator
** passed to a conflict-handler by [sqlite3changeset_apply()], or an iterator
** created by [sqlite3changeset_start()]. In the latter case, the most recent
** call to [sqlite3changeset_next()] must have returned [SQLITE_ROW]. If this
** is not the case, this function returns [SQLITE_MISUSE].
**
................................................................................
  int *pnCol,                     /* OUT: Number of columns in table */
  int *pOp,                       /* OUT: SQLITE_INSERT, DELETE or UPDATE */
  int *pbIndirect                 /* OUT: True for an 'indirect' change */
);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Obtain The Primary Key Definition Of A Table

**
** For each modified table, a changeset includes the following:
**
** <ul>
**   <li> The number of columns in the table, and
**   <li> Which of those columns make up the tables PRIMARY KEY.
** </ul>
................................................................................
  sqlite3_changeset_iter *pIter,  /* Iterator object */
  unsigned char **pabPK,          /* OUT: Array of boolean - true for PK cols */
  int *pnCol                      /* OUT: Number of entries in output array */
);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Obtain old.* Values From A Changeset Iterator

**
** The pIter argument passed to this function may either be an iterator
** passed to a conflict-handler by [sqlite3changeset_apply()], or an iterator
** created by [sqlite3changeset_start()]. In the latter case, the most recent
** call to [sqlite3changeset_next()] must have returned SQLITE_ROW. 
** Furthermore, it may only be called if the type of change that the iterator
** currently points to is either [SQLITE_DELETE] or [SQLITE_UPDATE]. Otherwise,
................................................................................
  sqlite3_changeset_iter *pIter,  /* Changeset iterator */
  int iVal,                       /* Column number */
  sqlite3_value **ppValue         /* OUT: Old value (or NULL pointer) */
);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Obtain new.* Values From A Changeset Iterator

**
** The pIter argument passed to this function may either be an iterator
** passed to a conflict-handler by [sqlite3changeset_apply()], or an iterator
** created by [sqlite3changeset_start()]. In the latter case, the most recent
** call to [sqlite3changeset_next()] must have returned SQLITE_ROW. 
** Furthermore, it may only be called if the type of change that the iterator
** currently points to is either [SQLITE_UPDATE] or [SQLITE_INSERT]. Otherwise,
................................................................................
  sqlite3_changeset_iter *pIter,  /* Changeset iterator */
  int iVal,                       /* Column number */
  sqlite3_value **ppValue         /* OUT: New value (or NULL pointer) */
);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Obtain Conflicting Row Values From A Changeset Iterator

**
** This function should only be used with iterator objects passed to a
** conflict-handler callback by [sqlite3changeset_apply()] with either
** [SQLITE_CHANGESET_DATA] or [SQLITE_CHANGESET_CONFLICT]. If this function
** is called on any other iterator, [SQLITE_MISUSE] is returned and *ppValue
** is set to NULL.
**
................................................................................
  sqlite3_changeset_iter *pIter,  /* Changeset iterator */
  int iVal,                       /* Column number */
  sqlite3_value **ppValue         /* OUT: Value from conflicting row */
);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Determine The Number Of Foreign Key Constraint Violations

**
** This function may only be called with an iterator passed to an
** SQLITE_CHANGESET_FOREIGN_KEY conflict handler callback. In this case
** it sets the output variable to the total number of known foreign key
** violations in the destination database and returns SQLITE_OK.
**
** In all other cases this function returns SQLITE_MISUSE.
................................................................................
  sqlite3_changeset_iter *pIter,  /* Changeset iterator */
  int *pnOut                      /* OUT: Number of FK violations */
);


/*
** CAPI3REF: Finalize A Changeset Iterator

**
** This function is used to finalize an iterator allocated with
** [sqlite3changeset_start()].
**
** This function should only be called on iterators created using the
** [sqlite3changeset_start()] function. If an application calls this
** function with an iterator passed to a conflict-handler by
................................................................................
**
** If an error was encountered within a call to an sqlite3changeset_xxx()
** function (for example an [SQLITE_CORRUPT] in [sqlite3changeset_next()] or an 
** [SQLITE_NOMEM] in [sqlite3changeset_new()]) then an error code corresponding
** to that error is returned by this function. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK is
** returned. This is to allow the following pattern (pseudo-code):
**

**   sqlite3changeset_start();
**   while( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3changeset_next() ){
**     // Do something with change.
**   }
**   rc = sqlite3changeset_finalize();
**   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
**     // An error has occurred 
**   }

*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_finalize(sqlite3_changeset_iter *pIter);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Invert A Changeset
**
** This function is used to "invert" a changeset object. Applying an inverted
................................................................................
** single changeset. The result is a changeset equivalent to applying
** changeset A followed by changeset B. 
**
** This function combines the two input changesets using an 
** sqlite3_changegroup object. Calling it produces similar results as the
** following code fragment:
**

**   sqlite3_changegroup *pGrp;
**   rc = sqlite3_changegroup_new(&pGrp);
**   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = sqlite3changegroup_add(pGrp, nA, pA);
**   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = sqlite3changegroup_add(pGrp, nB, pB);
**   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
**     rc = sqlite3changegroup_output(pGrp, pnOut, ppOut);
**   }else{
**     *ppOut = 0;
**     *pnOut = 0;
**   }

**
** Refer to the sqlite3_changegroup documentation below for details.
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_concat(
  int nA,                         /* Number of bytes in buffer pA */
  void *pA,                       /* Pointer to buffer containing changeset A */
  int nB,                         /* Number of bytes in buffer pB */
................................................................................
  int *pnOut,                     /* OUT: Number of bytes in output changeset */
  void **ppOut                    /* OUT: Buffer containing output changeset */
);


/*
** CAPI3REF: Changegroup Handle



*/
typedef struct sqlite3_changegroup sqlite3_changegroup;

/*
** CAPI3REF: Create A New Changegroup Object

**
** An sqlite3_changegroup object is used to combine two or more changesets
** (or patchsets) into a single changeset (or patchset). A single changegroup
** object may combine changesets or patchsets, but not both. The output is
** always in the same format as the input.
**
** If successful, this function returns SQLITE_OK and populates (*pp) with
................................................................................
** sqlite3changegroup_output() functions, also available are the streaming
** versions sqlite3changegroup_add_strm() and sqlite3changegroup_output_strm().
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3changegroup_new(sqlite3_changegroup **pp);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Add A Changeset To A Changegroup

**
** Add all changes within the changeset (or patchset) in buffer pData (size
** nData bytes) to the changegroup. 
**
** If the buffer contains a patchset, then all prior calls to this function
** on the same changegroup object must also have specified patchsets. Or, if
** the buffer contains a changeset, so must have the earlier calls to this
................................................................................
**
** If no error occurs, SQLITE_OK is returned.
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3changegroup_add(sqlite3_changegroup*, int nData, void *pData);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Obtain A Composite Changeset From A Changegroup

**
** Obtain a buffer containing a changeset (or patchset) representing the
** current contents of the changegroup. If the inputs to the changegroup
** were themselves changesets, the output is a changeset. Or, if the
** inputs were patchsets, the output is also a patchset.
**
** As with the output of the sqlite3session_changeset() and
................................................................................
  sqlite3_changegroup*,
  int *pnData,                    /* OUT: Size of output buffer in bytes */
  void **ppData                   /* OUT: Pointer to output buffer */
);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Delete A Changegroup Object

*/
SQLITE_API void sqlite3changegroup_delete(sqlite3_changegroup*);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Apply A Changeset To A Database
**
** Apply a changeset to a database. This function attempts to update the
** "main" database attached to handle db with the changes found in the
** changeset passed via the second and third arguments.
**
** The fourth argument (xFilter) passed to this function is the "filter
** callback". If it is not NULL, then for each table affected by at least one
** change in the changeset, the filter callback is invoked with
** the table name as the second argument, and a copy of the context pointer
** passed as the sixth argument to this function as the first. If the "filter
** callback" returns zero, then no attempt is made to apply any changes to 
** the table. Otherwise, if the return value is non-zero or the xFilter
** argument to this function is NULL, all changes related to the table are
** attempted.
**
** For each table that is not excluded by the filter callback, this function 
** tests that the target database contains a compatible table. A table is 
** considered compatible if all of the following are true:
**
** <ul>
**   <li> The table has the same name as the name recorded in the 
................................................................................
** actions are taken by sqlite3changeset_apply() depending on the value
** returned by each invocation of the conflict-handler function. Refer to
** the documentation for the three 
** [SQLITE_CHANGESET_OMIT|available return values] for details.
**
** <dl>
** <dt>DELETE Changes<dd>
**   For each DELETE change, this function checks if the target database 
**   contains a row with the same primary key value (or values) as the 
**   original row values stored in the changeset. If it does, and the values 
**   stored in all non-primary key columns also match the values stored in 
**   the changeset the row is deleted from the target database.
**
**   If a row with matching primary key values is found, but one or more of
**   the non-primary key fields contains a value different from the original
................................................................................
**   violation (e.g. NOT NULL or UNIQUE), the conflict handler function is 
**   invoked with the second argument set to [SQLITE_CHANGESET_CONSTRAINT].
**   This includes the case where the INSERT operation is re-attempted because 
**   an earlier call to the conflict handler function returned 
**   [SQLITE_CHANGESET_REPLACE].
**
** <dt>UPDATE Changes<dd>
**   For each UPDATE change, this function checks if the target database 
**   contains a row with the same primary key value (or values) as the 
**   original row values stored in the changeset. If it does, and the values 
**   stored in all modified non-primary key columns also match the values
**   stored in the changeset the row is updated within the target database.
**
**   If a row with matching primary key values is found, but one or more of
**   the modified non-primary key fields contains a value different from an
................................................................................
** </dl>
**
** It is safe to execute SQL statements, including those that write to the
** table that the callback related to, from within the xConflict callback.
** This can be used to further customize the applications conflict
** resolution strategy.
**
** All changes made by this function are enclosed in a savepoint transaction.
** If any other error (aside from a constraint failure when attempting to
** write to the target database) occurs, then the savepoint transaction is
** rolled back, restoring the target database to its original state, and an 
** SQLite error code returned.










*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_apply(
  sqlite3 *db,                    /* Apply change to "main" db of this handle */
  int nChangeset,                 /* Size of changeset in bytes */
  void *pChangeset,               /* Changeset blob */
  int(*xFilter)(
    void *pCtx,                   /* Copy of sixth arg to _apply() */
................................................................................
  ),
  int(*xConflict)(
    void *pCtx,                   /* Copy of sixth arg to _apply() */
    int eConflict,                /* DATA, MISSING, CONFLICT, CONSTRAINT */
    sqlite3_changeset_iter *p     /* Handle describing change and conflict */
  ),
  void *pCtx                      /* First argument passed to xConflict */
















);

/* 
** CAPI3REF: Constants Passed To The Conflict Handler
**
** Values that may be passed as the second argument to a conflict-handler.
**
................................................................................
**   and the call to sqlite3changeset_apply() returns SQLITE_ABORT.
** </dl>
*/
#define SQLITE_CHANGESET_OMIT       0
#define SQLITE_CHANGESET_REPLACE    1
#define SQLITE_CHANGESET_ABORT      2




























































































































































/*
** CAPI3REF: Streaming Versions of API functions.
**
** The six streaming API xxx_strm() functions serve similar purposes to the 
** corresponding non-streaming API functions:
**
** <table border=1 style="margin-left:8ex;margin-right:8ex">
................................................................................
  ),
  int(*xConflict)(
    void *pCtx,                   /* Copy of sixth arg to _apply() */
    int eConflict,                /* DATA, MISSING, CONFLICT, CONSTRAINT */
    sqlite3_changeset_iter *p     /* Handle describing change and conflict */
  ),
  void *pCtx                      /* First argument passed to xConflict */
















);
SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_concat_strm(
  int (*xInputA)(void *pIn, void *pData, int *pnData),
  void *pInA,
  int (*xInputB)(void *pIn, void *pData, int *pnData),
  void *pInB,
  int (*xOutput)(void *pOut, const void *pData, int nData),
................................................................................
SQLITE_API int sqlite3changegroup_add_strm(sqlite3_changegroup*, 
    int (*xInput)(void *pIn, void *pData, int *pnData),
    void *pIn
);
SQLITE_API int sqlite3changegroup_output_strm(sqlite3_changegroup*,
    int (*xOutput)(void *pOut, const void *pData, int nData), 
    void *pOut







);


/*
** Make sure we can call this stuff from C++.
*/
#ifdef __cplusplus

** been edited in any way since it was last checked in, then the last
** four hexadecimal digits of the hash may be modified.
**
** See also: [sqlite3_libversion()],
** [sqlite3_libversion_number()], [sqlite3_sourceid()],
** [sqlite_version()] and [sqlite_source_id()].
*/
#define SQLITE_VERSION        "3.23.0"
#define SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER 3023000
#define SQLITE_SOURCE_ID      "2018-04-02 11:04:16 736b53f57f70b23172c30880186dce7ad9baa3b74e3838cae5847cffb98f5cd2"

/*
** CAPI3REF: Run-Time Library Version Numbers
** KEYWORDS: sqlite3_version sqlite3_sourceid
**
** These interfaces provide the same information as the [SQLITE_VERSION],
** [SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER], and [SQLITE_SOURCE_ID] C preprocessor macros
................................................................................
** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_ROLLBACK_ATOMIC_WRITE] opcode causes all write
** operations since the previous successful call to 
** [SQLITE_FCNTL_BEGIN_ATOMIC_WRITE] to be rolled back.
** ^This file control takes the file descriptor out of batch write mode
** so that all subsequent write operations are independent.
** ^SQLite will never invoke SQLITE_FCNTL_ROLLBACK_ATOMIC_WRITE without
** a prior successful call to [SQLITE_FCNTL_BEGIN_ATOMIC_WRITE].
**
** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCK_TIMEOUT]]
** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCK_TIMEOUT] opcode causes attempts to obtain
** a file lock using the xLock or xShmLock methods of the VFS to wait
** for up to M milliseconds before failing, where M is the single 
** unsigned integer parameter.
** </ul>
*/
#define SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCKSTATE               1
#define SQLITE_FCNTL_GET_LOCKPROXYFILE       2
#define SQLITE_FCNTL_SET_LOCKPROXYFILE       3
#define SQLITE_FCNTL_LAST_ERRNO              4
#define SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT               5
................................................................................
#define SQLITE_FCNTL_VFS_POINTER            27
#define SQLITE_FCNTL_JOURNAL_POINTER        28
#define SQLITE_FCNTL_WIN32_GET_HANDLE       29
#define SQLITE_FCNTL_PDB                    30
#define SQLITE_FCNTL_BEGIN_ATOMIC_WRITE     31
#define SQLITE_FCNTL_COMMIT_ATOMIC_WRITE    32
#define SQLITE_FCNTL_ROLLBACK_ATOMIC_WRITE  33
#define SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCK_TIMEOUT           34

/* deprecated names */
#define SQLITE_GET_LOCKPROXYFILE      SQLITE_FCNTL_GET_LOCKPROXYFILE
#define SQLITE_SET_LOCKPROXYFILE      SQLITE_FCNTL_SET_LOCKPROXYFILE
#define SQLITE_LAST_ERRNO             SQLITE_FCNTL_LAST_ERRNO


................................................................................
**
** <dt>SQLITE_DBCONFIG_NO_CKPT_ON_CLOSE</dt>
** <dd> Usually, when a database in wal mode is closed or detached from a 
** database handle, SQLite checks if this will mean that there are now no 
** connections at all to the database. If so, it performs a checkpoint 
** operation before closing the connection. This option may be used to
** override this behaviour. The first parameter passed to this operation
** is an integer - positive to disable checkpoints-on-close, or zero (the
** default) to enable them, and negative to leave the setting unchanged.
** The second parameter is a pointer to an integer
** into which is written 0 or 1 to indicate whether checkpoints-on-close
** have been disabled - 0 if they are not disabled, 1 if they are.
** </dd>
**
** <dt>SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_QPSG</dt>
** <dd>^(The SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_QPSG option activates or deactivates
** the [query planner stability guarantee] (QPSG).  When the QPSG is active,
** a single SQL query statement will always use the same algorithm regardless
** of values of [bound parameters].)^ The QPSG disables some query optimizations
** that look at the values of bound parameters, which can make some queries
** slower.  But the QPSG has the advantage of more predictable behavior.  With
** the QPSG active, SQLite will always use the same query plan in the field as
** was used during testing in the lab.
** The first argument to this setting is an integer which is 0 to disable 
** the QPSG, positive to enable QPSG, or negative to leave the setting
** unchanged. The second parameter is a pointer to an integer into which
** is written 0 or 1 to indicate whether the QPSG is disabled or enabled
** following this call.
** </dd>
**
** <dt>SQLITE_DBCONFIG_TRIGGER_EQP</dt>
** <dd> By default, the output of EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN commands does not 
** include output for any operations performed by trigger programs. This
** option is used to set or clear (the default) a flag that governs this
** behavior. The first parameter passed to this operation is an integer -
** positive to enable output for trigger programs, or zero to disable it,
** or negative to leave the setting unchanged.
** The second parameter is a pointer to an integer into which is written 
** 0 or 1 to indicate whether output-for-triggers has been disabled - 0 if 
** it is not disabled, 1 if it is.  
** </dd>
** </dl>
*/
#define SQLITE_DBCONFIG_MAINDBNAME            1000 /* const char* */
................................................................................
SQLITE_API void sqlite3_free_table(char **result);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Formatted String Printing Functions
**
** These routines are work-alikes of the "printf()" family of functions
** from the standard C library.
** These routines understand most of the common formatting options from
** the standard library printf() 
** plus some additional non-standard formats ([%q], [%Q], [%w], and [%z]).

** See the [built-in printf()] documentation for details.
**
** ^The sqlite3_mprintf() and sqlite3_vmprintf() routines write their
** results into memory obtained from [sqlite3_malloc64()].
** The strings returned by these two routines should be
** released by [sqlite3_free()].  ^Both routines return a
** NULL pointer if [sqlite3_malloc64()] is unable to allocate enough
** memory to hold the resulting string.
**
** ^(The sqlite3_snprintf() routine is similar to "snprintf()" from
** the standard C library.  The result is written into the
** buffer supplied as the second parameter whose size is given by
** the first parameter. Note that the order of the
** first two parameters is reversed from snprintf().)^  This is an
................................................................................
** guarantees that the buffer is always zero-terminated.  ^The first
** parameter "n" is the total size of the buffer, including space for
** the zero terminator.  So the longest string that can be completely
** written will be n-1 characters.
**
** ^The sqlite3_vsnprintf() routine is a varargs version of sqlite3_snprintf().
**
** See also:  [built-in printf()], [printf() SQL function]
































































*/
SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_mprintf(const char*,...);
SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_vmprintf(const char*, va_list);
SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_snprintf(int,char*,const char*, ...);
SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_vsnprintf(int,char*,const char*, va_list);

/*
................................................................................
** a schema change, on the first  [sqlite3_step()] call following any change
** to the [sqlite3_bind_text | bindings] of that [parameter]. 
** ^The specific value of WHERE-clause [parameter] might influence the 
** choice of query plan if the parameter is the left-hand side of a [LIKE]
** or [GLOB] operator or if the parameter is compared to an indexed column
** and the [SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3] compile-time option is enabled.
** </li>
** </ol>
**
** <p>^sqlite3_prepare_v3() differs from sqlite3_prepare_v2() only in having
** the extra prepFlags parameter, which is a bit array consisting of zero or
** more of the [SQLITE_PREPARE_PERSISTENT|SQLITE_PREPARE_*] flags.  ^The
** sqlite3_prepare_v2() interface works exactly the same as
** sqlite3_prepare_v3() with a zero prepFlags parameter.

*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_prepare(
  sqlite3 *db,            /* Database handle */
  const char *zSql,       /* SQL statement, UTF-8 encoded */
  int nByte,              /* Maximum length of zSql in bytes. */
  sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt,  /* OUT: Statement handle */
  const char **pzTail     /* OUT: Pointer to unused portion of zSql */
................................................................................
** wal file in wal mode databases, or the number of pages written to the
** database file in rollback mode databases. Any pages written as part of
** transaction rollback or database recovery operations are not included.
** If an IO or other error occurs while writing a page to disk, the effect
** on subsequent SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE requests is undefined.)^ ^The
** highwater mark associated with SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE is always 0.
** </dd>
**
** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_SPILL]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_SPILL</dt>
** <dd>This parameter returns the number of dirty cache entries that have
** been written to disk in the middle of a transaction due to the page
** cache overflowing. Transactions are more efficient if they are written
** to disk all at once. When pages spill mid-transaction, that introduces
** additional overhead. This parameter can be used help identify
** inefficiencies that can be resolve by increasing the cache size.
** </dd>
**
** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_DEFERRED_FKS]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_DBSTATUS_DEFERRED_FKS</dt>
** <dd>This parameter returns zero for the current value if and only if
** all foreign key constraints (deferred or immediate) have been
** resolved.)^  ^The highwater mark is always 0.
** </dd>
** </dl>
................................................................................
#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_MISS_SIZE  5
#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_MISS_FULL  6
#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT            7
#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS           8
#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE          9
#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_DEFERRED_FKS        10
#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_USED_SHARED   11
#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_SPILL         12
#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_MAX                 12   /* Largest defined DBSTATUS */


/*
** CAPI3REF: Prepared Statement Status
** METHOD: sqlite3_stmt
**
** ^(Each prepared statement maintains various
................................................................................
** transaction open on the database, or if the database is not a wal mode
** database.
**
** SQLITE_OK is returned if successful, or an SQLite error code otherwise.
*/
SQLITE_API SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL int sqlite3_snapshot_recover(sqlite3 *db, const char *zDb);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Serialize a database
**
** The sqlite3_serialize(D,S,P,F) interface returns a pointer to memory
** that is a serialization of the S database on [database connection] D.
** If P is not a NULL pointer, then the size of the database in bytes
** is written into *P.
**
** For an ordinary on-disk database file, the serialization is just a
** copy of the disk file.  For an in-memory database or a "TEMP" database,
** the serialization is the same sequence of bytes which would be written
** to disk if that database where backed up to disk.
**
** The usual case is that sqlite3_serialize() copies the serialization of
** the database into memory obtained from [sqlite3_malloc64()] and returns
** a pointer to that memory.  The caller is responsible for freeing the
** returned value to avoid a memory leak.  However, if the F argument
** contains the SQLITE_SERIALIZE_NOCOPY bit, then no memory allocations
** are made, and the sqlite3_serialize() function will return a pointer
** to the contiguous memory representation of the database that SQLite
** is currently using for that database, or NULL if the no such contiguous
** memory representation of the database exists.  A contiguous memory
** representation of the database will usually only exist if there has
** been a prior call to [sqlite3_deserialize(D,S,...)] with the same
** values of D and S.
** The size of the database is written into *P even if the 
** SQLITE_SERIALIZE_NOCOPY bit is set but no contigious copy
** of the database exists.
**
** A call to sqlite3_serialize(D,S,P,F) might return NULL even if the
** SQLITE_SERIALIZE_NOCOPY bit is omitted from argument F if a memory
** allocation error occurs.
**
** This interface is only available if SQLite is compiled with the
** [SQLITE_ENABLE_DESERIALIZE] option.
*/
SQLITE_API unsigned char *sqlite3_serialize(
  sqlite3 *db,           /* The database connection */
  const char *zSchema,   /* Which DB to serialize. ex: "main", "temp", ... */
  sqlite3_int64 *piSize, /* Write size of the DB here, if not NULL */
  unsigned int mFlags    /* Zero or more SQLITE_SERIALIZE_* flags */
);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Flags for sqlite3_serialize
**
** Zero or more of the following constants can be OR-ed together for
** the F argument to [sqlite3_serialize(D,S,P,F)].
**
** SQLITE_SERIALIZE_NOCOPY means that [sqlite3_serialize()] will return
** a pointer to contiguous in-memory database that it is currently using,
** without making a copy of the database.  If SQLite is not currently using
** a contiguous in-memory database, then this option causes
** [sqlite3_serialize()] to return a NULL pointer.  SQLite will only be
** using a contiguous in-memory database if it has been initialized by a
** prior call to [sqlite3_deserialize()].
*/
#define SQLITE_SERIALIZE_NOCOPY 0x001   /* Do no memory allocations */

/*
** CAPI3REF: Deserialize a database
**
** The sqlite3_deserialize(D,S,P,N,M,F) interface causes the 
** [database connection] D to disconnect from database S and then
** reopen S as an in-memory database based on the serialization contained
** in P.  The serialized database P is N bytes in size.  M is the size of
** the buffer P, which might be larger than N.  If M is larger than N, and
** the SQLITE_DESERIALIZE_READONLY bit is not set in F, then SQLite is
** permitted to add content to the in-memory database as long as the total
** size does not exceed M bytes.
**
** If the SQLITE_DESERIALIZE_FREEONCLOSE bit is set in F, then SQLite will
** invoke sqlite3_free() on the serialization buffer when the database
** connection closes.  If the SQLITE_DESERIALIZE_RESIZEABLE bit is set, then
** SQLite will try to increase the buffer size using sqlite3_realloc64()
** if writes on the database cause it to grow larger than M bytes.
**
** The sqlite3_deserialize() interface will fail with SQLITE_BUSY if the
** database is currently in a read transaction or is involved in a backup
** operation.
**
** If sqlite3_deserialize(D,S,P,N,M,F) fails for any reason and if the 
** SQLITE_DESERIALIZE_FREEONCLOSE bit is set in argument F, then
** [sqlite3_free()] is invoked on argument P prior to returning.
**
** This interface is only available if SQLite is compiled with the
** [SQLITE_ENABLE_DESERIALIZE] option.
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_deserialize(
  sqlite3 *db,            /* The database connection */
  const char *zSchema,    /* Which DB to reopen with the deserialization */
  unsigned char *pData,   /* The serialized database content */
  sqlite3_int64 szDb,     /* Number bytes in the deserialization */
  sqlite3_int64 szBuf,    /* Total size of buffer pData[] */
  unsigned mFlags         /* Zero or more SQLITE_DESERIALIZE_* flags */
);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Flags for sqlite3_deserialize()
**
** The following are allowed values for 6th argument (the F argument) to
** the [sqlite3_deserialize(D,S,P,N,M,F)] interface.
**
** The SQLITE_DESERIALIZE_FREEONCLOSE means that the database serialization
** in the P argument is held in memory obtained from [sqlite3_malloc64()]
** and that SQLite should take ownership of this memory and automatically
** free it when it has finished using it.  Without this flag, the caller
** is resposible for freeing any dynamically allocated memory.
**
** The SQLITE_DESERIALIZE_RESIZEABLE flag means that SQLite is allowed to
** grow the size of the database using calls to [sqlite3_realloc64()].  This
** flag should only be used if SQLITE_DESERIALIZE_FREEONCLOSE is also used.
** Without this flag, the deserialized database cannot increase in size beyond
** the number of bytes specified by the M parameter.
**
** The SQLITE_DESERIALIZE_READONLY flag means that the deserialized database
** should be treated as read-only.
*/
#define SQLITE_DESERIALIZE_FREEONCLOSE 1 /* Call sqlite3_free() on close */
#define SQLITE_DESERIALIZE_RESIZEABLE  2 /* Resize using sqlite3_realloc64() */
#define SQLITE_DESERIALIZE_READONLY    4 /* Database is read-only */

/*
** Undo the hack that converts floating point types to integer for
** builds on processors without floating point support.
*/
#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
# undef double
#endif
................................................................................
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif


/*
** CAPI3REF: Session Object Handle
**
** An instance of this object is a [session] that can be used to
** record changes to a database.
*/
typedef struct sqlite3_session sqlite3_session;

/*
** CAPI3REF: Changeset Iterator Handle
**
** An instance of this object acts as a cursor for iterating
** over the elements of a [changeset] or [patchset].
*/
typedef struct sqlite3_changeset_iter sqlite3_changeset_iter;

/*
** CAPI3REF: Create A New Session Object
** CONSTRUCTOR: sqlite3_session
**
** Create a new session object attached to database handle db. If successful,
** a pointer to the new object is written to *ppSession and SQLITE_OK is
** returned. If an error occurs, *ppSession is set to NULL and an SQLite
** error code (e.g. SQLITE_NOMEM) is returned.
**
** It is possible to create multiple session objects attached to a single
................................................................................
  sqlite3 *db,                    /* Database handle */
  const char *zDb,                /* Name of db (e.g. "main") */
  sqlite3_session **ppSession     /* OUT: New session object */
);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Delete A Session Object
** DESTRUCTOR: sqlite3_session
**
** Delete a session object previously allocated using 
** [sqlite3session_create()]. Once a session object has been deleted, the
** results of attempting to use pSession with any other session module
** function are undefined.
**
** Session objects must be deleted before the database handle to which they
................................................................................
** [sqlite3session_create()] for details.
*/
SQLITE_API void sqlite3session_delete(sqlite3_session *pSession);


/*
** CAPI3REF: Enable Or Disable A Session Object
** METHOD: sqlite3_session
**
** Enable or disable the recording of changes by a session object. When
** enabled, a session object records changes made to the database. When
** disabled - it does not. A newly created session object is enabled.
** Refer to the documentation for [sqlite3session_changeset()] for further
** details regarding how enabling and disabling a session object affects
** the eventual changesets.
................................................................................
** The return value indicates the final state of the session object: 0 if 
** the session is disabled, or 1 if it is enabled.
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3session_enable(sqlite3_session *pSession, int bEnable);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Set Or Clear the Indirect Change Flag
** METHOD: sqlite3_session
**
** Each change recorded by a session object is marked as either direct or
** indirect. A change is marked as indirect if either:
**
** <ul>
**   <li> The session object "indirect" flag is set when the change is
**        made, or
................................................................................
** The return value indicates the final state of the indirect flag: 0 if 
** it is clear, or 1 if it is set.
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3session_indirect(sqlite3_session *pSession, int bIndirect);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Attach A Table To A Session Object
** METHOD: sqlite3_session
**
** If argument zTab is not NULL, then it is the name of a table to attach
** to the session object passed as the first argument. All subsequent changes 
** made to the table while the session object is enabled will be recorded. See 
** documentation for [sqlite3session_changeset()] for further details.
**
** Or, if argument zTab is NULL, then changes are recorded for all tables
................................................................................
SQLITE_API int sqlite3session_attach(
  sqlite3_session *pSession,      /* Session object */
  const char *zTab                /* Table name */
);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Set a table filter on a Session Object.
** METHOD: sqlite3_session
**
** The second argument (xFilter) is the "filter callback". For changes to rows 
** in tables that are not attached to the Session object, the filter is called
** to determine whether changes to the table's rows should be tracked or not. 
** If xFilter returns 0, changes is not tracked. Note that once a table is 
** attached, xFilter will not be called again.
*/
................................................................................
    const char *zTab              /* Table name */
  ),
  void *pCtx                      /* First argument passed to xFilter */
);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Generate A Changeset From A Session Object
** METHOD: sqlite3_session
**
** Obtain a changeset containing changes to the tables attached to the 
** session object passed as the first argument. If successful, 
** set *ppChangeset to point to a buffer containing the changeset 
** and *pnChangeset to the size of the changeset in bytes before returning
** SQLITE_OK. If an error occurs, set both *ppChangeset and *pnChangeset to
** zero and return an SQLite error code.
................................................................................
SQLITE_API int sqlite3session_changeset(
  sqlite3_session *pSession,      /* Session object */
  int *pnChangeset,               /* OUT: Size of buffer at *ppChangeset */
  void **ppChangeset              /* OUT: Buffer containing changeset */
);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Load The Difference Between Tables Into A Session
** METHOD: sqlite3_session
**
** If it is not already attached to the session object passed as the first
** argument, this function attaches table zTbl in the same manner as the
** [sqlite3session_attach()] function. If zTbl does not exist, or if it
** does not have a primary key, this function is a no-op (but does not return
** an error).
**
................................................................................
  const char *zTbl,
  char **pzErrMsg
);


/*
** CAPI3REF: Generate A Patchset From A Session Object
** METHOD: sqlite3_session
**
** The differences between a patchset and a changeset are that:
**
** <ul>
**   <li> DELETE records consist of the primary key fields only. The 
**        original values of other fields are omitted.
**   <li> The original values of any modified fields are omitted from 
................................................................................
** guaranteed that a call to sqlite3session_changeset() will return a 
** changeset containing zero changes.
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3session_isempty(sqlite3_session *pSession);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Create An Iterator To Traverse A Changeset 
** CONSTRUCTOR: sqlite3_changeset_iter
**
** Create an iterator used to iterate through the contents of a changeset.
** If successful, *pp is set to point to the iterator handle and SQLITE_OK
** is returned. Otherwise, if an error occurs, *pp is set to zero and an
** SQLite error code is returned.
**
** The following functions can be used to advance and query a changeset 
................................................................................
  int nChangeset,                 /* Size of changeset blob in bytes */
  void *pChangeset                /* Pointer to blob containing changeset */
);


/*
** CAPI3REF: Advance A Changeset Iterator
** METHOD: sqlite3_changeset_iter
**
** This function may only be used with iterators created by function
** [sqlite3changeset_start()]. If it is called on an iterator passed to
** a conflict-handler callback by [sqlite3changeset_apply()], SQLITE_MISUSE
** is returned and the call has no effect.
**
** Immediately after an iterator is created by sqlite3changeset_start(), it
................................................................................
** codes include SQLITE_CORRUPT (if the changeset buffer is corrupt) or 
** SQLITE_NOMEM.
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_next(sqlite3_changeset_iter *pIter);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Obtain The Current Operation From A Changeset Iterator
** METHOD: sqlite3_changeset_iter
**
** The pIter argument passed to this function may either be an iterator
** passed to a conflict-handler by [sqlite3changeset_apply()], or an iterator
** created by [sqlite3changeset_start()]. In the latter case, the most recent
** call to [sqlite3changeset_next()] must have returned [SQLITE_ROW]. If this
** is not the case, this function returns [SQLITE_MISUSE].
**
................................................................................
  int *pnCol,                     /* OUT: Number of columns in table */
  int *pOp,                       /* OUT: SQLITE_INSERT, DELETE or UPDATE */
  int *pbIndirect                 /* OUT: True for an 'indirect' change */
);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Obtain The Primary Key Definition Of A Table
** METHOD: sqlite3_changeset_iter
**
** For each modified table, a changeset includes the following:
**
** <ul>
**   <li> The number of columns in the table, and
**   <li> Which of those columns make up the tables PRIMARY KEY.
** </ul>
................................................................................
  sqlite3_changeset_iter *pIter,  /* Iterator object */
  unsigned char **pabPK,          /* OUT: Array of boolean - true for PK cols */
  int *pnCol                      /* OUT: Number of entries in output array */
);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Obtain old.* Values From A Changeset Iterator
** METHOD: sqlite3_changeset_iter
**
** The pIter argument passed to this function may either be an iterator
** passed to a conflict-handler by [sqlite3changeset_apply()], or an iterator
** created by [sqlite3changeset_start()]. In the latter case, the most recent
** call to [sqlite3changeset_next()] must have returned SQLITE_ROW. 
** Furthermore, it may only be called if the type of change that the iterator
** currently points to is either [SQLITE_DELETE] or [SQLITE_UPDATE]. Otherwise,
................................................................................
  sqlite3_changeset_iter *pIter,  /* Changeset iterator */
  int iVal,                       /* Column number */
  sqlite3_value **ppValue         /* OUT: Old value (or NULL pointer) */
);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Obtain new.* Values From A Changeset Iterator
** METHOD: sqlite3_changeset_iter
**
** The pIter argument passed to this function may either be an iterator
** passed to a conflict-handler by [sqlite3changeset_apply()], or an iterator
** created by [sqlite3changeset_start()]. In the latter case, the most recent
** call to [sqlite3changeset_next()] must have returned SQLITE_ROW. 
** Furthermore, it may only be called if the type of change that the iterator
** currently points to is either [SQLITE_UPDATE] or [SQLITE_INSERT]. Otherwise,
................................................................................
  sqlite3_changeset_iter *pIter,  /* Changeset iterator */
  int iVal,                       /* Column number */
  sqlite3_value **ppValue         /* OUT: New value (or NULL pointer) */
);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Obtain Conflicting Row Values From A Changeset Iterator
** METHOD: sqlite3_changeset_iter
**
** This function should only be used with iterator objects passed to a
** conflict-handler callback by [sqlite3changeset_apply()] with either
** [SQLITE_CHANGESET_DATA] or [SQLITE_CHANGESET_CONFLICT]. If this function
** is called on any other iterator, [SQLITE_MISUSE] is returned and *ppValue
** is set to NULL.
**
................................................................................
  sqlite3_changeset_iter *pIter,  /* Changeset iterator */
  int iVal,                       /* Column number */
  sqlite3_value **ppValue         /* OUT: Value from conflicting row */
);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Determine The Number Of Foreign Key Constraint Violations
** METHOD: sqlite3_changeset_iter
**
** This function may only be called with an iterator passed to an
** SQLITE_CHANGESET_FOREIGN_KEY conflict handler callback. In this case
** it sets the output variable to the total number of known foreign key
** violations in the destination database and returns SQLITE_OK.
**
** In all other cases this function returns SQLITE_MISUSE.
................................................................................
  sqlite3_changeset_iter *pIter,  /* Changeset iterator */
  int *pnOut                      /* OUT: Number of FK violations */
);


/*
** CAPI3REF: Finalize A Changeset Iterator
** METHOD: sqlite3_changeset_iter
**
** This function is used to finalize an iterator allocated with
** [sqlite3changeset_start()].
**
** This function should only be called on iterators created using the
** [sqlite3changeset_start()] function. If an application calls this
** function with an iterator passed to a conflict-handler by
................................................................................
**
** If an error was encountered within a call to an sqlite3changeset_xxx()
** function (for example an [SQLITE_CORRUPT] in [sqlite3changeset_next()] or an 
** [SQLITE_NOMEM] in [sqlite3changeset_new()]) then an error code corresponding
** to that error is returned by this function. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK is
** returned. This is to allow the following pattern (pseudo-code):
**
** <pre>
**   sqlite3changeset_start();
**   while( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3changeset_next() ){
**     // Do something with change.
**   }
**   rc = sqlite3changeset_finalize();
**   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
**     // An error has occurred 
**   }
** </pre>
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_finalize(sqlite3_changeset_iter *pIter);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Invert A Changeset
**
** This function is used to "invert" a changeset object. Applying an inverted
................................................................................
** single changeset. The result is a changeset equivalent to applying
** changeset A followed by changeset B. 
**
** This function combines the two input changesets using an 
** sqlite3_changegroup object. Calling it produces similar results as the
** following code fragment:
**
** <pre>
**   sqlite3_changegroup *pGrp;
**   rc = sqlite3_changegroup_new(&pGrp);
**   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = sqlite3changegroup_add(pGrp, nA, pA);
**   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = sqlite3changegroup_add(pGrp, nB, pB);
**   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
**     rc = sqlite3changegroup_output(pGrp, pnOut, ppOut);
**   }else{
**     *ppOut = 0;
**     *pnOut = 0;
**   }
** </pre>
**
** Refer to the sqlite3_changegroup documentation below for details.
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_concat(
  int nA,                         /* Number of bytes in buffer pA */
  void *pA,                       /* Pointer to buffer containing changeset A */
  int nB,                         /* Number of bytes in buffer pB */
................................................................................
  int *pnOut,                     /* OUT: Number of bytes in output changeset */
  void **ppOut                    /* OUT: Buffer containing output changeset */
);


/*
** CAPI3REF: Changegroup Handle
**
** A changegroup is an object used to combine two or more 
** [changesets] or [patchsets]
*/
typedef struct sqlite3_changegroup sqlite3_changegroup;

/*
** CAPI3REF: Create A New Changegroup Object
** CONSTRUCTOR: sqlite3_changegroup
**
** An sqlite3_changegroup object is used to combine two or more changesets
** (or patchsets) into a single changeset (or patchset). A single changegroup
** object may combine changesets or patchsets, but not both. The output is
** always in the same format as the input.
**
** If successful, this function returns SQLITE_OK and populates (*pp) with
................................................................................
** sqlite3changegroup_output() functions, also available are the streaming
** versions sqlite3changegroup_add_strm() and sqlite3changegroup_output_strm().
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3changegroup_new(sqlite3_changegroup **pp);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Add A Changeset To A Changegroup
** METHOD: sqlite3_changegroup
**
** Add all changes within the changeset (or patchset) in buffer pData (size
** nData bytes) to the changegroup. 
**
** If the buffer contains a patchset, then all prior calls to this function
** on the same changegroup object must also have specified patchsets. Or, if
** the buffer contains a changeset, so must have the earlier calls to this
................................................................................
**
** If no error occurs, SQLITE_OK is returned.
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3changegroup_add(sqlite3_changegroup*, int nData, void *pData);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Obtain A Composite Changeset From A Changegroup
** METHOD: sqlite3_changegroup
**
** Obtain a buffer containing a changeset (or patchset) representing the
** current contents of the changegroup. If the inputs to the changegroup
** were themselves changesets, the output is a changeset. Or, if the
** inputs were patchsets, the output is also a patchset.
**
** As with the output of the sqlite3session_changeset() and
................................................................................
  sqlite3_changegroup*,
  int *pnData,                    /* OUT: Size of output buffer in bytes */
  void **ppData                   /* OUT: Pointer to output buffer */
);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Delete A Changegroup Object
** DESTRUCTOR: sqlite3_changegroup
*/
SQLITE_API void sqlite3changegroup_delete(sqlite3_changegroup*);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Apply A Changeset To A Database
**
** Apply a changeset or patchset to a database. These functions attempt to
** update the "main" database attached to handle db with the changes found in
** the changeset passed via the second and third arguments. 
**
** The fourth argument (xFilter) passed to these functions is the "filter
** callback". If it is not NULL, then for each table affected by at least one
** change in the changeset, the filter callback is invoked with
** the table name as the second argument, and a copy of the context pointer
** passed as the sixth argument as the first. If the "filter callback"
** returns zero, then no attempt is made to apply any changes to the table.
** Otherwise, if the return value is non-zero or the xFilter argument to
** is NULL, all changes related to the table are attempted.

**
** For each table that is not excluded by the filter callback, this function 
** tests that the target database contains a compatible table. A table is 
** considered compatible if all of the following are true:
**
** <ul>
**   <li> The table has the same name as the name recorded in the 
................................................................................
** actions are taken by sqlite3changeset_apply() depending on the value
** returned by each invocation of the conflict-handler function. Refer to
** the documentation for the three 
** [SQLITE_CHANGESET_OMIT|available return values] for details.
**
** <dl>
** <dt>DELETE Changes<dd>
**   For each DELETE change, the function checks if the target database 
**   contains a row with the same primary key value (or values) as the 
**   original row values stored in the changeset. If it does, and the values 
**   stored in all non-primary key columns also match the values stored in 
**   the changeset the row is deleted from the target database.
**
**   If a row with matching primary key values is found, but one or more of
**   the non-primary key fields contains a value different from the original
................................................................................
**   violation (e.g. NOT NULL or UNIQUE), the conflict handler function is 
**   invoked with the second argument set to [SQLITE_CHANGESET_CONSTRAINT].
**   This includes the case where the INSERT operation is re-attempted because 
**   an earlier call to the conflict handler function returned 
**   [SQLITE_CHANGESET_REPLACE].
**
** <dt>UPDATE Changes<dd>
**   For each UPDATE change, the function checks if the target database 
**   contains a row with the same primary key value (or values) as the 
**   original row values stored in the changeset. If it does, and the values 
**   stored in all modified non-primary key columns also match the values
**   stored in the changeset the row is updated within the target database.
**
**   If a row with matching primary key values is found, but one or more of
**   the modified non-primary key fields contains a value different from an
................................................................................
** </dl>
**
** It is safe to execute SQL statements, including those that write to the
** table that the callback related to, from within the xConflict callback.
** This can be used to further customize the applications conflict
** resolution strategy.
**
** All changes made by these functions are enclosed in a savepoint transaction.
** If any other error (aside from a constraint failure when attempting to
** write to the target database) occurs, then the savepoint transaction is
** rolled back, restoring the target database to its original state, and an 
** SQLite error code returned.
**
** If the output parameters (ppRebase) and (pnRebase) are non-NULL and
** the input is a changeset (not a patchset), then sqlite3changeset_apply_v2()
** may set (*ppRebase) to point to a "rebase" that may be used with the 
** sqlite3_rebaser APIs buffer before returning. In this case (*pnRebase)
** is set to the size of the buffer in bytes. It is the responsibility of the
** caller to eventually free any such buffer using sqlite3_free(). The buffer
** is only allocated and populated if one or more conflicts were encountered
** while applying the patchset. See comments surrounding the sqlite3_rebaser
** APIs for further details.
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_apply(
  sqlite3 *db,                    /* Apply change to "main" db of this handle */
  int nChangeset,                 /* Size of changeset in bytes */
  void *pChangeset,               /* Changeset blob */
  int(*xFilter)(
    void *pCtx,                   /* Copy of sixth arg to _apply() */
................................................................................
  ),
  int(*xConflict)(
    void *pCtx,                   /* Copy of sixth arg to _apply() */
    int eConflict,                /* DATA, MISSING, CONFLICT, CONSTRAINT */
    sqlite3_changeset_iter *p     /* Handle describing change and conflict */
  ),
  void *pCtx                      /* First argument passed to xConflict */
);
SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_apply_v2(
  sqlite3 *db,                    /* Apply change to "main" db of this handle */
  int nChangeset,                 /* Size of changeset in bytes */
  void *pChangeset,               /* Changeset blob */
  int(*xFilter)(
    void *pCtx,                   /* Copy of sixth arg to _apply() */
    const char *zTab              /* Table name */
  ),
  int(*xConflict)(
    void *pCtx,                   /* Copy of sixth arg to _apply() */
    int eConflict,                /* DATA, MISSING, CONFLICT, CONSTRAINT */
    sqlite3_changeset_iter *p     /* Handle describing change and conflict */
  ),
  void *pCtx,                     /* First argument passed to xConflict */
  void **ppRebase, int *pnRebase
);

/* 
** CAPI3REF: Constants Passed To The Conflict Handler
**
** Values that may be passed as the second argument to a conflict-handler.
**
................................................................................
**   and the call to sqlite3changeset_apply() returns SQLITE_ABORT.
** </dl>
*/
#define SQLITE_CHANGESET_OMIT       0
#define SQLITE_CHANGESET_REPLACE    1
#define SQLITE_CHANGESET_ABORT      2

/* 
** CAPI3REF: Rebasing changesets
** EXPERIMENTAL
**
** Suppose there is a site hosting a database in state S0. And that
** modifications are made that move that database to state S1 and a
** changeset recorded (the "local" changeset). Then, a changeset based
** on S0 is received from another site (the "remote" changeset) and 
** applied to the database. The database is then in state 
** (S1+"remote"), where the exact state depends on any conflict
** resolution decisions (OMIT or REPLACE) made while applying "remote".
** Rebasing a changeset is to update it to take those conflict 
** resolution decisions into account, so that the same conflicts
** do not have to be resolved elsewhere in the network. 
**
** For example, if both the local and remote changesets contain an
** INSERT of the same key on "CREATE TABLE t1(a PRIMARY KEY, b)":
**
**   local:  INSERT INTO t1 VALUES(1, 'v1');
**   remote: INSERT INTO t1 VALUES(1, 'v2');
**
** and the conflict resolution is REPLACE, then the INSERT change is
** removed from the local changeset (it was overridden). Or, if the
** conflict resolution was "OMIT", then the local changeset is modified
** to instead contain:
**
**           UPDATE t1 SET b = 'v2' WHERE a=1;
**
** Changes within the local changeset are rebased as follows:
**
** <dl>
** <dt>Local INSERT<dd>
**   This may only conflict with a remote INSERT. If the conflict 
**   resolution was OMIT, then add an UPDATE change to the rebased
**   changeset. Or, if the conflict resolution was REPLACE, add
**   nothing to the rebased changeset.
**
** <dt>Local DELETE<dd>
**   This may conflict with a remote UPDATE or DELETE. In both cases the
**   only possible resolution is OMIT. If the remote operation was a
**   DELETE, then add no change to the rebased changeset. If the remote
**   operation was an UPDATE, then the old.* fields of change are updated
**   to reflect the new.* values in the UPDATE.
**
** <dt>Local UPDATE<dd>
**   This may conflict with a remote UPDATE or DELETE. If it conflicts
**   with a DELETE, and the conflict resolution was OMIT, then the update
**   is changed into an INSERT. Any undefined values in the new.* record
**   from the update change are filled in using the old.* values from
**   the conflicting DELETE. Or, if the conflict resolution was REPLACE,
**   the UPDATE change is simply omitted from the rebased changeset.
**
**   If conflict is with a remote UPDATE and the resolution is OMIT, then
**   the old.* values are rebased using the new.* values in the remote
**   change. Or, if the resolution is REPLACE, then the change is copied
**   into the rebased changeset with updates to columns also updated by
**   the conflicting remote UPDATE removed. If this means no columns would 
**   be updated, the change is omitted.
** </dl>
**
** A local change may be rebased against multiple remote changes 
** simultaneously. If a single key is modified by multiple remote 
** changesets, they are combined as follows before the local changeset
** is rebased:
**
** <ul>
**    <li> If there has been one or more REPLACE resolutions on a
**         key, it is rebased according to a REPLACE.
**
**    <li> If there have been no REPLACE resolutions on a key, then
**         the local changeset is rebased according to the most recent
**         of the OMIT resolutions.
** </ul>
**
** Note that conflict resolutions from multiple remote changesets are 
** combined on a per-field basis, not per-row. This means that in the 
** case of multiple remote UPDATE operations, some fields of a single 
** local change may be rebased for REPLACE while others are rebased for 
** OMIT.
**
** In order to rebase a local changeset, the remote changeset must first
** be applied to the local database using sqlite3changeset_apply_v2() and
** the buffer of rebase information captured. Then:
**
** <ol>
**   <li> An sqlite3_rebaser object is created by calling 
**        sqlite3rebaser_create().
**   <li> The new object is configured with the rebase buffer obtained from
**        sqlite3changeset_apply_v2() by calling sqlite3rebaser_configure().
**        If the local changeset is to be rebased against multiple remote
**        changesets, then sqlite3rebaser_configure() should be called
**        multiple times, in the same order that the multiple
**        sqlite3changeset_apply_v2() calls were made.
**   <li> Each local changeset is rebased by calling sqlite3rebaser_rebase().
**   <li> The sqlite3_rebaser object is deleted by calling
**        sqlite3rebaser_delete().
** </ol>
*/
typedef struct sqlite3_rebaser sqlite3_rebaser;

/*
** CAPI3REF: Create a changeset rebaser object.
** EXPERIMENTAL
**
** Allocate a new changeset rebaser object. If successful, set (*ppNew) to
** point to the new object and return SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, if an error
** occurs, return an SQLite error code (e.g. SQLITE_NOMEM) and set (*ppNew) 
** to NULL. 
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3rebaser_create(sqlite3_rebaser **ppNew);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Configure a changeset rebaser object.
** EXPERIMENTAL
**
** Configure the changeset rebaser object to rebase changesets according
** to the conflict resolutions described by buffer pRebase (size nRebase
** bytes), which must have been obtained from a previous call to
** sqlite3changeset_apply_v2().
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3rebaser_configure(
  sqlite3_rebaser*, 
  int nRebase, const void *pRebase
); 

/*
** CAPI3REF: Rebase a changeset
** EXPERIMENTAL
**
** Argument pIn must point to a buffer containing a changeset nIn bytes
** in size. This function allocates and populates a buffer with a copy
** of the changeset rebased rebased according to the configuration of the
** rebaser object passed as the first argument. If successful, (*ppOut)
** is set to point to the new buffer containing the rebased changset and 
** (*pnOut) to its size in bytes and SQLITE_OK returned. It is the
** responsibility of the caller to eventually free the new buffer using
** sqlite3_free(). Otherwise, if an error occurs, (*ppOut) and (*pnOut)
** are set to zero and an SQLite error code returned.
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3rebaser_rebase(
  sqlite3_rebaser*,
  int nIn, const void *pIn, 
  int *pnOut, void **ppOut 
);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Delete a changeset rebaser object.
** EXPERIMENTAL
**
** Delete the changeset rebaser object and all associated resources. There
** should be one call to this function for each successful invocation
** of sqlite3rebaser_create().
*/
SQLITE_API void sqlite3rebaser_delete(sqlite3_rebaser *p); 

/*
** CAPI3REF: Streaming Versions of API functions.
**
** The six streaming API xxx_strm() functions serve similar purposes to the 
** corresponding non-streaming API functions:
**
** <table border=1 style="margin-left:8ex;margin-right:8ex">
................................................................................
  ),
  int(*xConflict)(
    void *pCtx,                   /* Copy of sixth arg to _apply() */
    int eConflict,                /* DATA, MISSING, CONFLICT, CONSTRAINT */
    sqlite3_changeset_iter *p     /* Handle describing change and conflict */
  ),
  void *pCtx                      /* First argument passed to xConflict */
);
SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_apply_v2_strm(
  sqlite3 *db,                    /* Apply change to "main" db of this handle */
  int (*xInput)(void *pIn, void *pData, int *pnData), /* Input function */
  void *pIn,                                          /* First arg for xInput */
  int(*xFilter)(
    void *pCtx,                   /* Copy of sixth arg to _apply() */
    const char *zTab              /* Table name */
  ),
  int(*xConflict)(
    void *pCtx,                   /* Copy of sixth arg to _apply() */
    int eConflict,                /* DATA, MISSING, CONFLICT, CONSTRAINT */
    sqlite3_changeset_iter *p     /* Handle describing change and conflict */
  ),
  void *pCtx,                     /* First argument passed to xConflict */
  void **ppRebase, int *pnRebase
);
SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_concat_strm(
  int (*xInputA)(void *pIn, void *pData, int *pnData),
  void *pInA,
  int (*xInputB)(void *pIn, void *pData, int *pnData),
  void *pInB,
  int (*xOutput)(void *pOut, const void *pData, int nData),
................................................................................
SQLITE_API int sqlite3changegroup_add_strm(sqlite3_changegroup*, 
    int (*xInput)(void *pIn, void *pData, int *pnData),
    void *pIn
);
SQLITE_API int sqlite3changegroup_output_strm(sqlite3_changegroup*,
    int (*xOutput)(void *pOut, const void *pData, int nData), 
    void *pOut
);
SQLITE_API int sqlite3rebaser_rebase_strm(
  sqlite3_rebaser *pRebaser,
  int (*xInput)(void *pIn, void *pData, int *pnData),
  void *pIn,
  int (*xOutput)(void *pOut, const void *pData, int nData),
  void *pOut
);


/*
** Make sure we can call this stuff from C++.
*/
#ifdef __cplusplus